NEWCOURT RECEIVABLES CORP II
S-1, 1998-07-08
ASSET-BACKED SECURITIES
Previous: R&B FALCON CORP, 424B3, 1998-07-08
Next: CONSOLIDATION CAPITAL CORP, 8-K, 1998-07-08



<PAGE>

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 8, 1998
                                                Registration No. [            ]
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                            Washington , D.C. 20549
                                       
                                    FORM S-1
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                     UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

                                ----------------

                   NEWCOURT RECEIVABLES ASSET TRUST 1998-1
                   (Issuer with respect to the Securities)
                                       
                     NEWCOURT RECEIVABLES CORPORATION II
                  (Depositor of the Trust described herein)
              Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter

      Delaware                      6799                        35-2010710
   (State or other            (Primary Standard              (I.R.S. Employer
   jurisdiction of        Industrial Classification         Identification No.)
   incorporation or             Code Number)
    organization) 
                      NEWCOURT RECEIVABLES CORPORATION II
                              2700 Bank One Tower
                              111 Monument Circle
                          Indianapolis, Indiana 46204
  (Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of
                   Registrant's principal executive offices)
                               Scott Moore, Esq.
                      NEWCOURT RECEIVABLES CORPORATION II
                              2700 Bank One Tower
                              111 Monument Circle
                           Indianapolis, Indiana 46204
                                 (317) 229-3406
  (Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code,
                              of agent for service)
                                   Copies to:
     M. David Galainena, Esq.                     James J. Croke, Esq.
     Winston & Strawn                             Cadwalader, Wickersham & Taft
     35 West Wacker Drive                         100 Maiden Lane
     Chicago, Illinois 60601                      New York, New York 10038
     (312) 558-5600                               (212) 504-6000

               -------------------------------------------------------

     Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:    As soon
as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.
     If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered 
on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities 
Act of 1933, check the following box. / /
     If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering 
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following 
box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier 
effective registration statement for the same offering. / /                 
     If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) 
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act 
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement 
for the same offering.  / /                 
     If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 
434, please check the following box.  / /

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                          CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                     <C>              <C>                         <C>                          <C>               
 Title of Each Class of   Amount to Be     Proposed Maximum Offering   Proposed Maximum Aggregate   Amount of
 Securities               Registered(1)    Price Per Unit (2)          Offering Price (2)           Registration Fee
 to Be Registered
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Class A-1 Receivable-    $1,000,000       100%                        $1,000,000                   $295
 Backed Notes
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Class A-2 Receivable-    $1,000,000       100%                        $1,000,000                   $295
 Backed Notes
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Class A-3 Receivable     $1,000,000       100%                        $1,000,000                   $295
 Backed Notes
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Class A-4 Receivable     $1,000,000       100%                        $1,000,000                   $295
 Backed Notes
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Class B                  $1,000,000       100%                        $1,000,000                   $295
 Receivable-Backed Notes
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Class C                  $1,000,000       100%                        $1,000,000                   $295
 Receivable-
 Backed Notes
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

<PAGE>

(1)  The amount of Securities being registered represents the maximum 
     aggregate principal amount of Securities currently expected to be 
     offered for sale.

(2)  Estimated solely for purposes of calculating the registration fee in
     accordance with Rule 457(a).

     THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR 
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT 
SHALL FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT THAT SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS 
REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH 
SECTION 8(a) OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR UNTIL THIS 
REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, 
ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(a), MAY DETERMINE.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<PAGE>

Information contained herein is subject to completion or amendment.  A 
registration statement relating to these securities has been filed with the 
Securities and Exchange Commission. These securities may not be sold nor may 
offers to buy be accepted prior to the time the registration statement has 
become effective.  This prospectus shall not constitute an offer to sell or 
the solicitation of an offer to buy nor shall there be any sale of these 
securities in any State in which such offer, solicitation or sale would be 
unlawful prior to registration or qualification under the securities laws of 
any such State.

                      SUBJECT TO COMPLETION [___________], 1998

PROSPECTUS

                       NEWCOURT RECEIVABLES ASSET TRUST 1998-1

        $1,000,000 [     ] % CLASS A-1 RECEIVABLE-BACKED NOTES, SERIES 1998-1
        $1,000,000 [     ] % CLASS A-2 RECEIVABLE-BACKED NOTES, SERIES 1998-1
        $1,000,000 [     ] % CLASS A-3 RECEIVABLE-BACKED NOTES, SERIES 1998-1
        $1,000,000 [     ] % CLASS A-4 RECEIVABLE-BACKED NOTES, SERIES 1998-1
        $1,000,000 [     ] % CLASS B RECEIVABLE-BACKED NOTES, SERIES 1998-1   
        $1,000,000 [     ] % CLASS C RECEIVABLE-BACKED NOTES, SERIES 1998-1   
                                           
                         NEWCOURT RECEIVABLES CORPORATION II,
                                   Trust Depositor
                             NEWCOURT FINANCIAL USA INC.
                                       Servicer

                               -------------------------

     The Newcourt Receivables Asset Trust 1998-1 (the "TRUST" or the 
"ISSUER"), a limited purpose Delaware business trust, was  formed pursuant to 
a Trust Agreement, dated as of [              ], 1998, between Newcourt 
Receivables Corporation II ("NRC II"), as Trust Depositor (in such capacity, 
the "TRUST DEPOSITOR"), and [                  ], as Owner Trustee (the 
"OWNER TRUSTEE").  The Trust Depositor is a wholly-owned, limited purpose, 
bankruptcy remote subsidiary of Newcourt Credit Group USA Inc.; Newcourt 
Credit Group USA Inc. is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Newcourt Credit Group 
Inc. ("NEWCOURT"). The Trust  will issue $1,000,000 aggregate principal 
amount of [       ]% Class A-1 Receivable-Backed Notes, Series 1998-1 (the 
"CLASS A-1 NOTES"), 
                                                  (COVER CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE)

                               -------------------------

     PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS SHOULD CAREFULLY CONSIDER THE FACTORS SET FORTH 
UNDER "RISK FACTORS" ON PAGE 21 OF THIS PROSPECTUS.

     THE NOTES ARE SECURED BY THE ASSETS OF THE TRUST.  THE PROCEEDS OF THE
ASSETS OF THE TRUST AND AMOUNTS ON DEPOSIT IN THE RESERVE FUND ARE THE ONLY
SOURCES OF PAYMENTS ON THE NOTES.  THE NOTES WILL REPRESENT OBLIGATIONS OF THE
TRUST ONLY AND WILL NOT REPRESENT OBLIGATIONS OF OR INTERESTS IN, AND ARE NOT
GUARANTEED OR INSURED BY, THE TRUST DEPOSITOR, THE OWNER TRUSTEE, NEWCOURT USA,
NEWCOURT OR ANY OF THEIR RESPECTIVE AFFILIATES, OR ANY GOVERNMENTAL AGENCY.

                               -------------------------

      THESE NOTES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
         EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE
       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION
              PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS.
             ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

                 RETAIN THIS PROSPECTUS FOR FUTURE REFERENCE. 

                               -------------------------

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                         Price to Public   Underwriting Discounts and Commissions (2)    Proceeds to Issuer (1) (3)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                       <C>                                           <C>                         <C>
 Per Class A-1 Note               [     ]%                                     [     ]%                     [     ]%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Per Class A-2 Note               [     ]%                                     [     ]%                     [     ]%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Per Class A-3 Note               [     ]%                                     [     ]%                     [     ]%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Per Class A-4 Note               [     ]%                                     [     ]%                     [     ]%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Per Class B Note                 [     ]%                                     [     ]%                     [     ]%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Per Class C Note                 [     ]%                                     [     ]%                     [     ]%
  Total                           [     ]%                                     [     ]%                     [     ]%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

(1)  Plus accured interest, if any, at the applicable Interest Rate from 
     [            ], 1998.

<PAGE>

(2)  The Issuer, Newcourt and Newcourt Financial USA Inc. have agreed to
     indemnify the Underwriters against certain liabilities, including under 
     the Securities Act of 1933.

(3)  Before deducting expenses of this Offering estimated to be $[            ].

     The Notes are offered by the Underwriters, subject to prior sale, when, 
as and if issued to and accepted by them and subject to their right to reject 
any order in whole or in part or to withdraw, cancel or modify any order 
without notice.  It is expected that delivery of the Notes will be made in 
book-entry form only through the Same Day Funds Settlement System of The 
Depository Trust Company, or through Cedel Bank, S.A. or the Euroclear 
System, on or about [           ], 1998.

FIRST UNION CAPITAL MARKETS                     [                              ]

             The date of this Prospectus is [                    ], 1998.

<PAGE>

(COVER PAGE CONTINUED)

$1,000,000 aggregate principal amount of [     ]% Class A-2 Receivable-Backed 
Notes, Series 1998-1 (the "CLASS A-2 NOTES" ), $1,000,000 aggregate principal 
amount of [     ]% Class A-3 Receivable-Backed Notes, Series 1998-1 (the 
"CLASS A-3 NOTES"), $1,000,000 aggregate principal amount of [       ]% Class 
A-4 Receivable-Backed Notes, Series 1998-1 (the "CLASS A-4 NOTES"; AND 
TOGETHER WITH THE CLASS A-1 NOTES, THE CLASS A-2 NOTES AND THE CLASS A-3 
NOTES, THE "CLASS A NOTES"), $1,000,000 aggregate principal amount of [     ]
% Class B Receivable-Backed Notes, Series 1998-1 (the "CLASS B NOTES") and 
$1,000,000 aggregate principal amount of [     ]% Class C Receivable-Backed 
Notes, Series 1998-1 (the "CLASS C NOTES"; and together with the Class A 
Notes and the Class B Notes, the "NOTES"). The Notes will represent debt 
obligations of the Trust, and will be issued pursuant to and secured by an 
Indenture dated as of [                 ], 1998 (the "INDENTURE") to be 
entered into between the Trust and [                                        ]
, as Indenture Trustee (the "INDENTURE TRUSTEE").  The Trust will 
concurrently issue $1,000,000 aggregate principal amount of [    ]% Class D 
Receivable-Backed Notes, Series 1998-1 (the "CLASS D NOTES") and $1,000,000 
aggregate principal amount of [     ]% Class E Receivable-Backed Notes, 
Series 1998-1 (the "CLASS E NOTES" and collectively with the Class D Notes, 
the "SUBORDINATED NOTES"), as well as the Class F Receivable-Backed 
Certificate, Series 1998-1 (the "CERTIFICATE").  The Certificate will not 
bear interest and have certain rights to the monies in the Reserve Fund (as 
defined in "SUMMARY OF TERMS - RESERVE FUND") and certain other excess funds 
after the payment of all principal and interest on the Notes and Subordinated 
Notes (the Certificate, together with the Subordinated Notes, being 
collectively the "SUBORDINATED SECURITIES").  The Subordinated Notes will be 
issued pursuant to the Indenture.  The Certificate will represent fractional 
undivided beneficial equity interests in the Trust and will be issued 
pursuant to the Trust Agreement.  The Subordinated Securities are not being 
offered pursuant to this Prospectus.

     The property of the Trust (the "TRUST ASSETS") will include (a) a pool 
of contracts originated or acquired by Newcourt Financial USA Inc. ("NEWCOURT 
USA", a wholly-owned subsidiary of Newcourt Credit Group USA Inc.) as 
described herein (inclusive of any Additional Contracts or Substitute 
Contracts added to the Trust from time to time as defined in "SUMMARY OF 
TERMS -TRUST ASSETS - THE CONTRACTS", collectively, the "CONTRACTS") 
consisting of (i) conditional sale agreements, promissory notes with related 
security agreements, true leases (excluding the  Excluded Residual Investment 
(as defined herein)), finance leases, installment payment agreements, and 
similar types of financing agreements with end-users (each, an "END-USER") of 
the Equipment, Software and Services described below (such Contracts, 
"END-USER CONTRACTS") which meet certain eligibility criteria specified 
herein, and which relate to a wide variety of new and used information 
technology equipment (such as computer work stations, personal computers, 
data storage devices, mainframe and mini computers and other computer related 
peripheral equipment), communications equipment (such as telephone switching 
and networking systems), commercial business and industrial equipment (such 
as printing presses, machine tools and other manufacturing equipment, 
photocopiers, facsimile machines and other office equipment, energy savings 
and control equipment, automotive diagnostic and automated testing 
equipment), medical equipment (such as diagnostic and therapeutic examination 
equipment for radiology, nuclear medicine and ultrasound and laboratory 
analysis equipment), resources equipment (such as feller-bunchers and 
grapplers), and transportation and construction equipment (such as heavy and 
medium duty trucks and highway trailers, school buses, bulldozers, loaders, 
graters, excavators, forklifts and other materials handling equipment, golf 
carts and other road and off-road machinery) (collectively, the "EQUIPMENT"), 
certain computer software (the "SOFTWARE") and related support and consulting 
services (the "SERVICES"; together with Equipment and Software, the "FINANCED 
ITEMS"), together with certain rights of Newcourt USA under finance program 
agreements and assignments with Vendors (as defined in "SUMMARY OF TERMS - 
TRUST ASSETS - VENDOR AGREEMENTS") of the Financed Items, as well as a 
security interest in the Equipment, as more fully described herein, and (ii) 
limited recourse contractual payment obligations (which may take the form of 
promissory notes) payable by Vendors (such payment obligations, "VENDOR 
LOANS") and secured by the Vendor's interest in End-User Contracts originated 
by such Vendor (End-User Contracts securing Vendor Loans being collectively 
referred to as "SECONDARY CONTRACTS"), and by the Equipment related to such 
End-User Contracts, (b) collections on such Contracts due or received on and 
after [            ], 1998 (the "CUTOFF DATE") or, in the case of Additional 
Contracts or Substitute Contracts, their applicable Cutoff Dates as defined 
in "SUMMARY OF TERMS -CUTOFF DATES", excluding the Excluded Amounts (as 
defined herein), collections relating to Scheduled Payments due prior to the 
related Cutoff Date and Excluded Residual Investments, and (c) monies, to the 
extent available, in the Reserve Fund.  The Contracts and related interests 
will be conveyed by Newcourt USA (in such capacity, the "SELLER") to the 
Trust Depositor pursuant to a Transfer and Sale Agreement dated as of 
[            ], 1998 (the "TRANSFER AND SALE AGREEMENT") by and between 
Newcourt USA and the Trust Depositor.  The Trust Depositor will concurrently 
convey such assets to the Trust pursuant to the  Sale and Servicing 
Agreement, dated as of [             ], 1998 (the "SALE AND SERVICING 
AGREEMENT"), among the Trust Depositor, the Trust, the Indenture Trustee (as 
defined in "SUMMARY OF 

                                      2
<PAGE>


TERMS -INDENTURE TRUSTEE") and Newcourt USA in its capacity as Servicer 
thereunder (Newcourt USA being, in such capacity, the "SERVICER").  

     Interest on the Notes and Subordinated Notes will be payable monthly in 
arrears on the twentieth (20th) day of the month (or, if such day is not a 
Business Day the next succeeding Business Day) beginning on [              ], 
1998 (each, a "DISTRIBUTION DATE") with respect to the period from and 
including the immediately preceding Distribution Date (or, with respect to 
the initial Distribution Date, the date of issuance of the Notes and 
Subordinated Notes) to the period to and excluding such Distribution Date to 
holders of record as of the last day of the prior Collection Period (the 
"RECORD DATE").  The Certificate does not bear interest.  Principal payments 
with respect to the Notes and Subordinated Notes will be payable on each 
Distribution Date to the holders thereof as of the related Record Date as 
described herein.  The stated maturity date with respect to the Class A-1 
Notes, the Class A-2 Notes, the Class A-3 Notes, the Class A-4 Notes, the 
Class B Notes, the Class C Notes, the Class D Notes and the Class E Notes is 
the [              ] Distribution Date, the [               ] Distribution 
Date, the [               ] Distribution Date, the [               ] 
Distribution Date, the [               ]Distribution Date, the 
[               ] Distribution Date, the [              ] Distribution Date 
and the [          ] Distribution Date, respectively.   The actual payment in 
full, however, of the Notes or Subordinated Securities could and is expected 
to occur earlier than such stated maturity dates.  See "SUMMARY OF 
TERMS--TERMS OF THE NOTES--B.  PRINCIPAL" and "C.--OPTIONAL REDEMPTION" 
herein.

     The Notes and the Subordinated Securities will be payable primarily from 
collections of payments due under the Contracts (including payments from 
Vendors pursuant to certain recourse arrangements, where applicable, and as 
further described below and excluding payments relating to Excluded Residual 
Investments and Excluded Amounts), certain amounts received upon the 
prepayment or purchase of Contracts or liquidation of the Contracts and 
disposition of the related Equipment upon defaults thereunder, and the 
proceeds of Servicer Advances (as defined in "SUMMARY OF TERMS--SERVICING; 
SERVICING FEE; SERVICER ADVANCES"), if any.  

     Payments of interest due on the Notes and the Subordinated Notes on any 
given Distribution Date will be made prior to making any payments of 
principal on any of the Notes or the Subordinated Notes.  Payments of 
interest due on the Subordinated Notes will be subordinated in priority to 
payments of interest due on the Class A Notes,  the Class B Notes and the 
Class C Notes.  Payments of interest due on Class C Notes will be 
subordinated in priority to payments of interest on the Class A Notes and the 
Class B Notes.  Payments of interest due on the Class B Notes will be 
subordinated in priority to payments of interest due on the Class A Notes. 
Payments of interest due on the Class A-4 Notes will be subordinated in 
priority to payments of interest due on the Class A-3 Notes, the Class A-2 
Notes and the Class A-1 Notes, subject to the limitation described in the 
second succeeding sentence.  Payments of interest due on the Class A-3 Notes, 
will be subordinated in priority to payments of interest due on the Class A-2 
Notes and the Class A-1 Notes, subject to the limitation described in the 
succeeding sentence.  Payments of interest due on the Class A-2 Notes will be 
subordinated in priority to payments of interest due on the Class A-1 Notes; 
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that after the occurrence and during the continuance of an 
Event of Default, payments of interest due on the Class A-4 Notes, the Class 
A-3 Notes, the Class A-2 Notes and the Class A-1 Notes, will be made PRO 
RATA. Payments of principal on the Subordinated Notes will be subordinated in 
priority to payments of principal on the Class A Notes, the Class B Notes and 
the Class C Notes.  Payments of principal on the Class C Notes will be 
subordinated in priority to payments of principal on the Class A Notes and 
the Class B Notes. Payments of principal on the Class B Notes will be 
subordinated in priority to payments of principal on the Class A Notes.  
Payments of principal on the Class A-4 Notes will be subordinated in priority 
to payments of principal on the Class A-1 Notes, the Class A-2 Notes and the 
Class A-3 Notes.  Payments of principal on the Class A-3 Notes will be 
subordinated in priority to payments of principal on the Class A-1 Notes and 
the Class A-2 Notes.  Payments of principal on the Class A-2 Notes will be 
subordinated in priority to payments of principal on the Class A-1 Notes.  
See "SUMMARY OF TERMS--TERMS OF THE NOTES", as well as "DESCRIPTION OF THE 
NOTES--ALLOCATIONS" herein.

     The Notes are being offered pursuant to this Prospectus.  Sales of the 
Notes may not be consummated unless the purchaser has received this 
Prospectus. The Subordinated Securities are not being offered hereby.

     The Issuer does not intend to apply for listing of the Notes on any 
securities exchange or for the inclusion of the Notes on any automated 
quotation system.

     There currently is no secondary market for the Notes and there is no 
assurance that one will develop, or if one does develop, that it will 
continue or provide sufficient liquidity.


                                      3
<PAGE>

     IN CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING, THE UNDERWRITERS MAY OVER-ALLOT OR 
EFFECT TRANSACTIONS WHICH STABILIZE OR MAINTAIN THE MARKET PRICE OF THE NOTES 
OFFERED HEREBY AT A LEVEL ABOVE THAT WHICH MIGHT OTHERWISE PREVAIL IN THE 
OPEN MARKET. SUCH STABILIZING, IF COMMENCED, MAY BE DISCONTINUED AT ANY TIME.
                                           
                            REPORTS TO NOTEHOLDERS

     During such time as the Notes remain in book-entry form, periodic and 
annual unaudited reports, containing information concerning the Trust, the 
Contracts, the Notes and the Certificates, will be prepared by the Servicer 
and sent on behalf of the Trust to Cede & Co. ("CEDE"), as nominee of The 
Depository Trust Company ("DTC"), and the Euroclear System ("EUROCLEAR") or 
Cedel Bank, S.A. ("CEDEL") as registered holders of the Notes.  Such reports 
will be made available by DTC, Euroclear or CEDEL and its participants to 
holders of interests in the Notes in accordance with the rules, regulations 
and procedures creating and affecting DTC, Euroclear and CEDEL, respectively. 
 See "DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES--BOOK ENTRY REGISTRATION" and "--REPORTS" 
below.  Such reports will not constitute financial statements prepared in 
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles or that have been 
examined and reported upon by, with an opinion expressed by, an independent 
or certified public accountant. Upon the issuance of fully registered, 
certificated Notes, such reports will be sent to each registered Noteholder.

                             AVAILABLE INFORMATION

     The Trust Depositor, as originator of the Trust, has filed with the 
Securities and Exchange Commission (the "COMMISSION") a Registration 
Statement (together with all amendments and exhibits thereto, the 
"REGISTRATION STATEMENT") under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the 
"SECURITIES ACT"), with respect to the Notes offered pursuant to this 
Prospectus and described herein.  For further information, reference is made 
to the Registration Statement which may be inspected and copied at the public 
reference facilities maintained by the Commission at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., 
Room 1024, Washington, D.C. 20549; Citicorp Center, 500 West Madison, Suite 
1400, Chicago, Illinois 60661 and Seven World Trade Center, Suite 1300, New 
York, New York 10048. Copies of the Registration Statement may be obtained 
from the Public Reference Branch of the Commission at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., 
Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates.  The Commission also maintains a 
public access site on the Internet through the World Wide Web at which site 
reports, information statements and other information, including all 
electronic filings, regarding the Trust Depositor and the Trust may be 
viewed.  The Internet address of such World Wide Web site is 
http://www.sec.gov.  The Servicer, on behalf of the Trust, will also file or 
cause to be filed with the Commission such periodic reports as are required 
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "EXCHANGE ACT") 
and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder. Copies of such 
reports can be obtained as described above.

     UPON RECEIPT OF A REQUEST BY AN INVESTOR, OR HIS OR HER REPRESENTATIVE, 
WITHIN THE PERIOD DURING WHICH THERE IS AN OBLIGATION TO DELIVER A 
PROSPECTUS, THE UNDERWRITERS WILL PROMPTLY DELIVER, OR CAUSE TO BE DELIVERED, 
WITHOUT CHARGE AND IN ADDITION TO ANY SUCH DELIVERY REQUIREMENTS, A PAPER 
COPY OF THIS PROSPECTUS AND A PROSPECTUS ENCODED IN AN ELECTRONIC FORMAT.
                                           




                                      4
<PAGE>

                                   SUMMARY OF TERMS

     The following summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the 
detailed information appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus.  Certain 
capitalized terms used in this summary are defined elsewhere in this 
Prospectus on the pages indicated in the "INDEX OF TERMS" on page 98.

     There are material risks associated with an investment in the Notes.  
See "RISK FACTORS" on page 21 for a discussion of certain factors that 
investors should consider before making an investment in the Notes.

Issuer  . . . . . .   Newcourt Receivables Asset Trust 1998-1 (the "ISSUER" or 
                      the "TRUST"), a Delaware business trust formed by the 
                      Trust Depositor and the Owner Trustee pursuant to the 
                      Trust Agreement dated as of [           ], 1998 (the 
                      "TRUST AGREEMENT") between the Trust Depositor and the 
                      Owner Trustee.  The principal executive offices of the 
                      Trust are in Wilmington, Delaware, in care of the Owner 
                      Trustee, at the address of the Owner Trustee specified 
                      below.

Trust Depositor . .   Newcourt Receivables Corporation II, a Delaware 
                      corporation (the "TRUST DEPOSITOR") and a wholly-owned, 
                      limited purpose subsidiary of Newcourt Credit Group USA 
                      Inc. The Trust Depositor's principal executive offices 
                      are located at 2700 Bank One Tower, 111 Monument Circle, 
                      Suite 300, Indianapolis, Indiana 46204 and its telephone 
                      number is (317) 229-3406.

Seller/Servicer . .   Newcourt Financial USA Inc., a Delaware corporation 
                      ("NEWCOURT USA"; or, in its separate capacities as a 
                      Seller under the Transfer and Sale Agreement, the 
                      "SELLER", or as Servicer under the Sale and Servicing 
                      Agreement described herein, the "SERVICER"), which is a 
                      wholly-owned subsidiary of Newcourt Credit Group USA Inc. 
                      which, in turn is a wholly owed subsidiary of Newcourt 
                      Credit Group Inc. ("NEWCOURT").  Newcourt USA's offices 
                      are located at 2700 Bank One Tower, 111 Monument Tower 
                      Circle, Suite 2700 Indianapolis, Indiana 46204 and its 
                      telephone number is (317) 767-0077.  The servicing 
                      obligations of Newcourt USA under the Sale and Servicing 
                      Agreement will be guaranteed by Newcourt.

Indenture Trustee .   [                                                   ], as 
                      indenture trustee under the Indenture described herein 
                      (the "INDENTURE TRUSTEE").  The Indenture Trustee's 
                      offices are located at [                               ].

Owner Trustee . . .   [                                                  ], as 
                      owner trustee under the Trust Agreement (the "OWNER 
                      TRUSTEE").  The Owner  Trustee's offices are located at 
                      [                                                     ]. 

Cutoff Dates  . . .   With respect to the Contracts transferred to the Trust on 
                      the Closing Date, [               ], 1998, and with 
                      respect to any Additional Contract or Substitute Contract 
                      (see "SUMMARY OF TERMS--A. THE CONTRACTS") transferred to 
                      the Trust thereafter, the close of business on the first 
                      day of the calendar month in which such transfer occurs 
                      (each of such dates, a "CUTOFF DATE", an "ADDITIONAL 
                      CONTRACT CUTOFF DATE" or a "SUBSTITUTE CONTRACT CUTOFF 
                      DATE", respectively).  The term "CUTOFF DATE", when used 
                      herein in the context of general references to the pool 
                      of Contracts held by the Trust, should be deemed to 
                      include a reference to the Additional Contract Cutoff 
                      Date and Substitute Contract Cutoff Date of any 
                      Additional Contract or Substitute Contract contained 
                      within such pool of Contracts, unless otherwise specified 
                      or unless the context otherwise clearly requires.

Closing Date  . . .   On or about [               ], 1998 (the "CLOSING DATE").


                                      5

<PAGE>

Collection Periods,   A Collection Period is the period from and including the
Calculation Dates,    first day of each calendar month to and including the last
Distribution Dates    last day of the calendar month (such first day, the
and Record Dates      "CALCULATION DATE" and each such period, a "COLLECTION 
                      PERIOD").  A Distribution Date is the twentieth (20th) 
                      day (or if any such date is not a "BUSINESS DAY", I.E., a 
                      day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which 
                      banking institutions in Indianapolis, Indiana, Toronto, 
                      Ontario, Canada or New York, New York are authorized or 
                      obligated by any law or regulation to be closed, then on 
                      the next succeeding Business Day) of each calendar month 
                      (each, a "DISTRIBUTION DATE") commencing [            ], 
                      1998.  The Collection Period relating to any particular 
                      Distribution Date shall be the Collection Period 
                      occurring during the calendar month preceding the month 
                      in which such Distribution Date occurs.

                      With respect to any Distribution Date and the Notes, the 
                      "RECORD DATE" is the calendar day immediately preceding 
                      each Distribution Date (or, with respect to any 
                      Definitive Note as defined in "DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES--
                      DEFINITIVE NOTES", the last calendar day of the month 
                      preceding the month in which such Distribution Date 
                      occurs).

The Notes . . . . .   $1,000,000 aggregate principal amount (the "INITIAL CLASS 
                      A-1 NOTE PRINCIPAL BALANCE") of [     ]% Class A-1 
                      Receivable-Backed Notes, Series 1998-1 (the "CLASS A-1 
                      NOTES"); $1,000,000 aggregate principal amount (the 
                      "INITIAL CLASS A-2 NOTE PRINCIPAL BALANCE") of [     ]% 
                      Class A-2 Receivable-Backed Notes, Series 1998-1 (the 
                      "CLASS A-2 NOTES"); $1,000,000 aggregate principal amount 
                      (the "INITIAL CLASS A-3 NOTE PRINCIPAL BALANCE") of 
                      [     ]% Class A-3 Receivable-Backed Notes, Series 1998-1 
                      (the "CLASS A-3 NOTES"); $1,000,000 aggregate principal 
                      amount (the "INITIAL CLASS A-4 NOTE PRINCIPAL BALANCE") 
                      of [     ]% Class A-4 Receivable-Backed Notes, Series 
                      1998-1 (the "CLASS A-4 NOTES"; AND TOGETHER WITH THE 
                      CLASS A-1 NOTES, CLASS A-2 NOTES AND CLASS A-3 NOTES, THE 
                      "CLASS A NOTES"); $1,000,000 aggregate principal amount 
                      (the "INITIAL CLASS B NOTE PRINCIPAL BALANCE") of [    ]% 
                      Class B Receivable-Backed Notes, Series 1998-1 (the 
                      "CLASS B NOTES"); and $1,000,000 aggregate principal 
                      amount (the "INITIAL CLASS C NOTE PRINCIPAL BALANCE") of 
                      [     ]% Class C Receivable-Backed Notes, Series 1998-1 
                      (the "CLASS C NOTES"; and together with the Class A-1 
                      Notes, the Class A-2 Notes, the Class A-3 Notes, the 
                      Class A-4 Notes and the Class B Notes, the "NOTES").  The 
                      Initial Class A-1 Note Principal Balance is equal to 
                      approximately [     ]% of the initial Aggregate 
                      Discounted Contract Balance (as defined herein) of the 
                      Contracts, the Initial Class A-2 Note Principal Balance 
                      is equal to approximately [     ]% of the initial 
                      Aggregate Discounted Contract Balance, the Initial Class 
                      A-3 Note Principal Balance is equal to approximately [  ]%
                      of the initial Aggregate Discounted Contract Balance of 
                      the Contracts, the Initial Class A-4 Note Principal 
                      Balance is equal to approximately [    ]% of the initial 
                      Aggregate Discounted Contract Balance of the Contracts, 
                      the Initial Class B Note Principal Balance is equal to 
                      approximately [    ]% of the initial Aggregate Discounted 
                      Contract Balance of the Contracts, and the Initial Class 
                      C Note Principal Balance is equal to approximately [   ]% 
                      of the initial Aggregate Discounted Contract Balance of 
                      the Contracts.

                      The Notes will be issued by the Trust pursuant to an 
                      Indenture to be dated as of [               ], 1998 (the 
                      "INDENTURE"), between the Trust and the Indenture 
                      Trustee.  The Notes will be secured by the assets of the 
                      Trust.  The Notes will be available for purchase in 
                      book-entry form only in minimum denominations of $1,000 
                      and integral multiples thereof (except for one Note of 
                      each Class which, for rounding purposes, may be less than 
                      an integral multiple thereof). The holders of beneficial 
                      interests in the Notes held in book-entry form ("NOTE 
                      OWNERS") will not be entitled to receive Definitive Notes 
                      except in the limited circumstances described herein.  
                      See "DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES--GENERAL" and "--DEFINITIVE 
                      NOTES" and "--BOOK-ENTRY REGISTRATION"  herein.  The 
                      Class A-2 Notes, the Class


                                      6

<PAGE>

                      A-3 Notes, the Class A-4 Notes, the Class B Notes, the 
                      Class C Notes and the Subordinated Securities will be 
                      subordinated to the Class A-1 Notes to the extent 
                      described herein; the Class A-3 Notes, the Class A-4 
                      Notes, the Class B Notes, the Class C Notes and the 
                      Subordinated Securities will be subordinated to the Class
                      A-2 Notes to the extent described herein; the Class A-4 
                      Notes, the Class B Notes, the Class C Notes and the 
                      Subordinated Securities will be subordinated to the Class 
                      A-3 Notes to the extent described herein; the Class B 
                      Notes, the Class C Notes and the Subordinated Securities 
                      will be subordinated to the Class A-4 Notes to the extent 
                      described herein; the Class C Notes and the Subordinated 
                      Securities will be subordinated to the Class B Notes to 
                      the extent described herein; and the Subordinated 
                      Securities will be subordinated to the Class C Notes to 
                      the extent described herein.  See "DESCRIPTION OF THE 
                      NOTES--ALLOCATIONS" herein.

The Subordinated
Securities  . . . .   On the Closing Date, the Trust will also issue [     ]% 
                      issue [     ]% Class D Receivable-Backed Notes (the 
                      "CLASS D NOTES") with an aggregate principal balance of 
                      $[         ] (the "INITIAL CLASS D NOTE PRINCIPAL 
                      BALANCE") and [     ]% Class E Receivable-Backed Notes 
                      (the "CLASS E NOTES", together with the Class D Notes, 
                      collectively the "SUBORDINATED NOTES") with an 
                      aggregate principal balance of $[     ] (the "INITIAL 
                      CLASS E NOTE PRINCIPAL BALANCE"), as well as the Class 
                      F Certificate (the "CERTIFICATE", and, together with 
                      the Subordinated Notes, the "SUBORDINATED SECURITIES") 
                      with an initial certificate balance of $[  ]; the 
                      Certificate will not bear interest.  The rights of the 
                      holders of the Subordinated Securities to receive 
                      distributions will be subordinated to the rights of the 
                      Noteholders to receive distributions with respect to 
                      the Notes to the extent described herein.  See 
                      "DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES--ALLOCATIONS" herein.

A. Class D Notes . .  The Initial Class D Note Principal Balance is equal to 
                      approximately [     ]% of the initial Aggregate 
                      Discounted Contract Balance and will be issued pursuant 
                      to the Indenture.  The Class D Notes are not being 
                      offered and sold hereby.

B. Class E Notes . .  The Initial Class E Note Principal Balance is equal to 
                      approximately [     ]% of the initial Aggregate 
                      Discounted Contract Balance and will be issued pursuant 
                      to the Indenture.  The Class E Notes are not being 
                      offered and sold hereby.

C. Class F
   Certificate . . .  The Class F Certificate will represent fractional 
                      undivided beneficial equity interests in the Trust,
                      including the residual interest in amounts in the Reserve
                      Fund (after the payment of all outstanding interest and
                      principal on the Notes and the Subordinated Notes), and
                      will be issued pursuant to the Trust Agreement.  The
                      Certificates are not being offered and sold hereby.  The
                      Trust Depositor is expected initially to retain the
                      Certificate, although the Certificate could be
                      subsequently conveyed in a separate transaction subject
                      to certain restrictions to ensure the Trust is not
                      treated as a taxable entity for federal income tax
                      purposes.

The Trust  . . . . .  The Trust is a business trust established under the laws 
                      of the State of Delaware pursuant to the Trust Agreement. 
                      The activities of the Trust are limited by the terms of 
                      the Trust Agreement to acquiring, owning and managing the 
                      Contracts and related assets, issuing and making payments 
                      on the Notes and the Subordinated Securities and other 
                      activities related thereto.

Trust Assets . . . .  The property of the Trust (the "TRUST ASSETS") will 
                      include (i) the Contracts transferred to the Trust on the 
                      Closing Date with an Aggregate Discounted Contract Balance
                      of $[                ] as of the Cutoff Date (together 
                      with Additional Contracts and/or Substitute Contracts 
                      that may be transferred to the Trust from time to time as 
                      described herein), (ii) all monies at any time paid or 
                      payable thereunder or in respect thereof from and after 
                      the Cutoff Date applicable to such


                                      7

<PAGE>

                      Contracts, in the form of (A) Scheduled Payments (as 
                      defined herein) inclusive of such payments received 
                      through Vendor recourse or support arrangements, but 
                      excluding the Excluded Amounts and amounts payable with 
                      respect to any Excluded Residual Investments, (B) 
                      Prepayments (as defined herein), and (C) Recoveries 
                      (including any derived from the disposition of related 
                      Equipment) received with respect to Defaulted Contracts 
                      (in each case as such terms are defined in this "SUMMARY 
                      OF TERMS"), (iii) a security interest in the related 
                      Equipment, (iv) with respect to Contracts which are 
                      Vendor Loans, the Applicable Security related thereto, 
                      (v) such amounts as from  time to time may be held in the 
                      Collection Account or any related account or subaccount 
                      under the Sale and Servicing Agreement or the Indenture, 
                      together with earnings on funds therein, (vi) the rights 
                      of the Trust Depositor under the Transfer and Sale 
                      Agreement, (vii) any amounts received with respect to the 
                      Guaranteed Residual Investments, (viii) any late charges 
                      relating to a Contract which were included in the 
                      Contract's terms as of the Cutoff Date ("LATE CHARGES"), 
                      (ix) amounts available, if any, in the Reserve Fund, 
                      together with earnings on the funds therein, up to the 
                      Reserve Fund Amount and (x) proceeds of any of the 
                      foregoing (other than amounts payable with respect to any 
                      Excluded Residual Investment).

A.  Contracts  . . .  All of the Contracts to be included in the Trust 
                      (sometimes referred to herein, collectively, as the 
                      "CONTRACT POOL" or the "TRANSFERRED CONTRACTS") consist 
                      of conditional sale agreements (each, a "CSA"), promissory
                      notes with related security agreements (each, a "SECURED 
                      NOTE"), true and finance leases (each, a "LEASE"), 
                      installment payment agreements (each, an "IPA") or other 
                      similar types of financing agreements (each, a "FINANCING 
                      AGREEMENT") covering Financed Items (which may or may not 
                      be secured by such Financed Items) or, in the case of 
                      Vendor Loans, secured by End-User Contracts which, in 
                      turn, cover Financed Items.

                      With respect to the Contracts, the Seller will make 
                      certain representations and warranties in the Transfer 
                      and Sale Agreement, including that: (i) the information 
                      with respect to the Contracts, Secondary Contracts and 
                      Equipment securing such Contracts is true and correct in 
                      all material respects; (ii) immediately prior to the 
                      transfer of each Contract and the interest in any related 
                      Equipment to the Trust Depositor, such Contract was owned 
                      by the Seller free and clear of any adverse claim other 
                      than Permitted Liens; (iii) each Contract did not have 
                      any delinquent payment thereon where such payment was 
                      delinquent for more than 60 days and the Contract is not 
                      otherwise in default; (iv) each Contract is a valid and 
                      binding payment obligation of the obligor and is 
                      enforceable in accordance with its terms other than for a 
                      discharge in the bankruptcy of the Obligor; and (v) no 
                      adverse selection procedure was used in selecting the 
                      Contracts for transfer (I.E. the Contracts sold, assigned 
                      and transferred to the Trust were not intentionally 
                      chosen by the Seller to be of lesser credit quality or 
                      characteristics as those Contracts retained by the Seller 
                      and not conveyed to the Trust). With respect to Leases, 
                      the Seller will represent in the Transfer and Sale 
                      Agreement (i) that such Leases are "NET LEASES" and 
                      contain "HELL OR HIGH WATER" provisions in favor of the 
                      Seller, which obligates each applicable lessee at various 
                      levels (each, a "LESSEE") to make all payments scheduled 
                      under its Lease, without setoff (to the extent a Lease is 
                      not a "NET LEASE" which contains a "HELL OR HIGH WATER" 
                      provision, in which such instance, such Lease will receive
                      the benefit of a Vendor Guarantee (See "THE 
                      CONTRACTS--PROGRAM AGREEMENTS WITH VENDORS")), or (ii) 
                      with respect to Leases with Lessees that are governmental 
                      entities or municipalities, if such Lease is cancelled in 
                      accordance with its terms, either (x) the Vendor (as 
                      defined in this "SUMMARY OF TERMS") which assigned such 
                      Lease to the Seller is unconditionally obligated to 
                      repurchase such Lease from the Seller for a purchase 
                      price not less than the Discounted Contract Balance of 
                      such Lease (as of the date of purchase) plus interest 
                      thereon at the Discount Rate


                                      8

<PAGE>

                      through the Distribution Date following such date of 
                      repurchase or (y) pursuant to the Transfer and Sale 
                      Agreement, the Seller has indemnified the Trust Depositor 
                      (and any assignee thereof) against such cancellation in 
                      an amount equal to the Discounted Contract Balance of 
                      such Lease (as of the date of purchase) plus interest 
                      thereon at the Discount Rate through the Distribution 
                      Date following such cancellation less any amounts paid by 
                      the Vendor pursuant to clause (x).  See "THE CONTRACTS 
                      GENERALLY" and "THE TRANSFER AND SALE AGREEMENT AND SALE 
                      AND SERVICING AGREEMENT GENERALLY--REPRESENTATIONS AND 
                      WARRANTIES" herein.

                      The Transferred Contracts have been selected by the 
                      Seller from its portfolio of CSAs, Secured Notes, Leases, 
                      IPAs, Financing Agreements and Vendor Loans, have the 
                      characteristics specified in the Transfer and Sale 
                      Agreement and Sale and Servicing Agreement and described 
                      herein, and (except for Additional Contracts or 
                      Substitute Contracts as defined in this "SUMMARY OF 
                      TERMS") will be purchased by the Trust Depositor from the 
                      Seller on the Closing Date pursuant to the Transfer and 
                      Sale Agreement.  See "THE TRANSFER AND SALE AGREEMENT AND 
                      SALE AND SERVICING AGREEMENT GENERALLY--REPRESENTATIONS 
                      AND WARRANTIES", "USE OF PROCEEDS" and "THE CONTRACT 
                      POOL" herein.

                      As of the Cutoff Date, the Contract Pool had the 
                      following characteristics (unless otherwise noted, 
                      percentages are calculated by reference to Discounted 
                      Contract Balances of the related Contracts as a 
                      percentage of the Aggregate Discounted Contract Balance 
                      of the Contract Pool. The Discounted Contract Balances 
                      and the Aggregate Discounted Contract Balance utilized in 
                      clauses (i) through (viii) below were calculated 
                      utilizing the Statistical Discount Rate (as defined in 
                      this section):

                           (i)    there were [           ] Contracts in the 
                      Contract Pool;

                           (ii)   the Aggregate Discounted Contract Balance, or 
                      ADCB (as defined in this "SUMMARY OF TERMS") of the 
                      Transferred Contracts was $[                    ];

                           (iii)  the final scheduled payment date of the 
                      Transferred Contract with the latest maturity or 
                      expiration as of the Cutoff Date was [                 ];

                           (iv)   the average Discounted Contract Balance was 
                      approximately $[            ];

                           (v)    all of the Contracts had (A) original terms 
                      to maturity of not less than [  ] months and not more 
                      than [   ] months, with a weighted average original term 
                      to maturity of approximately [      ] months, and (B) a 
                      remaining term to maturity of not less than [   ] month 
                      and not more than [                        ] months, with 
                      a weighted average remaining term to maturity of 
                      approximately [      ] months;

                           (vi)   of such Contracts, approximately [         ]% 
                      were Vendor Loans;

                           (vii)  the Obligors (as defined in this "SUMMARY OF 
                      TERMS") on approximately [                       ]% of 
                      the Contracts were located in the State of [          ]; 
                      approximately [     ]% were located in the State of 
                      [     ]; approximately [      ]% were located in the 
                      State of [          ]; and in no other state represented 
                      more than [      ]% of the Contracts; and

                           (viii) of such Contracts, approximately [    ]% 
                      constitute "TRUE LEASES."

                      See "THE TRANSFER AND SALE AGREEMENT AND THE SALE AND 
                      SERVICING AGREEMENT GENERALLY--CONCENTRATION AMOUNTS" 
                      herein.


                                      9

<PAGE>

                      For the twelve-month periods ended December 31, 1997 
                      and December 31, 1996,  the Seller has recognized (i) 
                      delinquencies of [      ]% and [      ]%, respectively 
                      with respect to its portfolio and (ii) net losses of 
                      [     ]% and [      ]% with respect to its portfolio.  
                      See "THE CONTRACT POOL -- DELINQUENCY AND LOAN LOSS 
                      INFORMATION".  

                      The Statistical Discount Rate is equal to [   ]% (the 
                      "STATISTICAL DISCOUNT RATE"). Although the Discounted 
                      Contract Balances and the Aggregate Discounted Contract 
                      Balance calculated at the Discount Rate will vary 
                      somewhat from the Discounted Contract Balances and 
                      Aggregate Discounted Contract Balance calculated at the 
                      Statistical Discount Rate, such variance is not 
                      expected to be material.

                      For further information regarding the Transferred 
                      Contracts, see "THE CONTRACT POOL" and "THE CONTRACTS 
                      GENERALLY", as well as "THE TRANSFER AND SALE AGREEMENT 
                      AND SALE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT 
                      GENERALLY--REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES" and 
                      "--CONCENTRATION AMOUNTS" herein.

                      Between the Cutoff Date and the Closing Date some 
                      amortization of the pool is expected to occur.  In 
                      addition, certain Contracts included in the pool as of 
                      the Cutoff Date may be determined not to meet the 
                      eligibility requirements for the final pool, and may 
                      not be included in the final pool.  To the extent a 
                      Contract is determined not to meet the eligibility 
                      requirements for the pool, the Seller, through the 
                      Trust Depositor, may pursue one of two options: (1) 
                      substitute a new Contract for the ineligible Contract 
                      or (2) repurchase the ineligible Contract.  To the 
                      extent the Seller, through the Trust Depositor, 
                      replaces an ineligible Contract, the replacement 
                      Contract must meet the terms and conditions of a 
                      Substitute Contract, (see "THE TRANSFER AND SALE 
                      AGREEMENT AND SALE AND SERVICE AGREEMENT GENERALLY - 
                      REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES").  While the 
                      statistical distribution of the characteristics of the 
                      Contracts in the Contract Pool as of the Closing Date 
                      will vary somewhat from the statistical distribution of 
                      such characteristics as of the Cutoff Date as presented 
                      in this Prospectus, such variance is not expected to be 
                      material.

                      Generally, the Contracts not constituting Leases are 
                      prepayable by their terms by the Obligors thereon; in 
                      many (but not all) instances, such terms require a 
                      prepayment penalty.  The Contracts constituting Leases 
                      generally are non-cancelable by the Obligors. The 
                      Seller may, under the terms of the Sale and Servicing 
                      Agreement, permit or agree to the early termination or 
                      full prepayment of any such Contract included in the 
                      Contract Pool in certain circumstances, and on the 
                      terms and subject to the conditions more fully 
                      specified in the Sale and Servicing Agreement (any 
                      prepayment of a Contract, whether pursuant to its terms 
                      or in the Servicer's discretion being an  "EARLY 
                      TERMINATION", with the Contract related thereto being 
                      an "EARLY TERMINATION CONTRACT" or "PREPAID CONTRACT"). 
                      Such circumstances may include, without limitation, a 
                      full or partial buyout of the Equipment which is the 
                      subject of the Contract, or an equipment upgrade.  

                      In the event of an Early Termination which has been 
                      prepaid in full, the Trust Depositor will have the 
                      option to cause the Trust to reinvest the proceeds of 
                      such Early Termination in one or more Contracts having 
                      similar characteristics to such terminated Contract 
                      (each, an "ADDITIONAL CONTRACT").  

                      In addition, the Seller will have the option under the 
                      Transfer and Sale Agreement to cause the Trust 
                      Depositor, pursuant to the terms of the Sale and 
                      Servicing Agreement, to substitute into the Trust one 
                      or more Contracts having similar characteristics (each, 
                      a "SUBSTITUTE CONTRACT") for Defaulted Contracts (as 

                                        10
<PAGE>

                      defined in "DESCRIPTION OF NOTES--DEFAULTED 
                      CONTRACTS"), and Contracts following a material 
                      modification to or adjustment of the terms of such 
                      Contract which modification or adjustment would not 
                      otherwise be permissible under the Sale and Servicing 
                      Agreement (unless the Contract was to be prepaid in 
                      full to the Trust and refinanced by the Seller with a 
                      new, modified Contract outside the Trust) (each, an 
                      "ADJUSTED CONTRACT").  The Aggregate Discounted 
                      Contract Balance (as defined herein) of the Defaulted 
                      Contracts and Adjusted Contracts for which the Seller 
                      may cause the substitution of Substitute Contracts is 
                      limited to an amount not in excess of 10% of the 
                      Aggregate Discounted Contract Balance of the Contracts 
                      as of the initial Cutoff Date.  The Seller will also be 
                      permitted to substitute a Substitute Contract for a 
                      Contract which the Seller would otherwise be required 
                      to repurchase due to certain representations or 
                      warranties relating thereto proving to have been 
                      incorrect (a "WARRANTY CONTRACT") or an Early 
                      Termination Contract, without regard to the 10% 
                      limitation described above.  With respect to replacing 
                      either a Defaulted Contract or an Adjusted Contract 
                      with a Substitute Contract (which substitution is not 
                      an obligation of the Seller but is in its sole and 
                      absolute discretion), such Substitute Contract must 
                      meet the Contract Pool concentration limitation as 
                      described in "THE TRANSFER AND SALE AGREEMENT AND SALE 
                      AND SERVICING AGREEMENT GENERALLY" as well as the other 
                      substitution requirements described herein.  See "THE 
                      TRANSFER AND SALE AGREEMENT AND THE SALE AND SERVICING 
                      AGREEMENT GENERALLY--REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES" 
                      herein.

                      From time to time, the terms of a Contract may be 
                      subjected to material modifications or adjustments for 
                      administrative reasons or at the request of the Obligor 
                      or related Vendor for such Contract due to a variety of 
                      circumstances.  Such material modifications may result 
                      in adjustments to the Contract commencement date, the 
                      stated periodic payment date for payments due, the 
                      amount of the periodic payment or the equipment subject 
                      to the Contract.  With respect to a Contract which has 
                      been materially modified or adjusted, such Contract 
                      will either be prepaid by the Obligor or shall be 
                      substituted for by the Seller consistent with the 
                      conditions described in the preceding paragraph.  There 
                      may also occasionally be non-material adjustments or 
                      modifications in Contract terms which may be effected 
                      by the Servicer on behalf of the Trust without 
                      Noteholder consent and without affecting the Contract's 
                      status as part of the Trust.

                      Additional Contracts and Substitute Contracts will be 
                      originated and added to the Trust using the same credit 
                      criteria and eligibility standards as the Contracts in 
                      the Contract Pool on the Closing Date. Information with 
                      respect to such Additional Contracts or Substitute 
                      Contracts, to the extent deemed material, will be 
                      included in periodic reports under the Exchange Act 
                      filed by the Servicer with the Commission on behalf of 
                      the Trust as are required under the Exchange Act. 

                      In no event will the aggregate scheduled payments of 
                      the Contracts, after the inclusion in the Trust of the 
                      Substitute Contracts and reinvestment in Additional 
                      Contracts, be materially less than the aggregate 
                      scheduled payments of the Contracts prior to such 
                      substitution or reinvestment. In addition, either the 
                      final scheduled payment on such Substitute Contract or 
                      Additional Contract will be on or prior to the [      ] 
                      Distribution Date or, to the extent the final payment 
                      on such Contract is due after the [        ] 
                      Distribution Date, only scheduled payments due on or 
                      prior to such date may be included in the Discounted 
                      Contract Balance of such Contract for the purpose of 
                      making any calculation under the Indenture or the Sale 
                      and Servicing Agreement.

                      The Servicer is not authorized to permit an Early 
                      Termination, without the addition to the Trust of a 
                      related Additional Contract, if the amount to be 


                                        11
<PAGE>

                      prepaid (whether by the related Obligor, or through a 
                      combination of payments from the related Obligor and 
                      from the Seller/Servicer) on such terminated Contract 
                      is equal at least to the then Discounted Contract 
                      Balance of the Contract and any Late Charge thereon. 

                      The Seller defines Contract delinquency as a payment 
                      which is not made consistent with the Contract terms 
                      and a Defaulted Contract as a Contract for which (i) 
                      the Obligor thereunder is subject to an Insolvency 
                      Event, or (ii) a full contractual payment has not been 
                      received from the Obligor (or the Vendor if Vendor 
                      recourse is applicable) for 180 days or such shorter 
                      period as the Seller may determine consistent with its 
                      collection policy. See "NEWCOURT CREDIT GROUP INC. AND 
                      NEWCOURT FINANCIAL USA INC.--CONTRACT COLLECTIONS." 

B. Equipment and....  All of the Seller's right and interest (which is limited 
   Other Financed     to a security interest) in the Equipment, if any, subject 
   Items              to each Lease, CSA, Secured Note, IPA, Financing 
                      Agreement and Vendor Obligation included in the 
                      Contract Pool will be transferred to the Trust.  
                      Equipment will include, but shall not be limited to, a 
                      wide variety of new and used information technology 
                      equipment (such as computer work stations, personal 
                      computers, data storage devices, mainframe and mini
                      computers and other computer related peripheral 
                      equipment), communications equipment (such as telephone 
                      switching and networking systems), commercial business 
                      and industrial equipment (such as printing presses, 
                      machine tools and other manufacturing equipment,  
                      photocopiers, facsimile machines and other office 
                      equipment, energy savings and control equipment, 
                      automotive diagnostic and automated testing equipment), 
                      medical equipment (such as diagnostic and therapeutic 
                      examination equipment for radiology, nuclear medicine 
                      and ultrasound and laboratory analysis equipment), 
                      resources equipment (such as feller-bunchers and 
                      grapplers), and transportation and construction 
                      equipment (such as heavy and medium duty trucks and 
                      highway trailers, school buses, bulldozers, loaders, 
                      graters, excavators, forklifts and other materials 
                      handling equipment, golf carts and other road and 
                      off-road machinery). See "THE CONTRACTS 
                      GENERALLY--EQUIPMENT" and "THE CONTRACT POOL" herein.  
                      In the event the party obligated to make payments under 
                      any Contract (as to a Contract, the "OBLIGOR") defaults 
                      in such payments, the Servicer will follow its 
                      customary and usual collection procedures, which may 
                      include the repossession and sale of any related 
                      Equipment on behalf of the Trust.  Any Recoveries (as 
                      defined herein) from such sale shall constitute 
                      Available Amounts (as defined in "DESCRIPTION OF THE 
                      NOTES--ALLOCATIONS"). See "THE CONTRACTS 
                      GENERALLY--EQUIPMENT", and "DESCRIPTION OF THE 
                      NOTES--DEFAULTED CONTRACTS" herein.

                      Certain End-User Contracts cover Financed Items other 
                      than Equipment, including computer software 
                      ("SOFTWARE") and related support and consulting 
                      services (collectively, "SERVICES") and will represent 
                      approximately [      ]% of the ADCB of the Contract 
                      Pool on the Closing Date.  The Trust will not have 
                      title to or a security interest in such Software 
                      licensed under or securing a Contract or the proceeds 
                      thereof nor will it own such Services, and may not be 
                      able to realize any value therefrom under a related 
                      Contract upon a default by the Obligor.  See "THE  
                      CONTRACTS GENERALLY--SOFTWARE AND SERVICES" herein.

C. Collection.......  A trust account will be established by the Servicer 
   Account            in the name of and maintained by the Indenture Trustee 
                      (the "COLLECTION ACCOUNT") into which all amounts that 
                      will be collected for the Trust will be deposited in 
                      accordance with the Indenture and the Sale and 
                      Servicing Agreement.  See "DESCRIPTION OF THE 
                      NOTES--COLLECTION ACCOUNT" herein.

D. Vendor...........  Each of the Seller's Vendor finance program agreements
   Agreements         (each, a "PROGRAM AGREEMENT") are agreements with
                      equipment manufacturers, dealers and 

                                        12
<PAGE>

                      distributors or computer software licensors or 
                      distributors as well as finance companies which extend 
                      credit to such parties ("VENDORS") which, in each case, 
                      provide the Seller with the opportunity to finance 
                      transactions relating to the acquisition or use by an 
                      End-User of a Vendor's Equipment, Software, Services or 
                      other products.  Some of these Program Agreements take 
                      the form of a referral relationship, which may or may 
                      not include credit support from the Vendor.  All rights 
                      (but not obligations) of the Seller under the Program 
                      Agreements with respect to the Contracts are generally 
                      assignable and will be so assigned by the Seller to the 
                      Trust Depositor and in turn conveyed by the Trust 
                      Depositor to the Trust.  Such rights may include 
                      various forms of support to the Seller under such 
                      Program Agreements including representations and  
                      warranties by the Vendor in respect of the End-User 
                      Contracts assigned by the Vendor to the Seller and 
                      related Equipment, Software or Services, credit support 
                      with respect to defaults by End-Users and equipment 
                      repurchase and remarketing arrangements upon early 
                      termination of End-User Contracts upon a default by the 
                      End-User.  See "THE CONTRACTS GENERALLY--VENDOR 
                      AGREEMENTS" herein.

                      In addition to the foregoing, the Seller may enter into 
                      assignment agreements (each a "VENDOR ASSIGNMENT"; 
                      collectively, with the Program Agreements, "VENDOR 
                      AGREEMENTS") from time to time with Vendors pursuant to 
                      which individual End-User Contracts originated by 
                      Vendors are assigned to the Seller, rather than 
                      pursuant to a Program Agreement.  Each Vendor 
                      Assignment will be made either with or without recourse 
                      against the Vendor for End-User defaults and will 
                      generally contain many, if not all, of the 
                      representations, warranties and covenants typically 
                      contained in Program Agreements, as well as a Vendor 
                      repurchase requirement in the event of a breach by the 
                      Vendor of such representations, warranties or 
                      covenants.  Vendor Assignments may or may not provide 
                      for any Vendor remarketing support in the event of an 
                      End-User default.

E. Reserve Fund.....  A trust account has been established by the Trust 
                      Depositor in the name of, and maintained by, the 
                      Indenture Trustee (the "RESERVE FUND").  On the Closing 
                      Date the Trust Depositor will deposit $[          ] in 
                      the Reserve Fund which is equal to [     ]% of the ADCB 
                      of the Contract Pool as of the initial Cutoff Date (the 
                      "RESERVE FUND AMOUNT").  Amounts in the Reserve Fund 
                      may be released to the Certificateholder in the event 
                      amounts therein exceed the then outstanding Principal 
                      Amounts of the Notes and the Subordinated Notes.  
                      Additionally, amounts on deposit in the Reserve Fund in 
                      excess of the Reserve Fund Amount will be paid to the 
                      Certificateholder.  On each Distribution Date, amounts 
                      on deposit in the Reserve Fund will be applied as 
                      described under "DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES--ALLOCATIONS" 
                      and "--RESERVE FUND." 

Terms of the Notes..  The principal terms of the Notes will be as described 
                      below:

A.  Interest........  The Class A-1 Notes will bear interest at the rate of 
                      [      ]% per annum (the "CLASS A-1 INTEREST RATE"), 
                      the Class A-2 Notes will bear interest at the rate of 
                      [      ]% per annum (the "CLASS A-2 INTEREST RATE"), 
                      the Class A-3 Notes will bear interest at the rate of 
                      [      ]% per annum (the "CLASS A-3 INTEREST RATE"), 
                      the Class A-4 Notes will bear interest at the rate of 
                      [      ]% per annum (the "CLASS A-4 INTEREST RATE"), 
                      the Class B Notes will bear interest at the rate of 
                      [      ]% per annum (the "CLASS B INTEREST RATE"), the 
                      Class C Notes will bear interest at the rate of [      ]
                      % per annum (the "CLASS C INTEREST RATE"), the Class D 
                      Notes will bear interest at the rate of [      ]% per 
                      annum (the "CLASS D INTEREST RATE") and the Class E 
                      Notes will bear interest at the rate of [      ]% per 
                      annum (the "CLASS E INTEREST RATE").  Interest with 
                      respect to the Class A-1 Notes will be calculated on 
                      the basis of actual days elapsed over a year of 360 
                      days; interest with respect 

                                        13
<PAGE>

                      to all other Notes and the Subordinated Notes will be 
                      calculated on the basis of a year of 360 days 
                      consisting of twelve 30 day months. 

                      Interest on the outstanding principal amount of the 
                      Notes will accrue from and including the most recent 
                      Distribution Date on which interest has been paid (or, 
                      in the case of the initial Distribution Date, from and 
                      including the Closing Date) but excluding the following 
                      Distribution Date (each period for which interest 
                      accrues on the Notes, an "ACCRUAL PERIOD").   Interest 
                      on the Notes will be payable on each Distribution Date, 
                      commencing [      ], 1998, to the holders of record of 
                      the Class A-1 Notes (the "CLASS A-1 NOTEHOLDERS"), the 
                      holders of record of the Class A-2 Notes (the "CLASS 
                      A-2 NOTEHOLDERS"), the holders of record of the Class 
                      A-3 Notes (the "CLASS A-3 NOTEHOLDERS"), the holders of 
                      record of the Class A-4 Notes (the "CLASS A-4 
                      NOTEHOLDERS"), the holders of record of the Class B 
                      Notes (the "CLASS B NOTEHOLDERS"), the holders of 
                      record of the Class C Notes (the "CLASS C 
                      NOTEHOLDERS" and together with the Class A-1 
                      Noteholders, the Class A-2 Noteholders, the Class A-3 
                      Noteholders, the Class A-4 Noteholders and the Class B 
                      Noteholders, the "Noteholders"), the holders of record 
                      of the Class D Notes (the "CLASS D NOTEHOLDERS") and 
                      the holders of record of the Class E Notes (the "CLASS 
                      E NOTEHOLDERS", together with the Class D Noteholders, 
                      the "SUBORDINATED NOTEHOLDERS") as of the related 
                      Record Date. See "DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES--GENERAL" 
                      and "THE INDENTURE--PAYMENTS OF PRINCIPAL AND INTEREST" 
                      herein.

                      Interest on the Class A-1 Notes is payable on a 
                      Distribution Date from Available Amounts available on 
                      such date (after application of such Available Amounts  
                      to repay any outstanding Servicer Advances as defined 
                      herein, and  to pay the Servicing Fee, each as defined 
                      in this "SUMMARY OF TERMS").  Such Available Amounts 
                      represent primarily collections of payments due under 
                      the Contracts (including realization of amounts from 
                      Vendor recourse, if applicable and any amounts realized 
                      from Guaranteed Residual Investments), Late Charges, 
                      certain amounts received upon the prepayment or 
                      purchase of Contracts or liquidation of the Contracts 
                      and disposition of the related Equipment upon defaults 
                      thereunder, and proceeds of Servicer Advances (as 
                      defined herein), if any, amounts available in the 
                      Reserve Fund, if any, (up to the Reserve Fund Amount) 
                      as well as earnings on amounts held in the Collection 
                      Account and the Reserve Fund.  Interest on the Class 
                      A-2 Notes is payable on a Distribution Date from the 
                      Available Amounts available on such date, (after 
                      application of such Available Amounts to repay any 
                      outstanding Servicer Advances, to pay the Servicing Fee 
                      and to pay interest on the Class A-1 Notes) subject to 
                      the proviso in the second succeeding sentence. Interest 
                      on the Class A-3 Notes is payable on a Distribution 
                      Date from the Available Amounts on such date, (after 
                      application of such Available Amounts to repay any 
                      outstanding Servicer Advances, to pay the Servicing 
                      Fee, to pay interest on the Class A-1 Notes and the 
                      Class A-2 Notes) subject to the proviso in the 
                      succeeding sentence. Interest on the Class A-4 Notes is 
                      payable on a Distribution Date from the Available 
                      Amounts on such date, (after application of such 
                      Available Amounts to repay any outstanding Servicer 
                      Advances, to pay the Servicing Fee, to pay interest on 
                      the Class A-1 Notes, the Class A-2 Notes and the Class 
                      A-3 Notes); PROVIDED, HOWEVER, in the event an Event of 
                      Default has occurred and is continuing, interest on the 
                      Class A-1 Notes, the Class A-2 Notes, the Class A-3 
                      Notes and the Class A-4 Notes (to the extent Available 
                      Amounts are insufficient to pay the entire amount of 
                      accrued interest on the Class A-1 Notes, the Class A-2 
                      Notes, the Class A-3 Notes and the Class A-4 Notes) 
                      will be paid from Available Amounts PRO RATA based on 
                      the then outstanding Principal Amounts of such Class 
                      A-1 Notes Class A-2 Notes, Class A-3 Notes and Class 
                      A-4 Notes.  Interest on the Class B Notes is payable on 
                      a Distribution Date from the Available Amounts 
                      available on such date, (after application of such 
                      Available Amounts to repay any outstanding Servicer 
                      Advances, to pay the Servicing Fee, and to pay interest 
                      on the Class A-1 Notes, 

                                        14
<PAGE>

                      Class A-2 Notes, Class A-3 Notes and Class A-4 Notes).  
                      Interest on the Class C Notes is payable on a 
                      Distribution Date from Available Amounts available on 
                      such date, (after Payment Amount, the Class A-2 
                      Principal Principal Payment Amount, the Class B 
                      application of such Available Amounts to repay any 
                      outstanding Servicer Advances, to pay the Servicing 
                      Fee, and to pay interest on the Class A-1 Notes, Class 
                      A-2 Notes, Class A-3 Notes, Class A-4 Notes and the 
                      Class B Notes).  Interest on the Subordinated Notes is 
                      payable on a Distribution Date from Available Amounts 
                      available on such date, (after application of such 
                      Available Amounts to repay any outstanding Servicer 
                      Advances, to pay the Servicing Fee, and to pay interest 
                      on the Class A-1 Notes, Class A-2 Notes, the Class A-3 
                      Notes, the Class A-4 Notes, the Class B Notes and the 
                      Class C Notes).  See "DESCRIPTION OF THE 
                      NOTES--ALLOCATIONS" herein.

B. Principal

 General............  Principal of the Class A-1 Notes will be payable on 
                      each Distribution Date in an amount equal to the Class 
                      A-1 Principal Payment Amount (as defined in 
                      "DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES") for such Distribution Date, 
                      to the extent Available Amounts are available therefor, 
                      but after payment of unpaid Servicer Advances, the 
                      Servicing Fee and interest payments on the Notes and 
                      the Subordinated Notes.

                      Principal of the Class A-2 Notes will be payable on 
                      each Distribution Date in an amount equal to the Class 
                      A-2 Principal Payment Amount (as defined in 
                      "DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES") for such Distribution Date, 
                      to the extent Available Amounts are available therefor, 
                      but after payment of unpaid Servicer Advances, the 
                      Servicing Fee, interest payments on the Notes and 
                      Subordinated Notes and the Class A-1 Principal Payment 
                      Amount.

                      Principal of the Class A-3 Notes will be payable on 
                      each Distribution Date in an amount equal to the Class 
                      A-3 Principal Payment Amount (as defined in 
                      "DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES") for such Distribution Date, 
                      to the extent Available Amounts are available therefor, 
                      but after payment of unpaid Servicer Advances, the 
                      Servicing Fee, interest payments on the Notes and 
                      Subordinated Notes, the Class A-1 Principal Payment 
                      Amount and the Class A-2 Principal Payment Amount.

                      Principal of the Class A-4 Notes will be payable on 
                      each Distribution Date in an amount equal to the Class 
                      A-4 Principal Payment Amount (as defined in 
                      "DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES") for such Distribution Date, 
                      to the extent Available Amounts are available therefor, 
                      but after payment of unpaid Servicer Advances, the 
                      Servicing Fee, interest payments on the Notes and 
                      Subordinated Notes, the Class A-1 Principal
                      Payment Amount, the Class A-2 Principal Payment
                      Amount and the Class A-3 Principal Payment Amount.

                      Principal of the Class B Notes will be payable on each 
                      Distribution Date in an amount equal to the Class B 
                      Principal Payment Amount (as defined in "DESCRIPTION OF 
                      NOTES") for such Distribution Date, to the extent 
                      Available Amounts are available therefor, but after 
                      payment of unpaid Servicer Advances, the Servicing Fee, 
                      interest payments on the Notes and the Subordinated 
                      Notes, and the payment of the Class A-1 Principal 
                      Payment Amount, the Class A-2 Principal Payment Amount, 
                      the Class A-3 Principal Payment Amount and the Class 
                      A-4 Principal Payment Amount. 

                      Principal of the Class C Notes will be payable on each 
                      Distribution Date in an amount equal to the Class C 
                      Principal Payment Amount (as defined herein) for such 
                      Distribution Date, to the extent Available Amounts are 
                      available therefor, but after payment of unpaid 
                      Servicer Advances, the Servicing Fee, interest 

                                        15
<PAGE>

                      payments on the Notes and the Subordinated Notes, and 
                      the payment of the Class A-1 Principal Payment Amount, 
                      the Class A-2 Principal Payment Amount, the Class A-3 
                      Principal Payment Amount, the Class A-4 Principal 
                      Payment Amount and the Class B Principal Payment 
                      Amount.  See "DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES--ALLOCATIONS" 
                      herein.

                      Principal of the Class D Notes will be payable on each 
                      Distribution Date in an amount equal to the Class D 
                      Principal Payment Amount (as defined in the 
                      "DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES") for such Distribution Date, 
                      to the extent Available Amounts are available therefor, 
                      but after payment of unpaid Servicer Advances, the 
                      Servicing Fee, interest payments on the Notes and the 
                      Subordinated Notes, and the payment of the Class A-1 
                      Principal Payment Amount, the Class A-2 Principal 
                      Payment Amount, the Class A-3 Principal Payment Amount, 
                      the Class A-4 Principal Payment Amount, the Class B 
                      Principal Payment Amount and the Class C Principal 
                      Payment Amount.  See "DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES 
                      --ALLOCATIONS" herein.

                      Principal of the Class E Notes will be payable on each 
                      Distribution Date in an amount equal to the Class E 
                      Principal Payment Amount (as defined in the 
                      "DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES") for such Distribution Date, 
                      to the extent Available Amounts are available therefor, 
                      but after payment of unpaid Servicer Advances, the 
                      Servicing Fee, interest payments on the Notes and the 
                      Subordinated Notes, and the payment of the Class A-1 
                      Principal Payment Amount, the Class A-2 Principal 
                      Payment Amount, the Class A-3 Principal Payment Amount, 
                      the Class A-4 Principal Payment Amount, the Class B 
                      Principal Payment Amount, the Class C Principal Payment 
                      Amount and the Class D Principal Payment Amount.  See 
                      "DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES--ALLOCATIONS" herein.

                      The Class A-1 Principal Payment Amount, the Class A-2 
                      Principal Payment Amount, the Class A-3 Principal 
                      Payment Amount, the Class A-4 Principal Payment Amount, 
                      the Class B Principal Payment Amount, the Class C 
                      Principal Payment Amount, the Class D Principal Payment 
                      Amount and the Class E Principal Payment Amount 
                      represent, in each case, a calculation of the amount to 
                      be payable from otherwise Available Amounts on a 
                      Distribution Date in respect of principal on the Class 
                      A-1 Notes, the Class A-2 Notes, the Class A-3 Notes, 
                      the Class A-4 Notes, the Class B Notes, the Class C 
                      Notes or the Subordinated Notes.  Such amount generally 
                      is calculated, for the Subordinated Notes and each 
                      Class of Notes other than the Class A-1 Notes, as a 
                      fractional percentage of the amount that the ADCB of 
                      the Contract Pool has declined or been deemed to 
                      decline (whether through payment, prepayment, default 
                      and writeoff, determination of ineligibility or other 
                      mechanism as described further herein) during the most 
                      recent Collection Period (I.E., full calendar month), 
                      with the fractional percentage for each Class 
                      determined based on the proportion that the Initial 
                      Principal Balance of such Class (treating, for purposes 
                      of this calculation only, Class A-2 Notes, Class A-3 
                      Notes and Class A-4 Notes as one Class) bore to Initial 
                      Principal Balance of all Classes of Notes (excluding 
                      the Class A-1 Notes) and the Subordinated Notes as of 
                      the Cutoff Date; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, the Class A-1 Notes 
                      will receive 100% of the Total Principal Payment Amount 
                      prior to the payment of any principal on the Class A-2 
                      Notes, the Class A-3 Notes, the Class  A-4 Notes, the 
                      Class B Notes, the Class C Notes and the Subordinated 
                      Notes. After payment in full of the Class A-1 Notes, if 
                      sufficient Available Amounts exist, a proportionate 
                      amount of principal would be repaid on any given 
                      Distribution Date on each of the Class A Notes, the 
                      Class B Notes, and the Class C Notes (as well as the 
                      Subordinated Notes) based on such percentages which are 
                      (i) [     ]% for the Class A Notes, (ii) [      ]% for 
                      the Class B Notes, (iii) [    ]% for the Class C Notes, 
                      (iv) [       ]% for the Class D Notes, and [       ]% 
                      for the Class E Notes.  The principal amount payable to 
                      the Class A Notes will be paid 

                                        16
<PAGE>

                      sequentially first to the Class A-2 Notes until paid in 
                      full, then to the Class A-3 Notes until paid in full, 
                      and thereafter to the Class A-4 Notes until paid in 
                      full.  To the extent the Class B Floor exceeds the 
                      Class B Target Principal Amount, the Class C Floor 
                      exceeds the Class C Target Principal Amount, the Class 
                      D Floor exceeds the Class D Target Principal amount 
                      and/or the Class E Floor exceeds the Class E Target 
                      Principal Amount, Additional Principal (as defined in 
                      the "DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES") would be distributed, 
                      sequentially, as an additional principal payment to the 
                      Class A-1 Notes, Class A-2 Notes, Class A-3 Notes, 
                      Class A-4 Notes, Class B Notes, Class C Notes, Class D 
                      Notes and Class E Notes until the Principal Amount of 
                      each has been reduced to zero. Upon the occurrence and 
                      during the continuance of an Event of Default, (as 
                      defined in "DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES"), however, the 
                      formula for determining such principal payment amount, 
                      after payment in full of the Class A-1 Notes, will 
                      change with the result that, for any Distribution Date 
                      occurring after such adverse event, principal on the 
                      Class A-2 Notes, the Class A-3 Notes, the Class A-4 
                      Notes, the Class B Notes and the Class C Notes (and 
                      also the Subordinated Notes) will be accelerated and 
                      paid sequentially, I.E., no principal will be paid on 
                      the Class A-3 Notes, the Class A-4 Notes, the Class B 
                      Notes, the Class C Notes or the Subordinated Notes 
                      until the Class A-2 Notes have been paid in full; no 
                      principal will be paid on the Class A-4 Notes, the 
                      Class B Notes, the Class C Notes or the Subordinated 
                      Notes until the Class A-3 Notes have been paid in 
                      full; no principal will be paid on the Class B Notes, 
                      Class C Notes or the Subordinated Notes until the Class 
                      A-4 Notes have been paid in full; no principal will be 
                      paid on the Class C Notes or the Subordinated Notes 
                      until the Class B Notes have been paid in full; no 
                      principal will be paid on the Class D Notes or the 
                      Class E Notes until the Class C Notes have been paid in 
                      full; and no principal will be paid on the Class E Notes 
                      until the Class D Notes have been paid in full.  See 
                      "DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES--ALLOCATIONS" herein.

Stated Maturity.....  The stated maturity date of the Class A-1 Notes (the 
Date                  "CLASS A-1 NOTES MATURITY DATE") is the [        ] 
                      Distribution Date; the stated maturity date of the 
                      Class A-2 Notes (the "CLASS A-2 NOTES MATURITY DATE") 
                      is the [      ] Distribution Date; the stated maturity 
                      date of the Class A-3 Notes (the "CLASS A-3 NOTES 
                      MATURITY DATE") is the [     ] Distribution Date; the 
                      stated maturity date for the Class A-4 Notes (the 
                      "Class A-4 Notes Maturity Date") is the [         ]
                      Distribution Date; the stated maturity date for the 
                      Class B Notes (the "Class B Notes Maturity Date") is 
                      the [           ]Distribution Date; the stated maturity 
                      date for the Class C Notes (the "Class C Notes Maturity 
                      Date") is the [          ]Distribution Date; the stated 
                      maturity date for the Class D Notes (the "Class D Notes 
                      Maturity Date") is the  [          ]Distribution 
                      Date;and the stated maturity date for the Class E Notes 
                      (the "Class E Notes Maturity Date") is the [      ]
                      Distribution Date (each of the Class A-1 Notes Maturity 
                      Date, the Class A-2 Notes Maturity Date, the Class A-3 
                      Notes Maturity Date, the Class A-4 Notes Maturity Date, 
                      the Class B Notes Maturity Date, the Class C Notes 
                      Maturity Date, the Class D Notes Maturity Date and the 
                      Class E Notes Maturity Date, the "MATURITY DATE").

Expected............  The expected amortization schedule for the Notes is set 
Amortization          forth herein under "DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES--PAYMENTS OF 
Schedule              PRINCIPAL".  Although the Maturity Date for the A-1 Notes,
                      A-2 Notes, A-3 Notes, A-4 Notes, Class B Notes, Class C 
                      Notes, Class D Notes and Class E Notes is the [       ] 
                      Distribution Date, [       ] Distribution Date, 
                      [       ]Distribution Date, [       ] Distribution 
                      Date, [       ] Distribution Date, [       ]
                      Distribution Date, [       ] Distribution Date and 
                      [       ] Distribution Date, respectively, the expected 
                      final payment date for the A-1 Notes, A-2 Notes, A-3 
                      Notes, the A-4 Notes, the Class B Notes, the Class C 
                      Notes, the Class D Notes and the Class E Notes is the 
                      [       ] Distribution Date, [       ] Distribution 
                      Date, [       ]Distribution Date, [       ] 
                      Distribution Date, [       ] Distribution Date, 
                      [       ]Distribution Date, [       ] Distribution Date 
                      and [       ] 

                                        17
<PAGE>

                      Distribution Date, respectively, assuming a CPR of 
                      [    ]% and that the Trust Depositor redeems the Notes 
                      upon satisfaction of the Cleanup Call Condition.

C. Optional.........  Notes remaining outstanding may be redeemed in whole, 
   Redemption         but not in part, on any Distribution Date at the Trust 
                      Depositor's option if the ADCB (as defined herein) of 
                      the Contract Pool at such time is less than 10% of the 
                      initial ADCB of the Contract Pool as of the Cutoff Date 
                      (the "CLEANUP CALL CONDITION").  The redemption price 
                      for such outstanding Notes to be redeemed in such event 
                      (the "REDEMPTION PRICE") will be equal to the unpaid 
                      principal amount of the Notes and Subordinated Notes 
                      plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon through the 
                      date of redemption.  The Trust Depositor will fund such 
                      redemption through concurrent receipt of a payment from 
                      the Seller pursuant to the Seller's right under the 
                      Transfer and Sale Agreement to repurchase from the 
                      Trust Depositor for the Redemption Price, and 
                      concurrently cause the Trust Depositor to redeem and 
                      repurchase from the Trust, the remaining Contracts held 
                      in the Trust when the Cleanup Call Condition has been 
                      satisfied.

Aggregate...........  The "AGGREGATE DISCOUNTED CONTRACT BALANCE" or "ADCB" 
Discounted            with respect to the Contracts means the sum of the 
Contract Balance      Discounted Contract Balances of each Contract included 
                      in the group of Contracts for which an ADCB 
                      determination is being made.

                      "DISCOUNTED CONTRACT BALANCE" means with respect to any 
                      Contract, (A) as of the related Cutoff Date, the 
                      present value of all of the remaining Scheduled 
                      Payments becoming due under such Contract after the 
                      applicable Cutoff Date discounted monthly at the 
                      Discount Rate, and (B) as of any other date of 
                      determination, the sum of (1) the present value of all 
                      of the remaining Scheduled Payments becoming due under 
                      such Contract on or after such date of determination 
                      discounted monthly at the Discount Rate, and (2) the 
                      aggregate amount of all Scheduled Payments due and 
                      payable under such Contract after the applicable Cutoff 
                      Date and prior to such date of determination (other 
                      than Scheduled Payments related to Defaulted Contracts 
                      and Early Termination Contracts) that have not then 
                      been received by the Servicer.

                      The Discounted Contract Balance for each Contract shall 
                      be calculated assuming:

                            (a)    All payments due in any Collection Period 
                                   are due on the last day of the Collection 
                                   Period;         

                            (b)    Payments are discounted on a monthly basis 
                                   using a 30 day month and a 360 day year; and

                            (c)    All drawings under letters of credit, if any,
                                   issued in support of a Contract are applied 
                                   to reduce Scheduled Payments in inverse order
                                   of the due date thereof.

                      "DISCOUNT RATE" means, at any date of determination, 
                      [       ]%.   The Discount Rate is equal to the sum of 
                      (i) the weighted average of the Class A-1 Interest 
                      Rate, Class A-2 Interest Rate, Class A-3 Interest Rate, 
                      Class A-4 Interest Rate, Class B Interest Rate, Class C 
                      Interest Rate, Class D Interest Rate and Class E 
                      Interest Rate, each weighted by (x) the Initial Class 
                      A-1 Note Principal Balance, Initial Class A-2 Note 
                      Principal Balance, Initial Class A-3 Note Principal 
                      Balance, Initial Class A-4 Note Principal Vendor, but 
                      in such instances the Servicer deposit the 
                      corresponding Transfer Deposit Balance, Initial Class B 
                      Note Principal Balance, Initial Class C Note Principal 
                      Balance, Initial Class D Note Principal Balance or 
                      Initial Class E Note Principal Balance, as applicable, 
                      and (y) the expected 

                                        18
<PAGE>

                      weighted average life of each Class of Notes or the 
                      Subordinated Notes, as applicable, assuming a CPR of 
                      [       ]%, and (ii) the Servicing Fee Percentage.  The 
                      Statistical Discount Rate is equal to [       ]%.  See 
                      "THE CONTRACT POOL".

                      "SCHEDULED PAYMENTS" means, with respect to any 
                      Contract, the monthly, quarterly, semi-annual or annual 
                      rent or financing (whether principal or principal and 
                      interest) payment scheduled to be made by the related 
                      Obligor under the terms of such Contract after the 
                      related Cutoff Date (it being understood that Scheduled 
                      Payments do not include any Excluded Amounts as defined 
                      herein or payments with respect to Excluded Residual 
                      Investments as defined herein).

Subordination.......  The Class A-1 Notes will be senior in right of payment 
                      to the Class A-2 Notes, Class A-3 Notes, Class A-4 
                      Notes (except as described herein; see --"TERMS OF THE 
                      NOTES A. INTEREST" above), Class B Notes, Class C 
                      Notes, the Class D Notes and the Class E Notes; the 
                      Class A-2 Notes will be senior in right of payment to 
                      the Class A-3 Notes, the Class A-4 Notes, the Class B 
                      Notes, the Class C Notes, the Class D Notes and the 
                      Class E Notes.  The Class A-3 Notes will be senior in 
                      right of payment to the Class A-4 Notes, the Class B 
                      Notes, the Class C Notes, the Class D Notes and the 
                      Class E Notes; the Class A-4 Notes will be senior in 
                      right of payment of the Class B Notes, the Class C 
                      Notes, the Class D Notes and the Class E Notes.  The 
                      Class B Notes will be senior in right of payment to the 
                      Class C Notes, the Class D Notes and the Class E Notes; 
                      the Class C Notes will be senior in right of payment to 
                      the Class D Notes and the Class E Notes; and the Class 
                      D Notes will be senior in right of payment to the Class 
                      E Notes; in each case to the extent described herein.  
                      See "DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES--ALLOCATIONS" and "THE 
                      INDENTURE--PAYMENTS OF PRINCIPAL AND INTEREST" herein.

Servicing;..........  The Servicer will be responsible for servicing, managing 
Servicing Fee;        and administering the Transferred Contracts and related 
Servicer Advances     interests, and enforcing and receiving collections on 
                      the Contracts.  The Servicer will be required to 
                      exercise the degree of skill and care in performing 
                      these functions that it customarily exercises with 
                      respect to similar property owned or serviced by the 
                      Servicer in its individual capacity.   The Seller has 
                      in some cases delegated servicing and collection 
                      functions to an applicable Vendor (or, in certain 
                      limited instances, to a subservicer acceptable to the 
                      Seller) with respect to End-User Contracts originated 
                      through such Vendor, but in such instances the Servicer 
                      deposit the corresponding Transfer Deposit interest 
                      rates may be lower at the time such (on behalf of the 
                      Trust, in the Trust's capacity as assignee of the 
                      Seller through the Trust Depositor) retains ultimate 
                      contractual control and responsibility over the 
                      servicing and collection functions through provisions 
                      in the applicable Vendor Agreements (or agreement with 
                      such subservicer) giving the Seller (and hence the 
                      Servicer, on behalf of the Trust as assignee) the right 
                      to determine or veto certain servicing decisions and/or 
                      to replace or take over servicing and collection 
                      functions from the Vendor in the event of the Vendor's 
                      default or non-compliance with its servicing or other 
                      obligations.

                      The Servicer will be entitled on each Distribution Date 
                      to receive (a) a monthly fee (the "SERVICING FEE") 
                      equal to the product of (i) one-twelfth of .60% (the 
                      "SERVICING FEE RATE") and (ii) the Aggregate Discounted 
                      Contract Balance of all Contracts as of the beginning 
                      of the immediately preceding Collection Period, payable 
                      out of (a) the Collection Account and (b) certain other 
                      fees paid by the Contract Obligors ("SERVICING 
                      CHARGES"), as compensation for acting as Servicer.

                      Under certain limited circumstances, the Servicer may 
                      resign or be removed, in which event either the 
                      Indenture Trustee or a third party meeting the 
                      requirements set forth in the Sale and Servicing 
                      Agreement will be appointed as successor Servicer.  See 
                      "THE TRANSFER AND SALE AGREEMENT AND SALE AND SERVICING 
                      AGREEMENT GENERALLY--CERTAIN OTHER MATTERS REGARDING 
                      THE SERVICER" and "--SERVICER DEFAULT" herein.

                                        19
<PAGE>

                      The Servicer will be required to cause amounts 
                      collected on the Contracts on behalf of the Trust to be 
                      deposited to the Collection Account  maintained by the 
                      Indenture Trustee no later than two Business Days 
                      following the Servicer's determination that such 
                      amounts relate to the Contracts or the Financed Items.  
                      The Servicer may also, at its option, make advances 
                      (each, a "SERVICER ADVANCE") for delinquent Scheduled 
                      Payments, to the extent it determines in its sole 
                      discretion that such advances will be recoverable in 
                      future periods.  Such Servicer Advances are 
                      reimbursable from Available Amounts as described 
                      herein.  See "THE TRANSFER AND SALE AGREEMENT AND SALE 
                      AND SERVICING AGREEMENT GENERALLY--COLLECTION AND OTHER 
                      SERVICING PROCEDURES" herein.

Repurchase for......  The Trust Depositor under the Sale and Servicing 
Certain Breaches Of   Agreement and the Seller under the Transfer and Sale 
Representations       Agreement will be obligated to accept the reconveyance
And Warranties        of a Contract and the interest in the related Equipment 
                      from the Indenture Trustee and the Trust, and to 
                      deposit the corresponding Transfer Deposit Amount (as 
                      defined in "THE TRANSFER AND SALE AGREEMENT AND SALE 
                      AND SERVICING AGREEMENT GENERALLY"), if the interest of 
                      the Trust in any of the related Equipment, the related 
                      Contract, or the related Contract File (as defined in 
                      the "THE TRANSFER AND SALE AGREEMENT AND SALE AND 
                      SERVICING AGREEMENT GENERALLY") is materially adversely 
                      affected by a breach of a representation or warranty 
                      made by such party with respect to such Contract and if 
                      such breach has not been cured within thirty (30) days 
                      of discovery of such breach.  See also "SUMMARY OF 
                      TERMS--PREPAYMENT CONSIDERATIONS" below.  In the 
                      alternative, and at the Trust Depositor's and Seller's 
                      option, the affected Contract may be replaced with a 
                      Substitute Contract of similar characteristics under 
                      the standards applicable generally to Substitute 
                      Contracts as described herein.  

Maturity and........  As noted above, non-Lease Contracts are generally 
Prepayment            prepayable by their terms, and the Servicer will be 
Conditions            authorized to accept prepayments on Leases in certain 
                      circumstances.  Each prepayment on a Contract, if such 
                      Contract is not replaced by the Trust's reinvestment in 
                      a comparable Additional Contract as described herein, 
                      will shorten the weighted average remaining term of the 
                      Contracts and the weighted average life of the Notes.  
                      Such prepayments of principal will be included in the 
                      Available Amounts and will be payable to Noteholders on 
                      the Distribution Date following the Collection Period 
                      in which such prepayment was received, as set forth 
                      herein.  The rate of prepayments on the Contracts will 
                      also be affected under certain circumstances relating 
                      to breaches of representations, warranties or covenants 
                      with respect to the Contracts, since the Trust 
                      Depositor will be obligated to repurchase Contracts 
                      materially adversely affected by such breaches from the 
                      Trust (to be funded through a corresponding obligation 
                      of the Seller to repurchase such Contracts from the 
                      Trust Depositor), unless the Seller provides Substitute 
                      Contracts.  Additionally, the rate of payments on the 
                      Contracts will also be affected by the timing of 
                      Recoveries on Defaulted Contracts unless the Seller, 
                      through the Trust Depositor, provides a Substitute 
                      Contract for the Defaulted Contract, which substitution 
                      is in the sole and absolute discretion of the Seller.  
                      A higher than anticipated rate of prepayments will 
                      reduce the ADCB of the Contracts more quickly than 
                      expected and thereby reduce anticipated aggregate 
                      interest payments on the Notes.  Any reinvestment risks 
                      resulting from a faster or slower incidence of 
                      prepayment of Contracts will be borne entirely by the 
                      Noteholders and the holders of the Subordinated 
                      Securities.  Such reinvestment risks include the risk 
                      that interest rates may be lower at the time such 
                      holders received payments from the Trust than interest 
                      rates would otherwise have been had such prepayments 
                      not been made or had such prepayments been made at a 
                      different time.

Risk Factors........  See "Risk Factors" for a discussion of certain material 
                      risks that should be 

                                        20
<PAGE>

                      considered in connection with an investment in the 
                      Notes offered hereby, including certain legal risks.

Federal Income......  In the opinion of Winston & Strawn, federal tax counsel 
Tax Considerations    to the Trust Depositor, for federal income tax 
                      purposes, the Notes will be characterized as debt, and 
                      the Trust will not be characterized as an association 
                      (or a publicly traded partnership) taxable as a 
                      corporation.  Each Noteholder, by the acceptance of a 
                      Note, will agree to treat the Notes as indebtedness.  
                      See "CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS" herein.

ERISA...............  Subject to the considerations discussed under "ERISA
Considerations        CONSIDERATIONS" herein, the Notes will be eligible for 
                      purchase by employee benefit plans.   Any benefit plan 
                      fiduciary considering purchase of the Notes should, 
                      however, consult with its counsel regarding the 
                      consequences of such purchase under ERISA and the Code. 
                      See "ERISA CONSIDERATIONS" herein. 

Rating..............  It is a condition to the issuance of the Notes offered 
                      hereunder that the Class A-1 Notes be rated at least 
                      "[   ]"  and "[   ]", that the Class A-2 Notes be rated 
                      at least "[   ]" and "[   ]", the Class A-3 Notes be 
                      rated at least "[   ]"  and "[   ]", that the Class A-4 
                      Notes be rated at least "[   ]" and "[   ]" , that the 
                      Class B Notes be rated at least "[   ]" and "[   ]", 
                      and that the Class C Notes be rated at least "[   ]"   
                      and "[   ]"  by Standard & Poor's and Moody's Investors 
                      Service, respectively (collectively, the "RATING 
                      AGENCIES").  A rating is not a recommendation to 
                      purchase, hold or sell Notes inasmuch as such rating 
                      does not comment as to market price or suitability for 
                      a particular investor.  Ratings address the likelihood 
                      of timely payment of interest and the ultimate payment 
                      of principal on the Notes pursuant to their terms.  
                      Ratings will not address the likelihood of an early 
                      return of invested principal.  There can be no 
                      assurance that any rating will remain for a given 
                      period of time or that a rating will not be lowered or 
                      withdrawn entirely if, in the judgment of any Rating 
                      Agency, circumstances in the future so warrant.  See 
                      "RATING OF THE NOTES" herein.

                                     RISK FACTORS

     Prospective investors should carefully consider the following risk 
factors before investing in the Notes.

ABSENCE OF PUBLIC MARKET; LIMITED LIQUIDITY

     There is currently no public market for the Notes and there is no 
assurance that one will develop.  The Underwriters expect, but are not 
obligated, to make a market in the Notes.  There is no assurance that any 
such market will be created or, if so created, will continue.  If no public 
market develops, the Noteholders may not be able to liquidate their 
investment in the Notes prior to maturity.

PREPAYMENTS ON THE CONTRACTS AFFECT THE YIELD OF THE NOTES

          Because the rate of payment of principal on the Notes will depend, 
among other things, on the rate of payment on the Contracts, the rate of 
payment of principal on the Notes cannot be assured.  Payments on the 
Contracts will include Scheduled Payments as well as partial and full 
prepayments (including any Scheduled Payment (or portion thereof) which the 
Servicer has received, and expressly permitted the related Obligor to make, 
in advance of its scheduled due date and which will be applied on such due 
date) (any such prepayment of a Scheduled Payment, an "OPTIONAL PREPAYMENT"), 
and any and all cash proceeds or rents realized from the sale, lease, 
re-lease or re-financing of Equipment under a Prepaid Contract, payments upon 
the liquidation of Defaulted Contracts (net of liquidation expenses), 
payments upon repurchases by the Seller through the Trust Depositor as a 
result of the breach of certain representations and warranties or covenants 
in the Transfer and Sale Agreement and the Sale and Servicing Agreement, and 
payments upon an optional termination of the Trust  (any such voluntary or 
involuntary prepayment, purchase or termination, a "PREPAYMENT"; provided, 
that the term Prepayment shall not include any payment attributable to any 
Excluded Residual Investment).  The occurrence of an Event of Default (as 
defined herein) may also result in the receipt by one or more classes of 
Noteholders of principal payments on the Notes on a Distribution Date in 
excess of the expected principal payment amount for such Distribution 

                                        21
<PAGE>

Date and result in earlier than anticipated repayment of the Notes.  
Noteholders may not be able to reinvest distributions of principal at yields 
equivalent to the yield on the Notes.  SEE "DESCRIPTION OF THE 
NOTES--PRINCIPAL" AND "--ADDITIONS OF TRUST ASSETS" herein.  Further, the 
Servicer may permit the Obligor under a Contract to make an Optional 
Prepayment in an amount which is less than the amount sufficient to repay the 
portion of such Contract financed by the Noteholders (together with accrued 
interest thereon) so long as the Trust is paid for any such insufficiency by 
the Vendor or the Seller.  See "DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES--PREPAID CONTRACTS".

     The rate of early terminations of Contracts due to Prepayments 
(including Prepayments caused by defaults on Contracts) is influenced by 
various factors, including technological change, changes in customer 
requirements, the level of interest rates, the level of casualty losses, and 
the overall economic environment.  Many Prepayments occur at the request of 
customers, whose motivations may not be known to the Seller.  No assurance 
can be given that Prepayments (including Optional Prepayments) on the 
Contracts will conform to any historical experience, and no prediction can be 
made as to the actual rate of Prepayments which will be experienced on the 
Contracts.  Noteholders will bear all reinvestment risk resulting from the 
rate of Prepayments on the Contracts.  See "PREPAYMENT AND YIELD 
CONSIDERATIONS."

NO ASSURANCES GIVEN AS TO CHANGES IN THE RATINGS OF THE NOTES

     A rating is not a recommendation to purchase, hold or sell Notes 
inasmuch as such rating does not comment as to market price or suitability 
for a particular investor.  Ratings of Notes will address the likelihood of 
timely payment of interest and the ultimate payment of principal on the Notes 
pursuant to their terms.  The ratings of Notes will not address the 
likelihood of an early return of invested principal.  There can be no 
assurance that a rating will remain for a given period of time or that a 
rating will not be lowered or withdrawn entirely by a Rating Agency if in its 
judgment circumstances (i.e., such as the performance of the Contracts or the 
Servicer) in the future so warrant.  In the event that the rating initially 
assigned to any Note is subsequently lowered for any reason, no person or 
entity is obligated to provide any additional credit support therefor.  For 
more detailed information regarding the ratings assigned to any Class of the 
Notes, see "RATING OF THE NOTES."

SUBORDINATION OF THE CLASS A-2 NOTES, THE CLASS A-3 NOTES, THE CLASS A-4 
NOTES, THE CLASS B NOTES, THE CLASS C NOTES AND THE SUBORDINATED SECURITIES

     To the extent described herein under "DESCRIPTION  OF  THE 
NOTES--ALLOCATIONS", (i) payments of interest and principal on the Class A-2 
Notes, the Class A-3 Notes, the Class A-4 Notes, the Class B Notes, the Class 
C Notes, the Class D Notes and the Class E Notes will be subordinated in 
priority of payment to interest and principal, respectively on the Class A-1 
Notes, (ii) payments of interest and principal on the Class A-3 Notes, the 
Class A-4 Notes, the Class B Notes, the Class C Notes, the Class D Notes and 
the Class E Notes will be subordinated in priority of payment to interest and 
principal, respectively, on the Class A-2 Notes, (iii) payments of interest 
and principal on the Class A-4 Notes, the Class B Notes, the Class C Notes, 
the Class D Notes and the Class E Notes, will be subordinated in priority of 
payment to interest and principal, respectively, on the Class A-3 Notes, (iv) 
payments of interest and principal on the Class B Notes, the Class C Notes, 
the Class D Notes and the Class E Notes will be subordinated in priority of 
payment to interest and principal, respectively on the Class A-4 Notes, (v) 
payments of interest and principal on the Class C Notes, the Class D Notes 
and the Class E Notes will be subordinated in priority of payment to interest 
and principal, respectively, on the Class B Notes, (vi) payments of interest 
and principal on the Class D Notes will be subordinated in priority of 
payment to interest and principal, respectively, on the Class C Notes and 
(vii) payments of interest and principal on the Class E Notes will be 
subordinated in priority of payment to interest and principal, respectively, 
on the Class D Notes.  The Subordinated Notes initially will represent the 
right to receive principal in an amount equal to [       ]% of the initial 
ADCB, but such amount will be reduced as a result of principal payments made 
on the Subordinated Notes prior to an Event of Default (see "DESCRIPTION OF  
THE NOTES--PRINCIPAL"), which will reduce the benefit to the Notes of the 
subordination of the Subordinated Notes.

     Delinquencies and defaults on the Contracts could eliminate the 
protection afforded the Noteholders by the subordination of the Subordinated 
Notes and the Reserve Fund, and the Class C Noteholders could incur losses on 
their investment as a result.  Further delinquencies and defaults on the 
Contracts could eliminate the protection offered to the Class B Noteholders 
by the subordination of the Class C Notes, the Subordinated Notes and the 
Reserve Fund, and such Noteholders could also incur losses on their 
investment as a result.  Additionally, delinquencies and defaults on the 
Contracts could eliminate the protection offered the Class A-2 Noteholders, 
Class A-3 Noteholders and Class A-4 Noteholders by the subordination of the 
Class B Notes, the Class C Notes, the Subordinated Notes and the Reserve 
Fund, and such Noteholders could also incur losses on their investment as a 
result.  Similarly, delinquencies and defaults on the Contracts could 
eliminate the protection offered the Class A-3 Noteholders by the 
subordination of the Class A-4 Notes, the Class B Notes, the Class C Notes, 
the Subordinated Notes and the Reserve Fund, and such Noteholders could incur 
losses on their investment as a result. Delinquencies and defaults on the 
Contracts could eliminate the 


                                       22

<PAGE>

protection offered the Class A-4 Noteholders by the subordination of the 
Class B Notes, the Class C Notes, the Subordinated Notes and the Reserve 
Fund, and such Noteholders could incur losses on their investment as a 
result.  Furthermore, delinquencies and defaults on the Contracts could 
eliminate the protection offered to the Class A-1 Noteholders by the 
subordination of the Class A-2 Notes, the Class B Notes, the Class C Notes, 
the Subordinated Notes and the Reserve Fund and such Noteholders could also 
incur losses on their investment as a result.

CERTAIN RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH GEOGRAPHIC CONCENTRATIONS OF CONTRACTS

     The Contracts constituting the initial Contract Pool reflect 
concentrations of Obligors thereon located in the States of [       ], 
[       ] and [       ] in excess of [       ]%, [       ]% and [       ]%, 
respectively, of the ADCB of the Contract Pool as of the Cutoff Date.  No 
other state accounts for more than [       ]% of the Contract Pool.  To the 
extent adverse events or economic conditions were particularly severe in any 
state or geographic region or in the event an Obligor under a large amount of 
Contracts within such region were to experience financial difficulties, the 
delinquency and default experience of the Contract Pool could be adversely 
impacted with corresponding negative implications for the timing and amount 
of collections on the Contracts and possible delays or insufficiencies in 
payments due to Noteholders.  The Trust Depositor, however, is unable to 
determine and has no basis to predict, with respect to any state or region,  
whether any such events have occurred or may occur, or to what extent any 
such events may affect the Contracts or the payment of the Notes.

RATE AT WHICH EQUIPMENT OR SOFTWARE BECOMES OBSOLETE AFFECTS PREPAYMENT RATE 
OF THE CONTRACTS AND THE NOTES; REINVESTMENT RISK

     Technological change could affect the Noteholders.  For example, to the 
extent that technological change results in increased prepayment activity, it 
may increase Prepayments of the Contracts.  Such Prepayments may result in 
distributions to Noteholders of amounts which would otherwise have been 
distributed over the remaining term of the Contracts and such distributions 
may require the Noteholders to reinvest such Prepayments in a less attractive 
interest rate environment.  See "--PREPAYMENTS ON THE CONTRACTS AFFECT THE 
YIELD OF THE NOTES" and "THE CONTRACTS GENERALLY--EQUIPMENT", "--LEASES" and 
"--INSTALLMENT PAYMENT AGREEMENTS AND FINANCING AGREEMENTS".

DECLINES IN MARKET VALUE OF EQUIPMENT OR SOFTWARE; SHORTFALLS WITH RESPECT TO 
AVAILABLE AMOUNTS TO PAY THE NOTES

     In the event a Contract becomes a Defaulted Contract, the only source of 
payment for amounts expected to be paid on such Contract will be the income 
and proceeds from the disposition of any related Equipment and a deficiency 
judgment, if any, against the Obligor under the Defaulted Contract.  Since 
the market value of the Equipment may decline faster than the Discounted 
Contract Balance, the Servicer may not recover the entire amount due on the 
Contract and might not receive any Recoveries on the Equipment.  Typically, 
the Trust will have no interest in any software and may therefore only have a 
deficiency claim against the Obligor. To the extent such deficiencies deplete 
the Reserve Fund and the protection afforded by the Subordinated Notes, such 
deficiencies may create a shortfall with respect to payments on the Notes.

CERTAIN LEGAL RISKS

     LEGAL RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH SERVICER'S OR VENDOR'S RETENTION OF CONTRACT 
FILES.  To facilitate servicing and reduce administrative costs, the Contract 
Files (as defined herein) will be retained in the possession of the Servicer 
and not be deposited with the Indenture Trustee or any other agent or 
custodian for the benefit of the Noteholders (except for a limited number of 
End-User Contracts evidenced by, in addition to a related Financing 
Agreement, "INSTRUMENTS" not constituting chattel paper within the meaning of 
the Uniform Commercial Code ("UCC"), which instruments will be delivered to 
the custody and possession of the Indenture Trustee as pledgee of the Trust). 
The Servicer will, however,  notate on the appropriate electronic records 
the transfer of the Contracts to the Trust.  Also, UCC financing statements 
will be filed reflecting the sale and assignment of the Contracts and related 
interests (the "TRANSFERRED PROPERTY") by the 


                                       23

<PAGE>

Seller, to the Trust Depositor, and by the Trust Depositor to the Trust, and 
the Servicer's accounting records and computer files will be marked to 
reflect such sales and assignments.  Because the Contract Files will remain 
in the Servicer's possession, if a subsequent purchaser were able to take 
physical possession of the Contract Files without knowledge of such 
assignment, the Indenture Trustee's priority interest in the Contracts (as 
assignee of the Seller's, Trust Depositor's and the Trust's interest) could 
be defeated.  In the event that the Trust must rely upon repossession and 
sale of the related Equipment and other assets securing Defaulted Contracts 
to recover principal and interest due thereon, the Trust's ability to realize 
upon such assets may be limited due to the existence of a senior security 
interest in the Contracts.  In such event, distributions to Noteholders could 
be adversely affected.

     Similarly, with respect to Secondary Contracts securing Vendor Loans, in 
some instances the Vendor will retain the original contract files associated 
with the related End-User Contracts which are Secondary Contracts securing 
such Vendor Loan.  Although UCC financing statements generally are filed 
reflecting the pledge of such Contracts to the Seller as security for the 
Vendor Loans, because these contract files will remain in the Vendor's 
possession, if a subsequent purchaser were able to take physical possession 
of such contract files without knowledge of the pledge to the Seller, the 
Indenture Trustee's priority security interest in the such Secondary 
Contracts (as assignee of the Seller's, Trust Depositor's and the Trust's 
interest) could be defeated.  In such event, distributions to Noteholders 
could be adversely affected.  Each Vendor represents, warrants and covenants 
in the applicable agreement evidencing a Vendor Loan, however, that it has 
not and will not sell, pledge or otherwise assign or convey to any other 
party (other than the Seller) any interest in the Secondary Contracts 
securing such Vendor Loan, and agrees that it will maintain possession of the 
related contract files as custodian for the benefit of the Seller as secured 
party with respect to such Secondary Contracts.

     LEGAL RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH TRANSFERS OF INTERESTS IN FINANCED 
EQUIPMENT.  In connection with the conveyance of the Contracts to the Trust, 
security interests in the related financed Equipment securing such Contracts 
will be assigned by the Seller to the Trust Depositor and by the Trust 
Depositor to the Trust.  It has been the general  policy of the Seller to 
file or cause to be filed UCC financing statements with respect to  Equipment 
relating to the Contracts; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, the Seller may not file UCC 
financing statements with respect to Equipment relating to a single 
Obligor in a single jurisdiction with an aggregate value less than $25,000, 
(the "MINIMUM VALUE FILING EXCEPTION").  [       ] Contracts in the Contract 
Pool, aggregating [       ]% of the ADCB as of the initial Cutoff Date, are 
represented by the Contracts described in the preceding sentence.  
Additionally, due  to the  administrative burden and expense associated with 
amending many filings in numerous states where Equipment is located, no 
assignments of the UCC financing statements evidencing the security interest 
of the Seller in  the Equipment will be filed to reflect the Trust 
Depositor's, the Trust's or the Indenture Trustee's interests therein.  While 
failure to file such assignments does not affect the Trust's interest in the 
Contracts (including the related Seller's security interest in the related 
Equipment) or perfection of the Indenture Trustee's interest in such 
Contracts and related Equipment, it does expose the Trust (and thus 
Noteholders) to the risk that the Servicer could inadvertently release its 
security interest  in the Equipment of record, and it could complicate the 
Trust's enforcement, as assignee, of the Seller's  security interest in the 
Equipment.  While these risks should not affect the perfection or priority of 
the interest of the Indenture Trustee  in the Contracts or rights to payment 
thereunder, they may adversely affect the right of the Indenture Trustee to 
receive proceeds of a disposition of the Equipment related to a Defaulted 
Contract.  Additionally, statutory liens for repairs or unpaid taxes and 
other liens arising by operation of law may have priority even over prior 
perfected security interests in the Equipment assigned to the Indenture 
Trustee.

     Also, the transfer to the Trust Depositor of the Seller's security 
interest in motor vehicles ("VEHICLES") securing certain Contracts, or its 
ownership interest in Vehicles subject to Leases, Loans, or CSA's, and the 
transfer of any such security interest by the Trust Depositor to the Trust, 
is subject to state vehicle registration laws in the case of the Vehicles.  
Due to the significant administrative burden and expense associated with 
re-registering transfers of security interests with respect to the Vehicles, 
the certificates of title or similar instruments or registrations of title 
with respect to the Vehicles securing Contracts will not identify the Trust 
as secured party of such Equipment.  There exists a risk in not so 
identifying the Trust as the new secured party or owner that, through fraud 
or negligence, a third party could acquire an interest in the Vehicles 
superior to that of the Trust.  In addition, statutory liens for repairs or 
unpaid taxes may have priority even over a perfected security interest in the 
Vehicles.  The Seller will represent that as of the Cutoff Date, in the 
Seller's reasonable judgment, the Discounted Contract Balance of End-User 
Contracts in the Contract Pool that are secured by Vehicles, does not exceed  
[       ]% of the ADCB of the Contract Pool.

     In addition, some of the Equipment related to the Contracts may 
constitute "FIXTURES" under the real estate or UCC provisions of the 
jurisdiction in which such Equipment is located.  In order to perfect a 
security interest in such Equipment, 


                                       24

<PAGE>

the holder of the security interest must file either a "FIXTURE FILING" under 
the provisions of the UCC or a real estate mortgage under the real estate 
laws of the state where the Equipment is located.  These filings must be made 
in the real estate records office of the county in which such Equipment is 
located.  So long as the Obligor does not permanently attach the Equipment to 
the real estate, a security interest in the Equipment will be governed by the 
UCC, and the filing of a UCC-1 financing statement will be effective to 
maintain the priority of the Seller's security interest in such Equipment.  
Except for a small portion of such Equipment, the Trust Depositor does not 
believe that any of the Equipment will be permanently affixed to the related 
real estate.  If, however, any Equipment is permanently attached to the real 
estate n which it is located, other parties could obtain an interest in the 
Equipment which is prior to the security interest originally obtained by the 
Seller and transferred to the Trust Depositor.  Based on the representation 
of the Seller, however, the Trust Depositor believes that with respect to the 
Equipment which constitutes a "FIXTURE",  it has obtained a perfected first 
priority security interest (except with respect to the Minimum Value Filing 
Exception), through assignment of such security interest by the Seller, by 
virtue of the Seller's proper filing of UCC-2 financing statements naming the 
Seller as secured party in the real estate records office of the county in 
which the Equipment is located or by obtaining waivers from landlords or 
mortgagees. Also, the Seller will represent that as of the Cutoff Date, in 
the Seller's reasonable judgment, the Discounted Contract Balance of End-User 
Contracts in the Contract Pool that are secured by fixtures, does not exceed 
[       ]% of the ADCB of the Contract Pool.

     The Trust Depositor will be obligated to reacquire any Contract 
transferred to the Trust (subject to the Seller's reacquisition thereof) in 
the event it is determined that a first priority perfected security interest 
in the name of the Trustee, or ownership interest in the case of Leases in 
the name of the Seller, in the Equipment related to such Contract did not 
exist as of the date such Contract was conveyed to the Trust (except with 
respect to the Minimum Value Filing Exception), if (i) such breach shall 
materially adversely affect the rights of the holder of such Contract in such 
Equipment and (ii) such failure or breach shall not have been cured by the 
last day of the second (or, if the Trust Depositor elects, the first) month 
following the discovery by or notice to the Trust Depositor of such breach, 
and the Seller will be obligated to reacquire such Contract from the Trust 
Depositor contemporaneously with the Trust Depositor's reacquisition from the 
Trust.  If there is any Equipment as to which the Seller failed to perfect 
its security interest, the Seller's security interest, and the security 
interests of the Trust Depositor and the Trust (and the Indenture Trustee as 
assignee), would be subordinated to, among others, subsequent purchasers of 
the Equipment and holders of perfected security interests with respect 
thereto.  To the extent the security interest of the Seller in the related 
Equipment is perfected, subject to the exceptions set forth in the following 
sentence, the Trust will have a prior claim over subsequent purchasers from 
the Obligor of such Equipment and holders of subsequently perfected security 
interests granted by Obligors.  However, as against mechanics' liens or liens 
for taxes and other non-consensual liens unpaid by an Obligor under a 
Contract, or in the event of fraud or negligence of the Seller or Servicer, 
the Trust could lose the priority of its interest or its interest in such 
Equipment following the conveyance of such Contract to the Trust.  See 
"CERTAIN LEGAL ASPECTS OF THE CONTRACTS" herein.  Neither the Trust Depositor 
nor the Servicer nor the Seller will have any obligation to reacquire a 
Contract if any of the occurrences described in the foregoing sentence (other 
than fraud or negligence of the Seller) result in the Trust's losing the 
priority of its security interest or its security interest in such Equipment 
after the date such Contract is conveyed to the Trust.

     LEGAL RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH TRANSFER OF CONTRACTS.  There are certain 
limited circumstances under the UCC and applicable federal law in which prior 
or subsequent transferees of Contracts or Secondary Contracts could have an 
interest in such contracts with priority over the Trust's interest.  See 
"CERTAIN LEGAL ASPECTS OF THE CONTRACTS--TRANSFER OF CONTRACTS."   Under each 
Vendor Agreement, the Vendor (i) has or will warrant to the Seller that the 
Contracts transferred to the Seller thereunder will be transferred free and 
clear of the lien of any third party and that the interests in Secondary 
Contracts transferred thereunder will be transferred free and clear of the 
lien of any third party and (ii) has or will also covenant that it will not 
sell, pledge, assign, transfer or grant any lien on any Contract (or 
Secondary Contract) transferred thereunder to the Seller.  Under the Transfer 
and Sale Agreement, the Seller will warrant to the Trust Depositor and, under 
the Sale and Servicing Agreement, the Trust Depositor will warrant to the 
Trust, that the Contracts and security interests in Secondary Contracts 
transferred thereunder will be transferred free and clear of the lien of any 
third party.  Also, under the Transfer and Sale Agreement, the Seller will 
covenant to the Trust Depositor and, under the Sale and Servicing Agreement, 
the Trust Depositor will also covenant to the Trust, that it will not sell, 
pledge, assign, transfer or grant any lien on any Contract or Secondary 
Contract transferred to the Trust Depositor or the Trust.

     RISK OF INEFFECTIVE SALE IN VENDOR BANKRUPTCY.  The Seller will either 
(i) originate Contracts or (ii) acquire End-User Contracts from a Vendor, 
which Contracts will be transferred to the Trust Depositor.  If the 
acquisition of an End-User Contract by the Seller is treated as a sale of 
such Contract from the applicable Vendor to the Seller, except in certain 
limited circumstances, such Contract would not be part of such Vendor's 
bankruptcy estate and would not be available to such Vendor's creditors.  If 
a Vendor became a debtor in a bankruptcy case and, in the case of End-User 
Contracts acquired as described in clause (ii) above, if an unpaid creditor 
of such Vendor or a representative of creditors of such 


                                       25

<PAGE>

Vendor, such as a trustee in bankruptcy, or such Vendor acting as a 
debtor-in-possession, were to take the position that the sale of such 
Contracts to the Seller was ineffective to remove such Contracts from such 
Vendor's estate (for instance, that such sale should be recharacterized as a 
pledge of Contracts to secure borrowings of such Vendor), then delays in 
payments under the Contracts to the Trust could occur or, should the court 
rule in favor of such creditor, representative or Vendor, reductions in the 
amount of such payments could result.  If the transfer of End-User Contracts 
to the Seller as described in clause (ii) above is recharacterized as a 
pledge, a tax or government lien on the property of the pledging Vendor 
arising before the Contracts came into existence may have priority over the 
Seller's (and hence the Trust Depositor's, the Trust's and the Indenture 
Trustee's) interest in the Contracts.  No law firm will, in connection with 
the offering of the Notes, express any opinion as to the issues discussed in 
this paragraph.  See "CERTAIN LEGAL ASPECTS OF THE CONTRACTS--CERTAIN MATTERS 
RELATING TO BANKRUPTCY".

     RISK OF INEFFECTIVE SALE IN SELLER BANKRUPTCY.  In the Transfer and Sale 
Agreement, the Seller will  warrant to the Trust Depositor that the 
conveyance of the Contracts to the Trust Depositor thereunder is a valid sale 
and transfer of such Contracts to the Trust Depositor.  In addition, the 
Seller and the Trust Depositor have covenanted that they will each treat the 
transactions described herein as a sale of the Contracts to the Trust 
Depositor, and the Seller will take all actions that are required under 
applicable law to perfect the Trust Depositor's ownership interest in the 
Contracts sold by the Seller and the Trust Depositor's security interest (as 
assignee of the Seller's security interest) in the Secondary Contracts 
securing Vendor Loans sold by the Seller.  See "CERTAIN LEGAL ASPECTS OF THE 
CONTRACTS--TRANSFER OF CONTRACTS".  Moreover, Winston & Strawn, special 
counsel to the Seller and the Trust Depositor, will render a reasoned opinion 
to the effect that in the event the Seller  became a debtor under the United 
States Bankruptcy Code, the transfer of the Contracts from the Seller to the 
Trust Depositor in accordance with the Transfer and Sale Agreement would be 
treated as a sale and not as a pledge to secure borrowings.

     If, however, the transfer of the Contracts from the Seller to the Trust 
Depositor were treated as a pledge to secure borrowings by the Seller, the 
distribution of proceeds of the Contracts to the Trust might be subject to 
the automatic stay provisions of the United States Bankruptcy Code, which 
would delay the distribution of such proceeds for an uncertain period of 
time.  In addition, a bankruptcy trustee would have the power to sell the 
Contracts if the proceeds of such sale could satisfy the amount of the debt 
deemed owed by the Seller, or the bankruptcy trustee could substitute other 
collateral in lieu of the Contracts to secure such  debt, or such debt could 
be subject to adjustment by the bankruptcy court if the Seller were to file 
for reorganization under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code.  A 
case decided by the United States Court of Appeals for the Tenth Circuit 
contains language to the effect that accounts sold by a debtor under Article 9 
of the UCC would remain property of the debtor's bankruptcy estate.  If, 
following a bankruptcy of the Seller, a court were to follow the reasoning of 
the Tenth Circuit and apply such reasoning to chattel paper, then similar 
reductions or delays in payments of collections on or in respect of the 
Contracts could occur.  Additionally, because the Seller has purchased 
Contracts from Vendors located in the Tenth Circuit which could become 
debtors in a bankruptcy proceeding, the rationale of such case could be 
applicable to such Vendors' sales of End User Contracts to the Seller.

     RISK OF REJECTION OF "TRUE LEASES". A bankruptcy trustee or debtor in 
possession under the United States Bankruptcy Code (Title 11 U.S.C. 
101 et seq.) (the "BANKRUPTCY CODE") has the right to elect to assume or 
reject any executory contract or unexpired lease which is considered to be a 
"TRUE LEASE" (and not a financing) under applicable law.  Any rejection of 
such a contract or lease would constitute a breach of such contract or lease, 
as applicable, as of the day preceding the commencement of the applicable 
bankruptcy case, entitling the nonbreaching party to a pre-petition claim for 
damages.

     Certain End-User Contracts will be "TRUE LEASES" and thus subject to 
rejection by the lessor under the Bankruptcy Code.  Any such End-User 
Contract originated by the Seller or acquired by the Seller in a transaction 
whereby the Seller is the "LESSOR" thereunder, will be subject to rejection 
by the Seller, as debtor in possession, or by the Seller's bankruptcy 
trustee.  Upon any such rejection, Scheduled Payments under such rejected 
End-User Contract may terminate and the Noteholders may be subject to losses 
if proceeds realizable from security interests in the related Equipment are 
insufficient to cover the losses.  In addition, any End-User Contract which 
is a "TRUE LEASE" originated by a Vendor and transferred to the Seller in a 
transaction whereby such Vendor continues to be the "LESSOR" thereunder (such 
as a transfer by a Vendor to the Seller of a security interest in such 
End-User Contract or a transfer by a Vendor to the Seller of an interest in 
the right to payments only under any such End-User Contract), will be subject 
to rejection by such Vendor, as debtor in possession, or by such Vendor's 
bankruptcy trustee.  Upon any such rejection, Scheduled Payments under such 
rejected End-User Contract may terminate and the Noteholders may be subject 
to losses if the proceeds realizable from security interests in the related 
Equipment are insufficient to cover the losses.


                                       26

<PAGE>

     The Seller will represent as of the Cutoff Date that, in the Seller's 
reasonable judgment, the Discounted Contract Balance of End-User Contracts in 
the Contract Pool that are "TRUE LEASES" does not exceed [    ]% of the ADCB 
of the Contract Pool as of such date.

     RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH INSOLVENCY OF THE TRUST DEPOSITOR OR THE TRUST. 
Certain restrictions have been imposed on the Trust Depositor and the Trust 
and certain other parties to the transactions described herein which are 
intended to reduce the risk of an insolvency proceeding involving the Trust 
Depositor or the Trust.  These restrictions include incorporating the Trust 
Depositor as a separate, special purpose corporation pursuant to a 
certificate of incorporation containing certain restrictions on the nature 
and scope of its business. Additionally, the Trust Depositor may commence a 
voluntary case or proceeding under any bankruptcy or insolvency law, or cause 
the Trust to commence a voluntary case or proceeding under any bankruptcy or 
insolvency law, only upon the affirmative vote of all its directors, 
including its independent directors, as long as the Trust Depositor is 
solvent and does not reasonably foresee becoming insolvent.  The Trust 
Depositor's certificate of incorporation requires that the Trust Depositor 
have at all times at least two independent directors. However, no assurance 
can be given that insolvency proceedings involving either the Trust Depositor 
or the Trust will not occur.  In the event the Trust Depositor becomes 
subject to insolvency proceedings, the Trust, the Trust's interest in the 
Trust Assets and the Trust's obligation to make payments on the Notes might 
also become subject to such insolvency proceedings.  In the event of 
insolvency proceedings involving the Trust, the Trust's interest in the Trust 
Assets and the Trust's obligation to make payments on the Notes would become 
subject to such insolvency proceedings.  No assurance can be given that 
insolvency proceedings involving the Seller would not lead to insolvency 
proceedings of either, or both, of the Trust Depositor or the Trust.  In 
either such event, or if an attempt were made to litigate any of the 
foregoing issues, delays of distributions on the Notes, possible reductions 
in the amount of payment of principal of and interest on the Notes and 
limitations (including a stay) on the exercise of remedies under the 
Indenture and the Sale and Servicing Agreement could occur, although the 
Noteholders would continue to have the benefit of the Indenture Trustee's 
security interest in the Trust Assets under the Indenture.

     The right of the Indenture Trustee, as a secured party under the 
Indenture for the benefit of the Noteholders, to foreclose upon and sell the 
Trust Assets is likely to be significantly impaired by applicable bankruptcy 
laws, including the automatic stay pursuant to Section 362 of the Bankruptcy 
Code, if a bankruptcy proceeding were to be commenced by or against the 
Trust, and possibly the Trust Depositor, before or possibly even after the 
Indenture Trustee has foreclosed upon and sold the Trust Assets.  Under the 
bankruptcy laws, payments on debts are not made and secured creditors are 
prohibited from repossessing their security from a debtor in a bankruptcy 
case or from disposing of security repossessed from such a debtor, without 
bankruptcy court approval. Moreover, the bankruptcy laws generally permit the 
debtor to continue to retain and to use collateral even though the debtor is 
in default under the applicable debt instruments, provided generally that the 
secured creditor has the right to seek "ADEQUATE PROTECTION".  The meaning of 
the term "ADEQUATE PROTECTION" may vary according to circumstances, but it is 
intended in general to protect the value of the security from any diminution 
in the value of the collateral as a result of the use of the collateral by 
the debtor during the pendency of the bankruptcy case.  In view of the lack 
of a precise definition of the term "ADEQUATE PROTECTION" and the broad 
discretionary powers of a bankruptcy court, it is impossible to predict 
whether or to what extent the holders of the Notes would be compensated for 
any diminution in value of the Trust Assets. Furthermore, in the event a 
bankruptcy court determines that the value of the Trust Assets is not 
sufficient to repay all amounts due on the Notes, the Noteholders would hold 
secured claims only to the extent of the value of the Trust Assets to which 
the holders are entitled, and unsecured claims with respect to such 
shortfall.  The bankruptcy laws do not permit the payment or accrual of 
post-petition interest, costs and attorneys' fees during a debtor's 
bankruptcy case unless, and then only to the extent, the claims are 
oversecured.

     RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH INSOLVENCY OF THE VENDORS.  In the event a Vendor 
under a Vendor Loan becomes subject to insolvency proceedings, the Secondary 
Contracts and other Applicable Security for such Vendor Loan as well as such 
Vendor's obligation to make payments thereon would also become subject to 
such insolvency proceedings.  In such event, delays of distributions on the 
Notes, possible reductions in the amount of payment of principal of and 
interest on the Notes and limitations (including a stay) on the exercise of 
remedies under the Indenture and the Sale and Servicing Agreement could 
occur, although the Noteholders would continue to have the benefit of the 
Indenture Trustee's security interest in the Vendor Loans and Applicable 
Security therefor under the Indenture.

     The right of the Indenture Trustee, as secured party under the Indenture 
for the benefit of the Noteholders, to foreclose upon and sell any Secondary 
Contracts or Applicable Security is likely to be significantly impaired by 
applicable bankruptcy laws, including the automatic stay pursuant to 
Section 362 of the Bankruptcy Code, if a bankruptcy proceeding were to be 
commenced by or against a Vendor obligated on a Vendor Loan, before or 
possibly even after 


                                       27

<PAGE>

the Indenture Trustee has foreclosed upon and sold such Secondary Contracts 
or Applicable Security for the reasons described above in the second 
preceding paragraph.

     Certain Vendor Assignments and certain assignments executed under 
various Program Agreements (each, a "PROGRAM ASSIGNMENT") provide that the 
Seller has recourse to the related Vendor for all or a portion of the losses 
the Seller may incur as a result of a default under the End-User Contracts 
sold under such Vendor Assignment or Program Assignment.  In the event of a 
Vendor's bankruptcy, a bankruptcy trustee, a creditor or the Vendor, as 
debtor in possession, might attempt to characterize sales to the Seller 
pursuant to such Vendor Assignments or Program Assignments as loans to the 
Vendor from the Seller secured by the Contracts sold thereunder. If such an 
attempt is successful, such Vendor Assignment or Program Assignment would be 
subject to the risks described herein for Vendor Loans.  In such case, the 
Contracts sold under such Vendor Assignment or Program Assignment would 
constitute Secondary Contracts under the recharacterized Vendor Assignment or 
Program Assignment.

     RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH REQUIRED SALE OF CONTRACTS RESULTING FROM TRUST 
DEPOSITOR BANKRUPTCY.  If a conservator, receiver or liquidator of the Trust 
Depositor was appointed or if certain other events relating to the 
bankruptcy, insolvency or receivership of the Trust Depositor were to occur 
(an "INSOLVENCY EVENT"), then an Event of Default would occur with respect to 
the Notes and, pursuant to the terms of the Indenture and the Sale and 
Servicing Agreement, and assuming the Trust was not then a debtor in a 
bankruptcy case, the Indenture Trustee, at the direction of the Required 
Holders (as defined in "DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES--EVENTS OF DEFAULT"), will 
be required to sell the Contracts, thereby causing early termination of the 
Trust and a possible loss to the Noteholders if the sum of (i) the proceeds 
of the sale allocable to the Noteholders and (ii) the proceeds of any 
collections on the Contracts in the Collection Account allocable to the 
Noteholders, is insufficient to pay the Noteholders in full.  See "CERTAIN 
LEGAL ASPECTS OF THE CONTRACTS--TRANSFER OF CONTRACTS" and "--CERTAIN MATTERS 
RELATING TO BANKRUPTCY".

     RISK OF LOSS ASSOCIATED WITH END-USER AND VENDOR BANKRUPTCY. Application 
of federal and state bankruptcy and insolvency laws in the event of 
bankruptcy of End-Users could affect the interests of the Noteholders in the 
Contracts and Secondary Contracts if such laws result in any such contracts 
being written off as uncollectible or result in delay in payments due on any 
Contracts.  See "DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES--DEFAULTED CONTRACTS" and "CERTAIN 
LEGAL ASPECTS OF THE CONTRACTS--CERTAIN MATTERS RELATING TO BANKRUPTCY".  In 
addition, application of federal and state bankruptcy and insolvency laws in 
the event of bankruptcy of Vendors could affect the interests of the 
Noteholders in the Vendor Loans and Secondary Contracts if such laws result 
in any such Vendor Loans or Secondary Contracts being written off as 
uncollectible or result in delay in payments due on any such Vendor Loans or 
Secondary Contracts.  See "--INSOLVENCY OF THE VENDORS".  State laws impose 
requirements and restrictions relating to foreclosure sales and obtaining 
deficiency judgments following such sales.  In the event that the Noteholders 
must rely on repossession and disposition of Equipment to recover amounts due 
on Defaulted Contracts, such amounts may not be realized because of the 
application of these requirements and restrictions.  Other factors that may 
affect the ability of the Noteholders to realize the full amount due on a 
Contract or a Secondary Contract include the failure to file financing 
statements to perfect the Seller's, Trust Depositor's, Trust's or the 
Indenture Trustee's security interest, as applicable, in the Equipment or 
other Applicable Security and the depreciation, obsolescence, damage or loss 
of any item of Equipment.  As a result, the Noteholders may be subject to 
delays in receiving payments and losses if the over collateralization 
represented by each Class of Notes that is subordinated thereto, the 
Subordinated Securities or the Reserve Fund is insufficient to absorb such 
losses.

     CERTAIN STATES MAY LIMIT THE ENFORCEABILITY OF CERTAIN LEASE PROVISIONS. 
 Certain states have adopted a version of Article 2A of the UCC ("ARTICLE 2A"), 
which purports to codify many provisions of existing common law. Although 
there is little precedent regarding how Article 2A will be interpreted, it 
may, among other things, limit enforceability of any "UNCONSCIONABLE" lease 
or "UNCONSCIONABLE" provision in a lease, provide a lessee with remedies, 
including the right to cancel the lease contract, for certain lessor breaches 
or defaults, and may add to or modify the terms of "CONSUMER LEASES" and 
leases in which the lessee is a "MERCHANT LESSEE".  However, in the Transfer 
and Sale Agreement, the Seller will represent that (i) no End-User Contract 
is a "CONSUMER LEASE" as defined in Section 2A-103(1)(e) of the UCC; and 
(ii) to the best of the Seller's knowledge, each End-User has accepted the 
Equipment leased to it and, after reasonable opportunity to inspect and test, 
has not notified the Seller of any defects therein.  Article 2A, moreover, 
recognizes typical commercial lease "HELL OR HIGH WATER" rental payment 
clauses (which clauses unconditionally obligate the lessee to make all 
scheduled payments, without setoff) and validates reasonable liquidated 
damages provisions in the event of lessor or lessee defaults.  Article 2A 
also recognizes the concept of freedom of contract and permits the parties in 
a commercial context a wide degree of latitude to vary from the provisions of 
the law.

     RISK OF STATE TAXES.  Because of the inclusion of "TRUE LEASES" in the 
Trust, a risk exists that certain states may attempt to impose taxes on the 
Trust.


                                       28

<PAGE>

CERTAIN CONTRACTS RELATING TO SOFTWARE OR SERVICES ARE NOT SECURED BY SUCH 
SOFTWARE OR SERVICES

     Certain Contracts will relate not to Equipment but rather to Software or 
Services that are not owned by the Seller (the Vendor or a licensor 
traditionally owns the same) and in which no related interest will be 
transferred to the Trust (I.E. the Trust owns solely the associated 
Contracts' cash flow).  It is a condition to the issuance of the Notes that 
as of the Closing Date that the ADCB of all Contracts which finance, lease or 
are related to Software does not exceed [       ]% of the ADCB of the 
Contract Pool.  See "THE CONTRACTS GENERALLY".  Accordingly, if any such 
Contract becomes a Defaulted Contract, the Trust will not realize any 
proceeds from the related Software or Services from which to satisfy any 
related outstanding Scheduled Payments.  Furthermore, because Software is 
generally eligible for protection under the Federal copyright laws, a 
security interest in Software generally cannot be perfected without a filing 
at the U.S. Copyright Office.  Some legal authority indicates that this 
filing requirement also extends to a sale or grant of a security interest in 
software licenses and the proceeds thereof, while some other legal authority 
suggests that where there is an outright assignment of certain payments (such 
as royalties) associated with copyrightable materials, the rights to receive 
such payments constitute property separate from the copyrightable material 
and that no filing in the U.S. Copyright Office is required in connection 
with such assignment.

RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH NON-RECOURSE NATURE OF THE OFFERED NOTES - NO RECOURSE 
TO THE SELLER, SERVICER OR ITS AFFILIATES; LIMITED VENDOR RECOURSE

     Neither the Seller, the Servicer nor any of their affiliates is 
generally obligated to make any payments in respect of the Notes or the 
Contracts.  However, in connection with the sale of Contracts by the Seller 
to the Trust Depositor, and the concurrent conveyance of such Contracts by 
the Trust Depositor to the Trust, the Seller will make representations and 
warranties with respect to the characteristics of such Contracts and, in 
certain circumstances, the Seller may be required to repurchase Contracts 
from the Trust Depositor (and the Trust Depositor concurrently from the 
Trust) with respect to which such representations and warranties have been 
breached.  See "THE TRANSFER AND SALE AGREEMENT AND THE SALE AND SERVICING 
AGREEMENT GENERALLY--REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES" herein.  Because the 
Trust is a limited purpose trust with limited assets, the Noteholders must 
rely solely upon the Contracts, security interests in the related Equipment 
described herein as well as amounts in the Reserve Fund, to the extent 
available, for payment of principal and interest on the Notes.  Moreover, in 
respect of Vendor Loans, the Noteholders must generally rely solely upon the 
Secondary Contracts securing such Vendor Loans (together with the Equipment 
and related security securing such Secondary Contracts, should the End-User 
default in its obligation to pay such Secondary Contracts), since Vendor 
Loans are generally non-recourse to the Vendors (I.E., the holder of such 
Vendor Loan is limited to recovering amounts solely from the Secondary 
Contracts and related security therefor) except for certain Vendor Loans 
which are covered by a UNL Pool (as defined herein).  If payments made or 
realized from the Contracts (including Secondary Contracts securing Vendor 
Loans) and the disposition proceeds of the Equipment are insufficient to make 
payments on the Notes, no other assets will be available for the payment of 
the deficiency.

BOOK-ENTRY REGISTRATION-NOTEHOLDERS LIMITED TO EXERCISING THEIR RIGHTS 
THROUGH DTC, EUROCLEAR OR CEDEL

     The Notes offered hereby initially will be represented by one or more 
Notes registered in the name of Cede & Co. and will not be registered in the 
names of the beneficial owners or their nominees.  As a result of this, 
unless and until Definitive Notes are issued, beneficial owners will not be 
recognized by the Issuer or the Indenture Trustee as Noteholders, as that 
term is used in the Indenture.  Hence, until such time, beneficial owners 
will only be able to exercise the rights of Noteholders indirectly, through 
DTC, Euroclear or CEDEL and their respective participating organizations, and 
will receive reports and other information provided for under the Indenture 
only if, when and to the extent provided by DTC, Euroclear or CEDEL, as the 
case may be, and its participating organizations.  See "DESCRIPTION OF THE 
NOTES--BOOK-ENTRY REGISTRATION."

                                USE OF PROCEEDS

     The net proceeds from the sale of the Notes and the Subordinated 
Securities will be paid to the Trust Depositor in consideration of the 
transfer to the Trust of the Contracts.  Such proceeds will be applied by the 
Trust Depositor to the purchase price of the Contracts to be sold to the 
Trust Depositor pursuant to the Transfer and Sale Agreement by the Seller as 
well as for other general corporate purposes.  The Seller has previously sold 
certain lease and finance contracts to the Trust Depositor which has resold 
them (or interests therein) to Variable Funding Capital Corporation ("VFCC"). 
It is expected that these contracts will be repurchased from VFCC by the 
Trust Depositor and from the Trust Depositor by the Seller immediately 
preceding (and with the proceeds of) the issuance of the Notes and the 
Subordinated Securities contemplated hereby and that certain of such 
contracts will be included in the Contract Portfolio.  VFCC is a special 


                                       29

<PAGE>

purpose company the business of which is limited, generally, to the purchase 
of, or the making of loans against receivables or interests in financial 
assets.  First Union Capital Markets Corp. is the Administrator of VFCC, an 
entity which is not affiliated with First Union Corporation, First Union 
Capital Markets Corporation or any of their respective affiliates.

                                   THE TRUST

     The Notes offered hereby will be issued by the Trust which has been 
established by the Trust Depositor pursuant to the Trust Agreement.  The 
Contract Pool will be formed and transferred to the Trust pursuant to the 
Sale and Servicing  Agreement and pledged to the Indenture Trustee pursuant 
to the Indenture.

     The Trust was organized as a business trust formed in accordance with 
the laws of the State of Delaware, pursuant to the Trust Agreement, solely 
for the purpose of effectuating the transactions described herein.  Prior to 
formation, the Trust will have had no assets or obligations and no operating 
history.  The Trust will not engage in any business activity other than (a) 
acquiring, managing and holding the Contracts and related interests described 
herein, (b) issuing the Notes and the Subordinated Securities, (c) making 
distributions and payments thereon and (d) engaging in those activities, 
including entering into agreements, that are necessary, suitable or 
convenient to accomplish the foregoing or are incidental thereto or connected 
therewith. As a consequence, the Trust is not expected to have any source of 
capital resources other than the Trust Assets. As of the date of this 
Prospectus, neither the Trust Depositor nor the Trust is subject to any legal 
proceedings.

                               THE CONTRACT POOL

     THE TRANSFERRED CONTRACTS.  The Transferred Contracts will consist of 
Contracts purchased from the Seller by the Trust Depositor on the Closing 
Date (and as of the Cutoff Date) under the Transfer and Sale Agreement dated 
as of [       ], 1998 (the "TRANSFER AND SALE AGREEMENT"), as well as any 
Additional Contracts or Substitute Contracts conveyed thereunder as described 
herein as of their applicable Cutoff Dates.  The Transferred Contracts have 
been and will be selected by the Seller from its portfolio of contracts based 
on the criteria specified in the Transfer and Sale Agreement and the Sale and 
Servicing Agreement.  See "THE SALE AND SERVICING AGREEMENT 
GENERALLY--REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES" and "--CONCENTRATION AMOUNTS" 
herein which specifically describe the criteria for eligibility in the 
Contract Pool.  The representations of the Seller include a representation 
that no adverse selection with respect to the Contracts has occurred.  The 
Seller will represent that all of the Contracts are commercial, rather than 
consumer, leases or loans/financings, and that no adverse selection process 
was employed in the Seller's selection of Contracts for sale under the 
Transfer and Sale Agreement.  As of the Cutoff Date, the ADCB of the 
Transferred Contracts was $[       ], the weighted average remaining term to 
maturity for the Transferred Contracts was approximately [       ] months, 
the final scheduled payment date of the Transferred Contract with the latest 
maturity or expiration was [        ] and the average Discounted Contract 
Balance was approximately $[       ].

     For further information regarding the Transferred Contracts, see "THE 
CONTRACTS GENERALLY" herein and "THE CONTRACT POOL--OTHER POOL DATA" below.

     OTHER POOL DATA.  Approximately [       ]% of the ADCB of the 
Transferred Contracts provide for payments by the Obligor thereunder on a 
basis other than monthly payments.  The composition and distribution of the 
Transferred Contracts by remaining term, original term, Discounted Contract 
Balance, End-User industry, geographic distribution, type of equipment and 
type of End-User Contract are set forth in the following tables and are 
reported as of the Cutoff Date.  Subschedules to Transferred Contracts 
reflecting amounts billed to separate billing locations are treated as 
separate Transferred Contracts.  Classification by industry is based on 
Newcourt's customary procedures for determining the obligor's industry.  The 
largest End-User industry concentration (including End-User Obligors on 
Contracts originated by the Seller directly, as well as Contracts originated 
through Vendors with or without Vendor recourse, and Secondary Contracts 
securing Vendor Loans), which represents an ADCB of $[       ] or [       ]% 
of the ADCB of the Contract Pool as of the Cutoff Date, relates to the 
transportation industry.  See "RISK FACTORS--CERTAIN RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH 
GEOGRAPHIC OR INDUSTRY CONCENTRATIONS OF CONTRACTS" herein, and "THE CONTRACT 
POOL--CONTRACT LOSS EXPERIENCE"  below.

     The statistical information concerning the Contracts set forth below is 
based upon information as of the opening of business on the Cutoff Date and 
the Statistical Discount Rate.  Certain Contracts included in the pool as of 
the Cutoff Date may be determined not to meet the eligibility requirements 
for the final pool, and may not be included in the final Contract Pool.  
While the statistical distribution of the characteristics as of the Closing 
Date for the final Contract Pool and 


                                       30

<PAGE>

calculated at the actual Discount Rate will vary somewhat from the 
statistical distribution of such characteristics as of the Cutoff Date and 
calculated at the Statistical Discount Rate as presented in this Prospectus, 
such variance is not expected to be material.  The percentages and balances 
set forth in each of the following tables may not sum to the indicated totals 
due to rounding.

                                       31

<PAGE>

                       COMPOSITION OF THE CONTRACT POOL


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

     <S>                                               <C>
     Aggregate Discounted Contract Balance             $


              Number of Contracts


     Weighted Average Original Term (Range)
                  (in months)


     Weighted Average Remaining Term (Range)
                  (in months)


     Average Discounted Contract Balance               $

</TABLE>


                  DISTRIBUTION OF CONTRACTS BY CONTRACT TYPE


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                            Percentage of Aggregate
                                         Percentage of Number of    Aggregate Discounted      Discounted Contract
                  Number of Contracts           Contracts             Contract Balance              Balance
<S>               <C>                    <C>                        <C>                     <C>
     CSAs

  True Leases

Finance Leases

     IPAs

 Secured Notes

Unsecured Notes

Other Financing
  Agreements

     Total

</TABLE>


                                       32

<PAGE>

      DISTRIBUTION OF CONTRACTS BY STATE IN WHICH OBLIGORS ARE LOCATED
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            Percentage of
                                                             Aggregate
                               Percentage of   Discounted    Discounted
                   Number of     Number of      Contract      Contract
      State        Contracts     Contracts      Balance       Balance
     <S>           <C>         <C>             <C>          <C>
       Alabama
       
       Alaska
       
       Arizona
       
      Arkansas
       
     California
       
      Colorado
       
     Connecticut
       
      Delaware
       
     District of
      Columbia
       
       Florida
       
       Georgia
       
       Hawaii
       
        Idaho
       
      Illinois
       
       Indiana
       
        Iowa
       
       Kansas
       
      Kentucky
       
      Louisiana
       
        Maine
       
      Maryland
       
    Massachusetts
       
      Michigan
       
      Minnesota
       
     Mississippi
       
      Missouri
       
       Montana
       
      Nebraska
       
       Nevada
</TABLE>

                                       33
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           Percentage of
                                                             Aggregate
                               Percentage of   Discounted    Discounted
                   Number of     Number of      Contract      Contract
      State        Contracts     Contracts      Balance       Balance
     <S>           <C>         <C>             <C>          <C>
     New Hampshire
       
     New Jersey
       
     New Mexico
       
      New York
       
   North Carolina
       
    North Dakota
       
        Ohio
       
      Oklahoma
       
       Oregon
       
    Pennsylvania
       
    Rhode Island
       
   South Carolina
       
    South Dakota
       
      Tennessee
       
        Texas
       
        Utah
       
       Vermont
       
      Virginia
       
     Washington
       
    West Virginia
       
      Wisconsin
       
       Wyoming
       
        Total
</TABLE>





















                                       34

<PAGE>

                 DISTRIBUTION OF CONTRACTS BY EQUIPMENT TYPE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                            Percentage of
                                   Number of   Percentage of Number      Discounted      Aggregate Discounted
             Equipment Type        Contracts       of Contracts       Contract Balance     Contract Balance
             <S>                   <C>         <C>                    <C>                <C>
             
             Transportation
             
              Construction
             
           Computer Hardware 
             
            Computer Software
             
                Resources
             
                Printing
            Presses/Equipment
             
          Healthcare Equipment
             
          Industrial Equipment
             
            Commercial/Retail
                Fixtures
             
          Automotive Diagnostic
                Equipment

        Manufacturing  Equipment

           Other/Miscellaneous

                  Total
</TABLE>











                                       35

<PAGE>

                        DISTRIBUTION OF CONTRACTS BY OBLIGOR INDUSTRY
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                     Percentage of
                                                        Percentage of Number      Discounted     Aggregate Discounted
               Industry          Number of Contracts        of Contracts       Contract Balance    Contract Balance
          <S>                    <C>                     <C>                   <C>                <C>

            Transportation

               Resources

             Construction

               Printing

         Financial Management

             Distribution

             Manufacturing

              Government

              Commercial

            Small Business

          Other/Miscellaneous

                 Total
</TABLE>





















                                       36

<PAGE>

                     DISTRIBUTION OF CONTRACTS BY CONTRACT BALANCE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                              Percentage of
Discounted Contract                            Number of   Percentage of Number of   Discounted Contract   Aggregate Discounted
      Balance                                  Contracts          Contracts               Balance            Contract Balance
<S>                                            <C>         <C>                       <C>                   <C>
$ 0 -LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO- $25,000
   
$ 25,001 -LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO- $50,000
   
$50,001 -LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO- $75,000
   
$75,001 -LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO- $100,000
   
$100,001 -LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO- $200,000
   
$200,001 -LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO- $300,000
   
$300,001 -LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO- $400,000
   
$400,001 -LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO- $500,000
   
$500,001 -LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO- $1,000,000
   
$1,000,001 -LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO- $4,000,000

greater than $4,000,000

        TOTAL
</TABLE>




















                                       37

<PAGE>

                                              DISTRIBUTION OF CONTRACTS BY
                                           REMAINING MONTHS TO STATED MATURITY


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                     Percentage of
          Remaining Term                           Percentage of Number    Discounted Contract   Aggregate Discounted
             (Months)        Number of Contracts       of Contracts              Balance           Contract Balance
          <S>                <C>                   <C>                     <C>                   <C>
              1 < 12
                -

             13 < 24
                -

             25 < 36
                -

             37 < 48
                -

             49 < 60
                -

             61 < 72
                -

             73 < 84
                -

                > 84

              Total

</TABLE>

                                                DISTRIBUTIONS OF CONTRACTS BY
                                                    ORIGINAL CONTRACT TERM


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                            Percentage of
          Original Term      Number of     Percentage of Number   Discounted Contract   Aggregate Discounted
             (Months)        Contracts         of Contracts             Balance           Contract Balance
          <S>                <C>           <C>                    <C>                   <C>
             1  < 12
                -

             13 < 24
                -

             25 < 36
                -

             37 < 48
                -

             49 < 60
                -

             61 < 72
                -

             73 < 84
                -

                > 84

              Total
</TABLE>

                                                                    38

<PAGE>

DELINQUENCY AND LOAN LOSS INFORMATION

     Set forth below is certain information regarding the delinquency and 
loss experience of Newcourt USA with respect to its portfolio of financing 
agreements (including Contracts and other financing agreements that it 
previously sold but continues to service) for users of a wide variety of new 
and used information technology equipment (such as computer work stations, 
personal computers, data storage devices, mainframe and mini computers 
and other computer related peripheral equipment), communications equipment 
(such as telephone switching and networking systems), commercial business and 
industrial equipment (such as printing presses, machine tools and other 
manufacturing equipment, photocopiers, facsimile machines and other office 
equipment, energy savings and control equipment, automotive diagnostic and 
automated testing equipment), medical equipment (such as diagnostic and 
therapeutic examination equipment for radiology, nuclear medicine and 
ultrasound and laboratory analysis equipment), resources equipment (such as 
feller-bunchers and grapplers), and transportation and construction equipment 
(such as heavy and medium duty trucks and highway trailers, school buses, 
bulldozers, loaders, graters, excavators, forklifts and other materials 
handling equipment, golf carts and other road and off-road machinery).  The 
information set forth below includes delinquency and loss experience of 
Newcourt USA with respect to financing agreements for "micro-ticket" items 
which are included in Newcourt USA's portfolio but which are not being, and 
will not be, transferred to the Trust.  There can be no assurance that the 
levels of delinquency and loss experience on the Contracts will be comparable 
to that set forth below.  The contracts to which the following tables relate 
(the "SUBJECT CONTRACTS") were, prior to the end of the first quarter of 
1996, serviced to a limited extent (specifically, the invoicing, cash 
application and sales and tax reporting with respect thereto) by Parrish 
Financial Servicing L.P., an unaffiliated independent servicing contractor.  
The Servicer may delegate certain of its servicing responsibilities with 
respect to the Contracts to an affiliate or a third party (each, a "THIRD 
PARTY SERVICER"), provided that the Servicer will remain obligated to the 
Owner Trustee and the Depositor for the proper performance of all such 
servicing responsibilities. [Of the Contracts included in the Contract 
Portfolio, approximately [       ] such Contracts, with an ADCB as of the
date hereof of $[       ] or [       ]% of the ADCB of the Contract Pool,
are being serviced by Third-Party Servicers.]  Due to the acquisition of
Contract portfolios from various Vendors and the development of additional 
finance programs with various Vendors, the data set forth is not necessarily 
comparable on a year-to-year basis.  Data set forth for the 
[three months ended March 31, 1998] is not indicative of results for the full 
year.

                                      39

<PAGE>

                                          
                               NEWCOURT USA PORTFOLIO
                    DELINQUENCY EXPERIENCE (a), (b), (c) AND (d)
                                         AT
      
      --------------------------------------------------------------------------


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                     Three Months   Twelve Months  Twelve Months    Twelve Months
                                         Ended          Ended          Ended            Ended
                                       March 31,    December 31,    December 31,     December 31,
                                         1998           1997            1996             1995
                                     ------------   -------------  -------------    -------------
      <S>                            <C>            <C>            <C>              <C>
      Outstanding Investment in
      Contracts

      31-60 days

      61-90 days

      90-120 days

      Over 120 days

      Total (% of Outstanding
      Investment in Contracts)
</TABLE>

(a)  Outstanding Investment is equal to the outstanding funds deployed for
     the acquisition of the financing agreements less any associated
     payments made under such financing agreement relating to the principal
     component of such financing agreement.
(b)  Newcourt USA classifies accounts as delinquent at the time a payment
     (or a portion thereof) remains unpaid 31 days or more following the
     date on which such payment is due.  The amount classified as
     delinquent is the present value of all remaining scheduled payments
     discounted at the applicable contract rate and any past due amounts
     relating to such financing agreements.  Delinquent accounts are
     written off in their entirety when a determination is made that the
     account is uncollectible.
(c)  The percentages in any column may not total 100% due to rounding.
(d)  Includes all U.S. assets originated through the Transportation &
     Construction Equipment Origination Channel, Information Technology
     Origination Channel and Commercial Origination Channel including small
     balance assets (i.e., "micro-ticket" assets) originated, and still
     held on Newcourt USA's balance sheet, from its acquisition of Anthem
     in 1996 (but excludes assets securitized and sold through Newcourt
     Equipment Receivables Trust 1996-A and Newcourt Equipment Receivables
     Trust 1997-A).


                                      40

<PAGE>

                                NEWCOURT USA PORTFOLIO
                             LOSS EXPERIENCE (a) AND (d)
                                          AT

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                           Three Months      Twelve Months        Twelve Months        Twelve Months
                               Ended              Ended               Ended                Ended
                          March 31, 1998   December 31, 1997    December 31, 1996    December 31, 1995
                          --------------   -----------------    -----------------    -----------------   
       <S>                <C>              <C>                  <C>                  <C>
       Outstanding
       Investment in
       Contracts

       Gross Losses 

       Recoveries

       Net Losses 

       Net Losses as a
       Percentage of 
       Average Outstanding
       Investment in
       Contracts(c)
</TABLE>

(a)  Outstanding Investment is equal to the outstanding funds deployed for
     the acquisition of the financing agreements less any associated
     payments made under such financing agreement relating to the principal
     component of such financing agreement. 
(b)  Annualized.
(c)  Average Outstanding Investment is the average of the Outstanding Investment
     at the end of each quarter.
(d)  Includes all U.S. assets originated through Newcourt USA's
     Transportation & Construction Equipment Origination Channel,
     Information Technology Origination Channel and Commercial Origination
     Channel including small balance assets (i.e., "micro-ticket" assets)
     originated, and still held on Newcourt USA's balance sheet, from its
     acquisition of Anthem in 1996 (but excludes assets securitized and
     sold through Newcourt Equipment Receivables Trust 1996-A and Newcourt
     Equipment Receivables Trust 1997-A).

THE DATA PRESENTED IN THE FOREGOING TABLES ARE FOR ILLUSTRATIVE PURPOSES ONLY
AND THERE IS NO ASSURANCE THAT THE DELINQUENCY OR  LOSS EXPERIENCE OF THE
CONTRACTS WILL BE SIMILAR TO THAT SET FORTH ABOVE.  SEE "RISK FACTORS" AND
"CERTAIN LEGAL ASPECTS OF THE CONTRACTS".

                                      41

<PAGE>

                                  THE CONTRACTS

     The Trust will be entitled to all collections on account of the Contracts
in the Contract Pool and related Equipment and Applicable Security, except for
(i) collections on deposit in the Collection Account or otherwise received by
the Servicer on or with respect to the Contract Pool or related Equipment, which
collections are attributable to any taxes, fees or other charges imposed by any
governmental authority, (ii) collections representing reimbursements of
insurance premiums or payments for certain services that were not financed by
the Seller, (iii) collections relating to security deposits (amounts described
in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii), "EXCLUDED AMOUNTS") due on or after the
applicable Cutoff Date for such Contracts, (iv) collections relating to Excluded
Residual Investments and (v) collections relating to payments which were
scheduled to be made by the Obligors on the Contracts pursuant to the terms of
such Contracts prior to the related Cutoff Date.

END-USER CONTRACTS  

     The following discussion describes the End-User Contracts (including
End-User Contracts which are Secondary Contracts).  All of the End-User
Contracts to be included in the Trust are CSAs, Leases, Secured Notes, IPAs and
Financing Agreements in respect of Equipment, Software and Services.  There is
no limit on the number of Contracts in the Contract Pool which may consist of
any of the foregoing types.  Each Contract is required, however, to be an
Eligible Contract (as defined under "THE TRANSFER AND SALE AGREEMENT AND SALE
AND SERVICING AGREEMENT GENERALLY") as of the Cutoff Date. 

     CONDITIONAL SALE AGREEMENTS.   The Seller offers financing for Equipment
under CSAs assigned to the Seller by Vendors.  It is expected that most of the
CSAs in the Contract Pool will consist of the Seller's standard pre-printed
form, or of the Vendors' standard, pre-printed forms.  The CSA sets forth the
description of each Financed Item and the schedule of installment payments. 
Generally, loans under CSAs are fixed rate and are for a one to seven year term.
Payments under CSAs generally are due monthly.  CSA terms (i) provide for a
grant by the End-User thereunder of a security interest in any related Equipment
(which security interest is assigned by the Vendor to the Seller), (ii) may
allow prepayment of the obligation upon payment, where allowed by applicable
state law, of an additional prepayment fee, (iii) require the End-User to
maintain the Equipment, keep it free and clear of liens and encumbrances and pay
all taxes related to the Equipment, (iv) restrict the modification or disposal
of the Equipment without the seller's, or its assignee's, consent, (v) include a
disclaimer of warranties, (vi) include the End-User's indemnity against
liabilities arising from the use, possession or ownership of the Equipment,
(vii) include the End-User's absolute (except as provided in clause (ii)) and
unconditional obligation to pay the installment payments thereunder and (viii)
include specifically identifiable events of default and remedies therefor.  The
CSA also requires each End-User to maintain insurance, the terms of which may
vary.  The terms of a CSA may be modified at its inception at the End-User's
request.  Such modifications must either be approved by the Seller's legal
department and certain levels of management before the Seller will agree to
accept an assignment of the CSA from a Vendor, or the Vendor must indemnify the
Seller against any losses or damages it may suffer as a result of such
modifications.

     LEASES.  The Seller, either directly or by assignment from Vendors, offers
financing of Equipment, Software and Services under Leases.  Leases may consist
of individual lease agreements relating to a single, separate transaction and
Financed Item, or may consist of individual transactions written under and
governed by a master lease agreement (each, an "MLA") which contains the general
terms and conditions of the transaction.  Specific terms and conditions, such as
descriptions of the specific Equipment, Software and Services being leased or
financed and the schedule of related rental payments, are contained in a
supplement or schedule to the MLA (each an "MLA SUPPLEMENT"), which is signed by
the End-User as lessee, and either the Vendor or the Seller, as lessor.  The MLA
Supplement incorporates the MLA by reference, and is treated by the Seller as a
separate Lease.  Each Lease is originated in the ordinary course of business by
either the Seller or a Vendor (and assigned to the Seller pursuant to a Vendor
Agreement).

     The initial terms of the Leases in the Contract Pool generally range from
one to seven years.  Each Lease provides for the periodic payment by the
End-User of rent in advance or arrears, generally monthly or quarterly.  Such
periodic payments represent the amortization, generally on a level basis, of the
total amount that an End-User is required to pay throughout the term of a Lease.

     The Leases to be included in the Contract Pool are "NET LEASES" under which
the End-User assumes responsibility for the Financed Items, including operation,
maintenance, repair, insurance or self-insurance, return of any Equipment at the
expiration or termination of the Lease and the payment of all sales and use and
property taxes relating to the Financed Items during the Lease term.  The
End-User further agrees to indemnify the lessor for any liabilities 


                                      42
<PAGE>

arising out of the use or operation of the Financed Items.  In most cases, 
the lessor is also authorized to perform the End-User's obligations under the 
Lease at the End-User's expense, if it so elects, in cases where the End-User 
has failed to perform.  In addition, the Leases generally contain "HELL OR 
HIGH WATER" clauses unconditionally obligating the End-User to make periodic 
payments, without setoff, at the times and in the amounts specified in the 
Lease.  If the Seller is the lessor, the Lease contains no express or implied 
warranties with respect to the Financed Items other than a warranty of quiet 
enjoyment.  If a Vendor is the lessor, the Lease or a related agreement may 
contain certain representations and warranties with respect to the Financed 
Items in addition to a warranty of quiet enjoyment; HOWEVER, the End-User 
agrees not to assert any warranty claims against any assignee of the Vendor 
(which would include the Seller) by way of setoff, counterclaim or otherwise, 
and further agrees that it may only bring such claims against the Vendor.  
All Leases of Equipment generally require the End-User to maintain, at its 
expense, casualty insurance covering damage to or loss of the Equipment 
during the Lease term or to self-insure against such risks, if approved in 
advance by the Seller or Vendor, as applicable.

     The Leases include both "TRUE LEASES" and leases intended for security 
as defined in Section 1-201(37) of the UCC.  Under a "TRUE LEASE," the lessor 
bears the risk of ownership (although the risk of loss of the Equipment is 
passed to the End-User under the Leases), takes any tax benefits associated 
with the ownership of depreciable property under applicable law and no title 
is conferred upon the lessee.  The lessee under a "TRUE LEASE" has the right 
to the temporary use of property for a term shorter than the economic life of 
such property in exchange for payments at scheduled intervals during the 
lease term and the lessor retains a significant "RESIDUAL" economic interest 
in the leased property.  See "--RESIDUAL INVESTMENTS."  End of lease options 
for "TRUE LEASES" include purchase or renewal at fair market value.  Under 
leases intended for security, the lessor in effect finances the "PURCHASE" of 
the leased property by the lessee and retains a security interest in the 
leased property. The lessee retains the leased property for substantially all 
its economic life and the lessor retains no significant residual interest.  
Such leases are considered conditional sales type leases for federal income 
tax purposes and, accordingly, the lessor does not take any federal tax 
benefits associated with the ownership of depreciable property.  End of lease 
options for such Leases depend on the terms of the related individual lease 
agreement or MLA Supplement, but generally such terms provide for the 
purchase of the Equipment at a prestated price, which may be nominal.  The 
inclusion of "TRUE LEASES" in the Contract Pool will have no federal income 
tax impact on Noteholders since the Notes are treated as debt for federal 
income tax purposes although the inclusion of such leases may result in the 
imposition of state and local taxes which would reduce cash available for 
payment on the Notes.  See "CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX MATTERS." "TRUE 
LEASES" are treated differently under the Bankruptcy Code from leases 
intended for security.  See "CERTAIN LEGAL ASPECTS OF THE CONTRACTS--CERTAIN 
MATTERS RELATING TO BANKRUPTCY."

     End-Users under a Lease are either prohibited from altering or modifying 
the Equipment or may alter or modify the Equipment only to the extent the 
alterations or modifications are readily removable without damage to the 
Equipment. Under certain MLAs, the End-User may assign its rights and 
obligations under the Lease, but only upon receiving the prior written 
consent of the lessor, or may relocate the Equipment upon giving the lessor 
prompt written notice of such relocation.  The right to grant or deny such 
consent or to receive such written notice will be exercised by the Servicer 
pursuant to the authority delegated to it in the Sale and Servicing 
Agreement.  Certain Leases permit the End-User to substitute substantially 
identical leased Equipment for leased Equipment scheduled to be returned to 
the lessor under the Lease.

     While the terms and conditions of the Leases do not generally permit 
cancellation by the End-User, certain Leases may be modified or terminated 
before the end of the Lease term.  Modifications to a Lease term or early 
Lease terminations may be permitted by the Seller, or by a Vendor, with the 
consent of the Seller, and are generally associated with additional financing 
opportunities from the same End-User.  End-Users may also negotiate with the 
Seller, at the Seller's discretion,  an early termination arrangement 
allowing the End-User to purchase the Equipment during the term of a Lease 
for an amount generally equal to or in excess of the present value of the 
remaining rental payments under the Lease plus the anticipated market value 
of the related Equipment as of the end of the Lease term.  In some 
circumstances, early termination of a Lease may be permitted in connection 
with the acquisition of new technology requiring replacement of the 
Equipment.  In such cases, the related Equipment is returned to the Vendor or 
Seller and an amount generally equal to the present value of the remaining 
rental payments under the Lease plus an early termination fee is paid by the 
End-User to the Seller.  Modifications usually involve repricing a Lease or 
modification of the Lease term.  Occasionally a Lease may be modified in 
connection with an increase in the capacity or performance of Equipment by 
adding additional Equipment that includes new technology.  Coincident with 
the financing of an upgrade to such Equipment, the Seller may reprice and 
extend the related base Lease term to be coterminous with the desired term of 
the Lease relating to the upgrade.  In certain cases, subject to certain 
conditions described under "DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES--PREPAID CONTRACTS," 
such base lease extensions may remain in the Contract Pool.  Newcourt USA 
expects, as Servicer, to continue to permit these modifications and 
terminations with respect to Leases included in the Contract 


                                       43

<PAGE>

Pool pursuant to the authority delegated to it in the Sale and Servicing 
Agreement, subject to certain conditions and covenants of the Servicer 
described under "DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES--PREPAID CONTRACTS."

     In certain circumstances, the standard terms and conditions of the MLA 
are modified at the inception of a Lease at the request of the End-User.  
Such modifications must either be approved by the Seller's legal department 
and certain levels of management before the Seller will agree to enter into 
the Lease or accept an assignment of the Lease from a Vendor, or the Vendor 
must indemnify the Seller against any losses or damages it may suffer as a 
result of such modifications.  Common permitted modifications include, but 
are not limited to, (i) a one dollar purchase option at the end of the Lease 
term, (ii) prearranged mid-Lease purchase options, early termination options 
and lease extension options as described above, (iii) modifications to the 
lessor's equipment inspection rights, (iv) modifications to the End-User's 
insurance requirements permitting the End-User to self-insure against 
casualty to the Equipment, (v) the End-User's right to assign the Lease or 
sub-lease the Financed Items to an affiliated entity, so long as the End-User 
remains liable under the Lease and promptly notifies the lessor or its 
assignee of such assignment or sublease and (vi) extended grace periods for 
late payments of rent.

     SECURED NOTES.  The Seller also provides direct initial financing or 
refinancing of Equipment and Software under secured promissory notes (each, a 
"SECURED NOTE"), which consist of an installment note and a separate security 
agreement.  In an initial financing transaction, the Seller pays to the 
Vendor the purchase price for the Equipment and Software and in a refinancing 
transaction, the Seller pays off an End-User's existing financing source, and 
the initial financing or refinancing is documented as a direct loan by the 
Seller to the End-User of the Equipment or Software using a Secured Note.  In 
the case of a refinancing transaction, upon payment to the existing financing 
source, the Seller obtains a release of such party's lien on the financed 
Equipment.  In either case, the Seller records its own lien against the 
financed Equipment or Software and takes possession of the Secured Note. 
Except for the lack of references to "SALE" or "PURCHASE" of Equipment, the 
terms and conditions contained in a Secured Note are substantially similar to 
those contained in a CSA.

     INSTALLMENT PAYMENT AGREEMENTS.  The Seller provides financing for 
certain Software license fees and related support and consulting services 
under installment payment supplements to software license agreements, 
separate IPAs as well as other forms of Financing Agreements assigned to the 
Seller by Vendors of Software.  Each such Financing Agreement is an unsecured 
obligation of the End-User; generally provides for a fixed schedule of 
payments with no End-User right of prepayment; is noncancellable for its term 
and generally contains a "HELL OR HIGH WATER" clause unconditionally 
obligating the End-User to make periodic payments, without setoff, at the 
times and in the amounts specified therein (in the event a Financing 
Agreement does not provide for noncancellability or a "HELL OR HIGH WATER" 
clause such Financing Agreement will have the benefit of a Vendor Guarantee 
(See "THE CONTRACTS - PROGRAM AGREEMENTS WITH VENDORS"); permits the Vendor 
to assign the payment agreement to a third party (including the Seller) and 
include the End-User's agreement, upon such assignment, not to assert against 
such assignee any claims or defenses the End-User may have against the 
Vendor; and contains default and remedy provisions that generally include 
acceleration of amounts due and to become due and, in certain cases, the 
right of the Vendor, or the Seller by assignment, to terminate the underlying 
Software license and all related support and consulting activities.

EQUIPMENT

     The End-User Contracts and Secondary Contracts cover a wide variety of 
new and used equipment relating to a wide variety of new and used information 
technology equipment (such as computer work stations, personal computers, 
data storage devices and mainframe and mini computers and other computer 
related peripheral equipment), communications equipment (such as telephone 
switching and networking systems), commercial business and industrial 
equipment (such as printing presses, machine tools and other manufacturing 
equipment, photocopiers, facsimile machines and other office equipment, 
energy savings and control equipment, automotive diagnostic and automated 
testing equipment), medical equipment (such as diagnostic and therapeutic 
examination equipment for radiology, nuclear medicine and ultrasound and 
laboratory analysis equipment), resources equipment (such as feller-bunchers 
and grapplers), and transportation and construction equipment (such as heavy 
and medium duty trucks and highway trailers, school buses, bulldozers, 
loaders, graters, excavators, forklifts and other materials handling 
equipment, golf carts and other road and off-road machinery) (collectively, 
the "EQUIPMENT"). All of the interests of the Seller in the Equipment subject 
to each related End-User Contract (which consists of a security interest in 
the Equipment) will be transferred to the Trust.

SOFTWARE AND SERVICES


                                       44

<PAGE>

     Certain of the End-User Contracts cover license fees and other fees owed 
by the End-Users under either perpetual or term software license agreements 
and other related agreements in connection with the use by such End-Users of 
computer software programs ("SOFTWARE"), and such End-User Contracts may also 
cover related support and consulting services which are provided by the 
Vendor, an affiliate thereof or a third party contract party and which 
facilitate the Obligor's use of such software ("SERVICES").  No interest in 
the Software, the Software license agreement (other than the right to collect 
the payment of Software license fees and, in certain cases, to exercise 
certain rights and remedies under the Software license agreement or other 
agreements related thereto) or the related Services has been or will be 
conveyed to the Seller by either the Vendors or licensors of the Software or 
by the End-Users under the related End-User Contracts.  Consequently, the 
Trust will not have title to or a security interest in such Software, nor 
will it own such Services, and would not be able to realize any value 
therefrom under a related End-User Contract upon a default by the End-User.  
Equipment, Software and Services are collectively referred to as "FINANCED 
ITEMS".  It is a condition to the issuance of the Notes that as of the 
Closing Date, no more than [       ]% of the ADCB of the Contract Pool will 
consist of Software transactions.

VENDOR LOANS

      The Contracts may include limited recourse loan or repayment 
obligations (which may take the form of promissory notes with related 
security interests documented by security agreements or specific provisions 
in Program Agreements) ("VENDOR LOANS") each of which is payable by a Vendor 
and secured by all of the Vendor's interest in an individual End-User 
Contract originated by such Vendor and by the Equipment related to such 
End-User Contract.

     Vendor Loans may be originated through, and incorporate terms and 
conditions of, a Program Agreement (including a Program Agreement under which 
End-User Contracts also are or may be originated by the Seller directly, or 
purchased by the Seller from the Vendor, in separate transactions not giving 
rise to Vendor Loans).  Vendor Loans generally are non-recourse to the 
Vendor, I.E., the Seller may obtain repayment solely from the proceeds of the 
End-User Contracts and related Equipment securing the Vendor Loan.  In a few 
instances, however, recourse to a Vendor for nonpayment of a Vendor Loan may 
be available through a limited recourse arrangement included in the related 
Program Agreement.  The repayment terms under a Vendor Loan, including 
periodic amounts payable and schedule of payments, correspond to the payment 
terms of the End-User under the End-User Contract collaterally assigned under 
such Vendor Loan.   Each Vendor Loan either includes most, if not all, of the 
representations and warranties regarding the End-User Contract and related 
Equipment typically included in a Vendor Agreement, or incorporates such 
representations and warranties included in any related Program Agreement by 
reference.

PROGRAM AGREEMENTS WITH VENDORS

     It is expected that a substantial portion of the End-User Contracts to 
be included in the Trust will consist of End-User Contracts originated by 
Vendors and assigned or pledged to the Seller pursuant to Program Agreements. 
Also, as described above, Vendor Loans may be originated through Program 
Agreements with the related Vendor.  The Seller's Program Agreements are 
agreements with Equipment manufacturers, dealers and distributors, or 
Software licensors or distributors, located in the United States ("VENDORS") 
which provide the Seller with the opportunity to finance transactions 
relating to the acquisition or use by an End-User of a Vendor's Equipment, 
Software, Services or other products. Vendor finance arrangements provide the 
Seller with a steady, sustainable flow of new business, generally with lower 
costs of origination than asset-based financings marketed directly to 
end-users.  Many of the Program Agreements provide various forms of support 
to the Seller, including representations and warranties by the Vendor in 
respect of the End-User Contracts assigned by the Vendor to the Seller and 
related Equipment, Software or Services, credit support with respect to 
defaults by End-Users and equipment repurchase and remarketing arrangements 
upon early termination of End-User Contracts upon a default by the End-User.  
Some of the Program Agreements  take the form of a referral relationship 
which is less formal, and may or may not include credit or remarketing 
support to the Seller from the Vendor.

     Each Program Agreement (other than Program Agreements that only 
establish a referral relationship) generally includes the following 
provisions, among others:

          1.   Vendor representations, warranties and covenants regarding 
     each End-User Contract assigned to the Seller, including among other 
     things that: the obligations of the End-User under the assigned  
     End-User Contract are absolute, unconditional, noncancellable, 
     enforceable in accordance with its terms and free from any rights of 
     offset, counterclaim or defense; the Seller holds the sole original of 
     the End-User Contract and has either title to or a first priority 
     perfected security interest in the Equipment (except with respect to the 
     Minimum Value Filing Exception); the Equipment and the 


                                       45

<PAGE>

     End-User Contract are free and clear of all liens, claims or 
     encumbrances except for Permitted Liens; the Equipment or the Software 
     has been irrevocably accepted by the End-User and will perform as 
     warranted to the End-User; and the assigned End-User Contract was duly 
     authorized and signed by the End-User.

          2.   Remedies in the event of a misrepresentation or breach of a 
     warranty or covenant by the Vendor regarding an assigned End-User 
     Contract, which usually require the Vendor to repurchase the affected 
     End-User Contract for the Seller's investment balance in the End-User 
     Contract plus costs incurred by the Seller in breaking any underlying 
     funding arrangement (which may or may not be calculated in accordance 
     with a specified formula).

          3.   In the case of End-User Contracts covering Equipment, 
     remarketing support from the Vendor in the event of an End-User default 
     and subsequent repossession or return of the Equipment under the 
     End-User Contract (to assist the Seller in realizing proceeds from the 
     Equipment assigned as collateral security to support the obligations of 
     the End-User under the End-User Contract).

          4.   The right of the Seller to further assign its interests in 
     assigned End-User Contracts, all payments thereunder and any related 
     interest in Equipment.

     In addition to the foregoing, a Program Agreement may include recourse 
against the Vendor with respect to End-User defaults under certain identified 
End-User Contracts, (i) by specifying that the assignment of the End-User 
Contract from the Vendor to the Seller is with full recourse against the 
Vendor, (ii) by specifying that the Vendor will absorb a limited fixed dollar 
or percentage amount of "FIRST LOSSES" on the Contract, (iii) by inclusion of 
the End-User Contract in an "ULTIMATE NET LOSS POOL" ("UNL POOL") created 
under the Program Agreement as well as certain Vendor Guarantees ("Vendor 
Guarantees") with respect to certain End-User Contracts which are 
"CANCELLABLE" or which do not contain "HELL OR HIGH WATER" provisions or (iv) 
by providing for Vendor repurchase of the End-User Contract or Vendor 
indemnification payments for breaches of certain representations and 
warranties made by the Vendor with respect to such Contract.  In the event of 
an End-User default under an End-User Contract which was assigned by the 
Vendor to the Seller subject to the UNL Pool, the Seller may draw against the 
UNL Pool up to the amount of the Seller's remaining unpaid investment balance 
in the defaulted End-User Contract, but not in excess of the UNL Pool balance 
then available.  Drawings may also be made against the UNL Pool with respect 
to End-User Contracts that are not included in the Contract Pool and, 
accordingly, there can be no assurance that any amounts contributed by a 
Vendor to the UNL Pool will be available in the event of an End-User default 
under an End-User Contract included in the Contract Pool.

     The manner in which End-User Contracts are assigned to the Seller by the 
Vendors differs under each Program Agreement, depending upon the nature of 
the Financed Items, the form of the End-User Contract, the accounting 
treatment sought by the Vendor and the End-User, and certain tax 
considerations.

     For example, the Seller might (x) accept a Vendor Loan and collateral 
assignment of the End-User Contract and related Equipment (or security 
interest therein) from the Vendor, or (y) accept a full assignment of such 
End-User Contract and a collateral assignment of the related Equipment (or 
security interest therein) from the Vendor, which collateral assignment 
secures the End-User's obligations under the End-User Contract or Lease.  The 
Seller also may receive, from a Vendor with respect to Software, a full 
assignment of leases, installment payment agreements, installment payment 
supplements to license agreements, and other types of financing agreements 
used in financing Software license payments and related support and 
consulting services.  Such assignments may include an assignment of the 
Software Vendor's or licensor's right, or the agreement of the Vendor or 
licensor (at the Seller's instructions), to terminate the software license 
covered by the End-User Contract and suspend related support in the event of 
an End-User default under the End-User Contract.  In some cases, the Software 
Vendor also agrees not to relicense the same or similar software to a 
defaulted End-User for some period of time (E.G., one year) unless the 
End-User cures its default.

      It is also expected that some portion of the End-User Contracts 
included in the Contract Pool, especially in the case of CSAs, will consist 
of End-User Contracts originated by Vendors and assigned to the Seller 
pursuant to Vendor Assignments, each of which relates to an individual 
End-User Contract, rather than pursuant to a Program Agreement.  Each Vendor 
Assignment will either be made with or without recourse against the Vendor 
for End-User defaults and will generally contain many, if not all, of the 
representations, warranties and covenants typically contained in Program 
Agreements, as well as a Vendor repurchase requirement in the event of a 
breach by the Vendor of such representations, warranties or covenants.  
Vendor Assignments may or may not provide for any Vendor remarketing support 
in the event of an End-User default. 


                                       46

<PAGE>

RESIDUAL INVESTMENTS

     The Seller may finance all or a portion of the residual interest in the 
Equipment under certain Program Agreements and under direct transactions 
between the Obligor and the Seller. (Any investment by the Seller in such 
residual interest shall be referred to as a "RESIDUAL INVESTMENT".)  Certain 
Program Agreements provide that the Seller may, at its sole discretion and in 
connection with the funding of a "TRUE LEASE" of Equipment make a Residual 
Investment in the Equipment subject to a Contract by advancing additional 
funds against a portion of the anticipated residual value of the Equipment, 
and not just against the discounted present value of the rental payments due 
under the End-User Contract.  Such Residual Investments may take the form of 
an advance of the present value of some specified percentage of the 
anticipated residual value of the Equipment or a specified percentage 
(generally not greater than 10%) of the amount to be paid by the Seller in 
funding the present value of the rental payments due under the End-User 
Contract. Certain transactions involving Vendor Assignments result in the 
Seller advancing the entire purchase price of the Equipment subject to a 
"TRUE LEASE", taking title to the Equipment, and accepting an assignment of 
the "TRUE LEASE" Contract from a Vendor. Certain direct transactions between 
the Obligor under a "TRUE LEASE" Contract and the Seller also result in the 
Seller advancing the entire purchase price of the Equipment to the Vendor, 
taking title to the Equipment from the Vendor, and entering into a "TRUE 
LEASE" Contract with the Obligor (with the Seller named as "LESSOR" under 
such Contract).  In either of the two foregoing types of transactions, the 
Seller will have advanced more than the discounted present value of the rents 
payable under the "TRUE LEASE" Contracts by paying the purchase price for the 
Equipment, and so will have made a Residual Investment in the Equipment.

     In some Program Agreements, the Seller may make the Residual Investment 
in the form of a full recourse loan of additional funds to the Vendor, 
repayable by the Vendor at the expiration or termination of the End-User 
Contract with interest, secured by a security interest in the Equipment 
covered by the End-User Contract. In some transactions involving Vendor 
Assignments or direct transactions with Obligors under "TRUE LEASE" 
Contracts, the Seller may obtain the obligation of either the Vendor or the 
Obligor to purchase the Equipment at the end of the Lease term for the full 
amount of the Seller's Residual Investment in such Equipment with interest 
thereon.  (Any such transaction in which the Seller may look to either the 
Vendor or the Obligor, and not just the value of Equipment itself, to recover 
its Residual Investment with interest shall be referred to as a "GUARANTEED 
RESIDUAL INVESTMENT"). It is a condition to the issuance of the Notes that as 
of the related Closing Date, after giving effect to any Addition on such 
date, the aggregate amount of Guaranteed Residual Investments included in the 
Contract Pool will not exceed [       ]% of the ADCB of the Contract Pool.  
Other than Guaranteed Residual Investments, a Residual Investment is not 
included in the Discounted Contract Balance of any End-User Contract and, 
therefore, is not financed with the proceeds of the Notes (such Residual 
Investment being referred to herein as the "EXCLUDED RESIDUAL INVESTMENT").

     The Excluded Residual Investment associated with any End-User Contract 
included in the Contract Pool will not  be purchased by the Trust Depositor 
from the Seller under the Transfer and Sale Agreement, and will not be sold 
to the Trust under the Sale and Servicing Agreement. The Trust's interest in 
End-User Contracts with associated Residual Investments (other than 
Guaranteed Residual Investments) will be limited to the discounted present 
value of the rental payments due under the End-User Contract and a security 
interest in the related Equipment. The Seller may assign its Excluded 
Residual Investment to a third party (a "RESIDUAL ASSIGNEE"), including the 
security interest in the Equipment in respect of such Residual Investment 
(the "SUBORDINATED RESIDUAL INTEREST"), either prior to the inclusion of the 
related End-User Contract in the Contract Pool or thereafter. Under the 
Transfer and Sale Agreement, the Seller will warrant to the Trust Depositor 
and under the Sale and Servicing Agreement the Trust Depositor will warrant 
and covenant to the Trust, that any Subordinated Residual Interest will be 
subordinated to the interests of the Seller and the Trust, respectively, and 
that any Residual Assignee will bear the full risk of any deficiency in 
respect of the Residual Investment as a result of prior satisfaction of the 
Trust's interest in the related End-User Contract and the related Equipment.

CONTRACT FILES

     The Seller will indicate in the appropriate computer files relating to 
the Transferred Contracts that such Contracts have been transferred to the 
Trust for the benefit of the Noteholders.  The Seller will also deliver to 
the Indenture Trustee a computer file or microfiche or written list 
containing a true and complete list of all Contracts which have been  
transferred to the Trust, identified by account number and by the Discounted 
Contract Balance as of the Cutoff Date. 

COLLECTIONS ON CONTRACTS  

     All collections received with respect to the Contracts will be allocated 
as described herein.  See "DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES--ALLOCATIONS".  
Prepayments will be given effect as of the last day of the Collection Period 
in which they are received and Scheduled Payments of principal made in 
advance of their due date will be given effect on their due date.


                                       47

<PAGE>

                      PREPAYMENT AND YIELD CONSIDERATIONS

     The rate of principal payments on the Notes, the aggregate amount of 
each interest payment on the Notes and the yield to maturity of the Notes are 
directly related to the rate of payments on the underlying Contracts.  The 
payments on such Contracts may be in the form of Scheduled Payments, 
Prepayments or liquidations due to default, casualty and other events, which 
cannot be specified at present.  Any such payments may result in 
distributions to Noteholders of amounts which would otherwise have been 
distributed over the remaining term of the Contracts.  In general, the rate 
of such payments may be influenced by a number of factors, including general 
economic conditions.  The rate of principal payments with respect to any 
Class may also be affected by any repurchase by the Trust Depositor pursuant 
to the Sale and Servicing Agreement (and contemporaneously therewith by the 
Seller from the Trust Depositor pursuant to the Transfer and Sale Agreement), 
whether as a result of a breach of representation or warranty as to such 
Contract constituting a Warranty Contract, as defined herein, or at the Trust 
Depositor's and Seller's option upon satisfaction of the Cleanup Call 
Condition (and, in the case of Warranty Contracts, such rate of prepayment 
would also be influenced by the Trust Depositor's decision not to repurchase 
such Warranty Contract and instead, to accept a Substitute Contract therefor 
as described below).  In the event of a repurchase, the repurchase price will 
decrease the Discounted Contract Balance of the Contracts, leading to a 
principal repayment and causing the corresponding weighted average life of 
the Notes to decrease.  See "RISK FACTORS--PREPAYMENTS ON THE CONTRACTS 
AFFECT THE YIELD OF THE NOTES."

     In the event a Contract becomes a Defaulted Contract, an Adjusted 
Contract, an Early Termination Contract or a Warranty Contract (each as 
defined herein), the Seller will have the option to substitute for the 
affected Contract another of similar characteristics (a "SUBSTITUTE 
CONTRACT"), subject to an overall limitation, in respect of Defaulted 
Contracts or Adjusted Contracts only, of an aggregate amount not to exceed 
10% of the ADCB of the Contracts as of the initial Cutoff Date.   In 
addition, in the event of an Early Termination Contract (as defined herein) 
which has been prepaid in full, the Seller will have the option to transfer 
to the Trust through the Trust Depositor, and the Trust Depositor may cause 
the Trust to reinvest such prepayment proceeds in, an additional Contract of 
similar characteristics (an "ADDITIONAL CONTRACT").  The Substitute Contracts 
and Additional Contracts will have a Discounted Contract Balance equal to or 
greater than that of the Contracts being modified and/or replaced and the 
monthly payments on the Substitute Contracts or Additional Contracts will be 
at least equal to those of the replaced Contracts through the term of such 
replaced Contracts and shall provide for a last scheduled payment which is 
not in excess of the Contract substituted for unless the Servicer discounts 
the Substitute Contract's cash flows up to and including such last scheduled 
payment.  In the event that an Early Termination is allowed by the Servicer 
and an Additional Contract is not provided, the amount prepaid (whether by 
the related Obligor, or through a combination of payments from the related 
Obligor and the Seller/Servicer) will be equal to at least the Discounted 
Contract Balance of the terminated Contract.

     The yield to holders of the Notes will depend upon, among other things, 
the amount of and rate at which principal is paid to such Noteholders. The 
after-tax yield to Noteholders may be affected by lags between the time 
interest income accrues to Noteholders and the time the related interest 
income is received by the Noteholders.

     The following chart sets forth the percentage of the Initial Principal 
Amount of the Class A-1 Notes, the Class A-2 Notes, the Class A-3 Notes, the 
Class A-4 Notes, the Class B Notes and the C Notes which would be outstanding 
on the Distribution Dates set forth below assuming a conditional payment rate 
(a "CONDITIONAL PAYMENT RATE" or "CPR") of [    ]%,  [    ]%, [    ]% and 
[    ]%, respectively.  Such information is hypothetical and is set forth for 
illustrative purposes only.  The CPR assumes that a fraction of the 
outstanding Contract Pool is prepaid on each Distribution Date, which implies 
that each Contract in the Contract Pool is equally likely to prepay.  The CPR 
measures prepayments based on the outstanding Discounted Contract Balances of 
the Contracts, after the payment of all Scheduled Payments on the Contracts 
during such Collection Period.  The CPR further assumes that all Contracts 
are the same size and amortize at the same rate and that each Contract will 
be either paid as scheduled or prepaid in full.  The amounts set forth below 
are based upon the timely receipt of scheduled monthly Contract payments as 
of the Cutoff Date, assume that the Trust Depositor exercises its option to 
cause a redemption of the Notes in connection with the Cleanup Call 
Condition, assume the Closing Date is [             ], 1998 and are based 
upon the Discount Rate.

                                       48

<PAGE>


                           WEIGHTED AVERAGE LIFE OF THE NOTES AT THE 
                              RESPECTIVE CPR'S SET FORTH BELOW

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                  [  ]% CPR   [  ]% CPR    [  ]% CPR   [  ]% CPR   [  ]% CPR
<S>                             <C>         <C>          <C>        <C>         <C>
Class A-1 Notes . . . . . . . . . [  ]        [  ]         [  ]        [  ]        [  ]

Class A-2 Notes . . . . . . . . . [  ]        [  ]         [  ]        [  ]        [  ]

Class A-3 Notes . . . . . . . . . [  ]        [  ]         [  ]        [  ]        [  ]

Class A-4 Notes . . . . . . . . . [  ]        [  ]         [  ]        [  ]        [  ]

Class B Notes . . . . . . . . . . [  ]        [  ]         [  ]        [  ]        [  ]

Class C Notes . . . . . . . . . . [  ]        [  ]         [  ]        [  ]        [  ]


</TABLE>






                                       49

<PAGE>

                         WEIGHTED AVERAGE LIFE (YEARS)

     If the Trust Depositor does not exercise its option to cause a 
redemption of the Notes in connection with the Cleanup Call Condition, the 
average life of the Class A -1 Notes would be [       ] years, [       ] 
years, [       ] years and [       ] years, the average life of the Class A-2 
Notes would be [       ]years, [       ] years, [       ] years  and [       ]
years, the average life of the Class A -3 Notes would be [       ] years, 
[       ] years, [       ]years and [       ] years, the average life of the 
Class A-4 Notes would be [       ] years, [       ] years, [       ] years  
and [       ] years, the average life of the Class B Notes would be [       ] 
years, [       ] years, [       ] years and [       ] years, and the average 
life of the Class C Notes would be [       ] years, [       ] years, [       ]
years and [       ] years for the [    ]% CPR, [    ]% CPR, [     ]% CPR and 
[     ]% CPR scenarios, respectively.

     The weighted average life of a Class A-1 Note, a Class A-2 Note, a Class 
A-3 Note, a Class A-4 Note, a Class B Note or a Class C Note is determined by 
(a) multiplying the amount of cash distributions in reduction of the 
outstanding Class A-1 Principal Amount, outstanding Class A-2 Principal 
Amount, outstanding Class A-3 Principal Amount, outstanding Class A-4 
Principal Amount, outstanding Class B Principal Amount or outstanding Class C 
Principal Amount, as the case may be, on any given Distribution Date by the 
number of months from the Closing Date to such Distribution Date on which 
each such principal payment is made, (b) adding the results, and (c) dividing 
the sum by the Initial Class A-1 Principal Amount, Initial Class A-2 
Principal Amount, Initial Class A-3 Principal Amount, Initial Class A-4 
Principal Amount, Initial Class B Principal Amount or Initial Class C 
Principal Amount, as the case may be.
                                           
                          NEWCOURT CREDIT GROUP INC.
                          NEWCOURT FINANCIAL USA INC.
                                           
NEWCOURT USA

     Newcourt USA was incorporated on January 8, 1992 in Delaware and is a 
wholly-owned subsidiary of Newcourt Credit Group USA Inc.  Newcourt USA 
originates and acquires conditional sales agreements, leases, secured 
promissory notes, installment purchase agreements and other similar types of 
financing agreements through various vendor programs and purchase 
arrangements covering a variety of transportation, construction, information 
technology, communications, commercial and industrial, and resource 
equipment.  Newcourt USA's vendor financing arrangements are typically 
structured as (i) direct originations with customers and end-users of a 
vendor's products, either with or without recourse, or (ii) assignments of 
contracts, either with or without recourse, by a vendor to Newcourt USA.  

     Newcourt USA's principal executive offices are located at  2700 Bank One 
Tower, 111 Monument Circle, Suite 2700, Indianapolis, Indiana 46204 and its 
telephone number is (317) 767-0077.  Newcourt USA is a one-hundred percent 
(100%) owned subsidiary of Newcourt Credit Group USA, which is a one-hundred 
percent (100%) owned subsidiary of Newcourt.

NEWCOURT

     The obligations of Newcourt USA as Servicer under the Sale and Servicing 
Agreement will be guaranteed by Newcourt.  Newcourt is an independent 
financial services company which originates and manages asset-based 
financings. Newcourt was formed in 1984 as an investment bank which 
originated and structured asset-based financings for the corporate and 
institutional asset finance market and syndicated such financings to Canadian 
financial institutions.  In 1988, Newcourt broadened its activities to 
include vendor and direct equipment financing.  

     On January 12, 1998, Newcourt acquired all of the issued and outstanding 
common shares of AT&T Capital Corporation ("AT&T Capital") for an aggregate 
purchase price of approximately $1.6 billion (CAN $2.3 billion).  

     Newcourt is currently one of the world's leading non-bank financial 
institutions having approximately CAN $34.7 billion of owned and managed 
assets and CAN $3.9 billion equity capitalization at March 31, 1998.  
Newcourt currently has operations in 24 countries, providing full-service, 
diversified equipment leasing and finance services and products in the United 
States, Canada, Europe, the Asia/Pacific region, Mexico, and South America. 
Newcourt is the largest lessor of telecommunications equipment in the United 
States (based on the aggregate value of equipment leased or financed). 

     Newcourt and its subsidiaries originate their asset-based financings by 
providing services to specific segments of the vendor asset finance market 
and corporate and institutional asset finance market.  Newcourt's strategy 
has been to sell and manage, rather than own, a significant portion of the 
finance assets it and its subsidiaries originate, thereby reducing 


                                       50

<PAGE>

its capital requirements. Consequently, a significant portion of Newcourt's 
consolidated revenues are generated by gains and fees earned from the sale of 
financings it and its subsidiaries originate and by management fees earned 
following such sales.

     As of March 31, 1998, Newcourt had total assets of CAN $18,988,082,000, 
total liabilities of CAN $14,882,469,000, shareholders' equity of CAN 
$3,821,053,000 and total revenues and net income of CAN $324,764,000 and CAN 
$42,388,000, respectively. For the fiscal year ended December 31, 1997, 
Newcourt had total assets of CAN $6,183,016,000, total liabilities of CAN 
$3,121,523,000, shareholders' equity of CAN $3,061,493,000 and total revenues 
and net income of CAN $318,435,000 and CAN $36,421,000, respectively.

     Newcourt offers its financing services to clients through three 
primary business units: Newcourt Financial, Newcourt Capital, and Newcourt 
Services. Newcourt Financial, Newcourt's commercial finance business, 
provides asset-based financing for a variety of equipment to vendors and 
customers. Newcourt Capital, Newcourt's corporate finance business, 
provides structured corporate finance to a growing list of international 
clients, including major corporations, governments and agencies. Finally, 
Newcourt Services, Newcourt's control, growth and support services, is 
responsible for the underwriting, funding, administration and risk management 
needs of Newcourt Financial and Newcourt Capital.

     Newcourt Financial offers its lending services through select strategic 
relationships with equipment manufacturers, dealers and distributors and 
certain professional associations and organizations. Newcourt Financial's 
strategy focuses on the creation, maintenance and enhancement of vendor 
programs ensuring its position as the premier provider of global asset based 
financial products. Newcourt Financial focuses on the following sectors: 
Transportation and Industrial Finance, Technology Finance, Telecommunications 
Finance, Business Finance, Specialty Finance, Technology Services, 
International/Joint Ventures, and Operations.

     Newcourt Capital is the corporate finance business which provides asset 
based financing for high value assets and related advisory services to 
equipment manufacturers, corporate clients, governments and public sector 
agencies. Newcourt Capital focuses on the following sectors: Aerospace 
Finance, Rail Finance, Public Sector Finance, Project Finance, Structured 
Finance, Telecommunication and Media Finance, Business Finance, and 
Underwriting and Syndication.

     Newcourt Services is the service business unit responsible for providing 
cost effective control and support services to Newcourt Financial and 
Newcourt Capital. Newcourt Services consists of the following corporate 
functions: Treasury, Credit and Risk Management, Financial Reporting and 
Administration, Human Resources, Communications & Marketing, Tax Planning and 
Compliance, Systems Development, and Quality Assurance.

     Newcourt's principal executive offices are located at BCE Place, 181 Bay 
Street, Suite 3500, P.O. Box 827, Toronto, Ontario, Canada M5J 2T3 and its 
telephone number is (416) 594-2400.


                                    51
<PAGE>

CREDIT UNDERWRITING PROCESS

     CREDIT MANAGEMENT PHILOSOPHY. Newcourt's corporate credit philosophy 
strives to manage and limit credit risk in connection with its originations 
through adherence to credit adjudication policies and procedures for each of 
its business units as enumerated in Newcourt's Credit Manual. The Credit 
Manual defines but is not limited to (i) clearly defined underwriting 
criteria for each business segment, (ii) within each individual business 
segment, strict guidelines for certain equipment types and End-User types and 
(iii) the use of two forms of credit rating (as described below) on every 
approved transaction that quantify the financial strength of the End-User and 
the overall perceived risk rating of the transaction being approved. In 
addition, Newcourt has in place policies, controls, systems and procedures to 
promote early problem recognition and corrective action as well as facilitate 
consistent portfolio performance measurements. Newcourt also seeks to 
minimize its credit risk through diversification of its portfolio by 
customer, industry segment, equipment type, geographic location and 
transaction maturity.

     UNDERWRITING - GENERAL. Newcourt's underwriting standards are intended 
to evaluate a prospective customer's credit standing and repayment ability. 
Credit review procedures require the preparation of a credit application 
outlining the structure and purpose of the transaction, the background and 
business of the proposed End-User and the account executive's reasons for 
recommending approval. Newcourt's credit guidelines require financial 
statements covering three fiscal years and interim financial information if 
the most recent year-end financial statement is more than six months out of 
date. In cases where customers cannot readily provide such information, 
certain exceptions are permissible subject to the credit authority of 
Newcourt's experienced credit officers. If the assigned credit officer makes 
an initial determination that the request has sufficient merit to consider an 
approval and sufficient information is provided, the credit officer will 
prepare a full credit report and financial analysis which includes expanded 
basic information, an analysis of the financial condition performance and 
covenants of the proposed End-User, a review of the proposed End-User's 
banking facilities and contacts with credit agencies, and collateral and 
exposure analyses. The transaction will be assigned a grade based on the two 
credit rating systems described. If a favorable credit report approved by the 
credit officer is completed, approval of the new business is made at the 
appropriate level, depending on the size of the transaction. In cases in 
which credit approval is permitted to be made by a senior credit manager, 
such approvals are reviewed on a regular basis by a corporate vice president 
to ensure adherence to the appropriate approval policies. Credit 
authorization levels are reviewed at least annually by a committee of 
Newcourt's Board of Directors and approved by the Board of Directors.

     EXTERNAL CREDIT RATING SYSTEM (COVENANT-BASED RATING). If a potential 
End-User is publicly rated by an independent ratings agency for a similarly 
structured debt instrument, the public rating is used as the covenant-based 
rating. If a potential End-User is not publicly rated, it will be scored on a 
covenant-based rating system with six categories ranging from AAA to single 
B. This system is based on the methods commonly used to rate public and 
private debt issues which Newcourt USA has adapted to suit equipment 
financing and leasing transactions. The system is based on four key financial 
ratios: return on assets, long-term debt to equity, cash flow to long-term 
debt and interest coverage. Qualitative considerations include the reputation 
of the Vendor as well as existing vendor recourse agreements. Allowance is 
also made for being fully secured on the transaction. Newcourt USA and its 
subsidiaries will limit new financing commitments with potential End-Users 
that are rated a single B. With potential End-Users rated BB or lower, 
significant credit enhancements would be required, such as an extremely 
strong security position or full corporate guarantees from creditworthy 
companies, for any credit exposure to be considered. Newcourt USA's goal is 
to maintain a credit quality of its portfolio of End-Users of BBB or better.

     INTERNAL CREDIT RATING SYSTEM (ASSET-BASED RATING). An asset-based 
rating system has been developed by Newcourt and used by Newcourt USA to 
score every potential transaction in five categories ranging from 1 to 5. 
This system takes into account a broader range of factors than the 
covenant-based rating system, combining certain key financial ratios with 
collateral and business considerations. The evaluation of collateral examines 
the remarketability of the assets as well as the length of the finance term 
relative to the economic life of the assets. Newcourt USA will not, under 
normal circumstances, enter into any new transaction with a potential 
End-User rating of 5 and will enter into a new transaction with a potential 
End-User rating of 4 only in special circumstances. Newcourt USA's goal is to 
maintain an overall credit quality of 3 or better throughout its portfolio.

                                         52

<PAGE>

     ADVANCED CREDIT SCORING SYSTEM. A portion of the portfolio, representing 
small ticket commercial assets originated through certain of its vendor 
programs, is underwritten utilizing computerized credit scoring models. The 
computer makes the initial credit decision after consideration of the credit 
application data and credit bureau information based on statistical 
historical loss analysis and developed in conjunction with Fair Isaac. Fair 
Isaac is a major credit scoring company and has a long history of consumer, 
small business and related credit data. This empirical data is used to 
develop specific parameters within a designated group and to predict future 
delinquency and default rates. By setting approval cutoff levels on total 
scores at levels associated with predetermined default rates, Newcourt USA is 
able to provide a program level credit score according to its internal 
policies.

     VENDOR PROGRAMS. In initially establishing a Program Agreement or other 
form of financing arrangement with a Vendor, Newcourt USA completes a formal 
underwriting review of such Vendor to ensure that the Vendor can perform the 
financial and other obligations contained in any Vendor Agreement. This 
review encompasses a financial review, a product review (including an 
analysis of market acceptance of the Vendor's products) and a general 
operational and managerial review of the Vendor. Vendors must be established 
in their field and must market industry-accepted Equipment or other products. 
The Vendor must have a history of success, maintain a substantial market 
position and have sufficient financial resources to support the financing 
relationship contemplated by Newcourt USA. Program Agreements are continually 
monitored by Newcourt USA. Formal annual reviews are undertaken on each 
Vendor which cover general financial, operating and performance review as 
well as performance under the Program Agreement.

     PORTFOLIO MONITORING. Delinquency is tracked and calculated monthly for 
each major portfolio segment, including segmentation by classification of 
days past due. Credit losses are monitored each month and are compared with 
credit losses for previous months. The portfolio of assets owned and managed 
by Newcourt is monitored with the assistance of a comprehensive software 
featuring multi-currency processing functions, cash forecasting, customized 
data retrieval and tax functions. The degree to which accounts are reviewed 
is based upon outstanding balances as well as risk ratings. Standard 
documentation requires the End-User to provide annual financial statements 
within 120 days of its fiscal year-end and certain transactions may require 
quarterly or semi-annual financial statements as a condition of approval. A 
formal review of any account may be performed, if a credit officer determines 
that there appears to be a financial impairment in the End-User's repayment 
ability. Newcourt reviews these policies on a regular basis, taking into 
account changes in its asset portfolio mix including average loan balances, 
vendor program additions and loss levels. Any changes are subject to approval 
by a committee of the Board of Directors.



CONTRACT COLLECTIONS

     Newcourt USA's portfolio management unit is responsible for the ongoing 
management of portfolios.
     
     Newcourt USA will generate and mail to the End-Users (other than those 
End-Users whose payment obligations are evidenced by payment coupon books or 
whose payments are automatically debited from their accounts) monthly 
invoices and statements summarizing the account activity and current 
invoicing details. The invoiced amount will represent the contracted 
repayment amount under the End-User Contract inclusive of applicable taxes, 
if any. Copies of the invoices and statements will also be distributed to the 
appropriate offices of Newcourt USA for review.

     Newcourt USA's portfolio management unit is also responsible for the 
preparation of monthly reports on past due, delinquent and problem accounts, 
the collection and administration of such accounts, the preparation and 
recommendation of requests for account restructuring and/or payment 
rescheduling, and asset remarketing in cases of repossession or end of lease 
equipment returns pursuant to its credit and collection policy. Newcourt USA 
has no set policy on the timing of repossession, but its practice is to 
proceed to repossess as soon as required and usually no later than when an 
account is 180 days past due. In such situations, Vendors may decide to make 
payments on behalf of an End-User or, under certain Vendor Agreements, 
Vendors may be responsible for remarketing the repossessed Equipment.


                                      53

<PAGE>

CASH COLLECTIONS

     Payments by End-Users of amounts payable under their respective 
Contracts are made by check or wire transfer to a Newcourt USA's lock-box 
account. End-Users that wish to remit by wire transfer are provided with wire 
transfer instructions to remit to a lock-box account.

     Invoices sent to End-Users contain a remittance advice. The lock-box 
bank processes the deposits and credits the appropriate Newcourt bank 
accounts daily. A daily summary of deposits received by the lock box bank is 
forwarded to Newcourt USA, together with copies of the remittance advices and 
any other information passed along with the payment. Newcourt USA then 
matches the remittance advices to the cash deposits and applies the payments 
to the End-Users' accounts. Amounts received from an End-User with respect to 
a Secondary Contract are applied to the related Vendor Loan and reduce, on a 
dollar-for-dollar basis, amounts due under such Secondary Contract and 
related Vendor Loan. Unmatched deposits are recorded as unapplied cash for 
further review and processing after investigation by Newcourt USA.

WRITE-OFF POLICY

     When the recoverability of an account is in question, or if the underlying
collateral with respect to an account has been repossessed, Newcourt USA
generally will suspend the accrual of income on that account for Newcourt USA's
own accounting purposes.

     Upon the repossession of collateral, an evaluation of the collateral
involved is immediately undertaken in order to establish a liquidation value. 
After a liquidation value has been established, the difference between the net
book value of the account at the time of income suspension and the liquidation
value, if less than the net book value of the account, is stated as a "LIKELY
LOSS." The "LIKELY LOSS" amount may change, upward or downward, over a period of
time as more current or detailed information on the collateral is obtained. When
the collateral is sold, the difference between the net book value of the account
and the actual net sales proceeds, if less than the net book value of the
account, will be written off. If, however, there is any potential for future
recovery, the account will continue to be followed for the recovery of any
deficiency balance.  The write-off policy will be periodically reviewed and
modified.

READINESS FOR YEAR 2000

          Newcourt is addressing the Year 2000 issue from a global perspective. 
In early 1998, Newcourt established a global Year 2000 Program Office to provide
oversight from both a business and technical perspective.  The program will
coordinate vendors, consultants and regional Year 2000 resources.  Newcourt,
including Newcourt USA, plans to convert its critical systems by the end of 1998
with conversion of remaining systems and compliance testing and certification to
be completed in 1999.  As part of the integration strategy, Newcourt plans to
aggressively consolidate onto a limited set of identified Year 2000 compliant
systems in order to achieve operational efficiencies and to minimize the Year
2000 exposures and costs.
          
          Management does not anticipate that the total cost to Newcourt of
these Year 2000 compliance activities will be material to its financial position
or results of operations in any given year.


                                 THE TRUST DEPOSITOR

          The Trust Depositor is a wholly-owned bankruptcy-remote subsidiary 
of Newcourt Credit Group USA, formed solely for the purpose of acquiring from 
the Seller Contracts and Equipment as well as certain other financial assets 
from time to time and either issuing debt securities secured by, or selling 
interests in, identifiable fixed or revolving pools of such assets, or 
conveying or depositing the same into trusts or other securitization 
vehicles.  As a bankruptcy-remote entity, the Trust Depositor's operations 
will be restricted so that (a) it does not engage in business with, or incur 
liabilities to, any other entity (other than the Indenture Trustee on behalf 
of the Noteholders and the trustees or collateral agents on behalf of other 
securityholders under indentures, security agreements, pooling agreements or 
similar agreements or undertakings which provide for essentially nonrecourse, 
asset-backed financings) which may bring bankruptcy proceedings against the 
Trust Depositor and (b) the risk that it will be consolidated into the 
bankruptcy proceedings of any other entity is diminished.  The Trust 
Depositor will have no other assets available to pay amounts owing under the 
Indenture except the Trust Assets, including the Contracts and the interests 
in the Equipment, the proceeds thereof and the amounts on deposit in the 
Collection Account and the Reserve Fund.  The Trust Depositor's address is 
2700 Bank One Tower, 111 Monument Circle, Suite 2700, Indianapolis, Indiana 
46204, and its phone number is (317) 767-0077.


                                      54

<PAGE>

     As of the Cutoff Date, the Trust Depositor will convey to the Trust,
pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement, Contracts which were sold to the
Trust Depositor pursuant to the Transfer and Sale Agreement.

     The Trust Depositor has taken steps in structuring the transactions 
contemplated hereby that are intended to ensure that the voluntary or 
involuntary application for relief by Newcourt Credit Group USA or Newcourt 
USA under the United States Bankruptcy Code or similar applicable state laws 
or applicable laws of other countries ("INSOLVENCY LAWS") will not result in 
the consolidation of the assets and liabilities of the Trust Depositor with 
those of Newcourt Credit Group USA or Newcourt USA and its affiliates.  These 
steps include incorporating the Trust Depositor as a separate, special 
purpose company pursuant to a certificate of incorporation containing certain 
restrictions on the nature of its business and on its ability to commence a 
voluntary case or proceeding under any bankruptcy or insolvency law, or to 
cause the Trust to commence a voluntary case or proceeding under any 
bankruptcy or insolvency law, without the affirmative vote of  all of its 
directors, including its independent directors, and the requirement, set 
forth in the Trust Depositor's certificate of incorporation, that at all 
times no less than one member of the Board of Directors of the Trust 
Depositor will be an individual who has not been, within the previous five 
years, affiliated with Newcourt or any of its affiliates other than the Trust 
Depositor,  the Trust and other trusts formed for similar operations 
(Newcourt and each of its affiliates other than the Trust Depositor, the 
Trust and other trusts formed for similar operations, a "NEWCOURT ENTITY"). 
However, there can be no assurance that the activities of the Trust Depositor 
would not result in a court concluding that the assets and liabilities of the 
Trust Depositor should be consolidated with those of Newcourt Credit Group 
USA or Newcourt USA in a proceeding under any Insolvency Law.  See "RISK 
FACTORS--CERTAIN LEGAL RISKS" and "CERTAIN LEGAL RISKS OF THE 
CONTRACTS--CERTAIN MATTERS RELATING TO BANKRUPTCY".  In such event there is 
no assurance that the Trust would not become a debtor in such a bankruptcy 
case as well.

     The Trust Depositor will receive, on the Closing Date, a reasoned opinion
from its counsel concluding (although there is no case litigated on the merits
directly in point) that, subject to certain assumptions and qualifications
specified therein, in the event a Newcourt Entity were to become a debtor in a
case under the Bankruptcy Code, a bankruptcy court would not, on motion of such
Newcourt Entity, as debtor-in-possession, or any other party in interest in such
case, (a) substantively consolidate the Trust Depositor and Newcourt Credit
Group USA or Newcourt USA or (b) substantively consolidate the Trust and
Newcourt Credit Group USA or Newcourt USA.  The opinion assumes, among other
things, that (a) the Trust Depositor and the Trust will adhere to specified
operating procedures including, without limitation, (i) that at all times no
less than one member of the Board of Directors of the Trust Depositor will be an
individual who has not been, within the previous five years, affiliated with any
Newcourt Entity, (ii) the Trust's business  will be run by officers and
employees of the Indenture Trustee, (iii) the Trust Depositor will maintain its
own payroll and separate books of account and will maintain an office space
separate from any Newcourt Entity, (iv) neither the Trust Depositor nor the
Trust will, except as provided in the Sale and Servicing Agreement, commingle
any of its money or other assets with those of any Newcourt Entity, (v) the
Trust Depositor and the Trust will maintain separate bank accounts in its own
name or in the name of the Trust Depositor and (vi) except for the obligations
under the Transfer and Sale Agreement and similar obligations under similar
agreements, neither the Trust Depositor nor the Trust will acquire obligations
or securities of, or make loans or advances to, any Newcourt Entity, (b) the
Trust Depositor and the Trust will maintain an arm's-length relationship in all
transactions with each Newcourt Entity, (c) the purchase price for the Contracts
set forth in the Transfer and Sale Agreement represents fair and reasonably
equivalent value for the sale of the Contracts transferred thereunder to the
Trust Depositor, (d) the financing provided by the issuance of the Notes
constitutes a practical and reasonable course of action designed to improve the
financial position of Newcourt without impairing the rights of its creditors and
(e) the financing provided by the issuance of the Notes is being effected in
furtherance of Newcourt's ongoing business operations and not in contemplation
of bankruptcy.  The opinion is not binding on any court.  Accordingly, there can
be no assurance that a court will not reach a different conclusion.  If a court
concluded otherwise, or if an attempt were made to litigate any of  the
foregoing issues, delays of distributions on the Notes and possible reductions
in the amount of payments of principal of and interest on the Notes could occur.

     The Trust Depositor will not acquire any assets other than Trust Assets and
other assets transferred to the Trust Depositor pursuant to the Transfer and
Sale Agreement or other equipment and contracts transferred to the Trust
Depositor pursuant to similar agreements, including true leases (excluding any
Excluded Residual Investment), finance leases, loans, installment payment
obligations, receivables and other obligations received from Newcourt or its
affiliates.


                               DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES

     The statements under this caption are summaries, do not purport to be
complete and are subject to and qualified in their entirety by reference to the
Sale and Servicing Agreement and the Indenture (the "OPERATIVE DOCUMENTS").
Copies of the Sale and Servicing Agreement and the Indenture have been filed as
exhibits to the Registration Statement of which this Prospectus is a part.


                                      55

<PAGE>

GENERAL

     The Notes will consist of six Classes, the Class A-1 Notes, the Class A-2
Notes, the Class A-3 Notes, the Class A-4 Notes, the Class B Notes and the Class
C Notes.  The Notes will be issued pursuant to the Indenture between the Trust
and the Indenture Trustee.  Another class of Notes, the Subordinated Notes, will
also be issued but are not being offered pursuant to this Prospectus.  The
following summary describes the material terms of the Notes and is qualified in
its entirety by reference to the Sale and Servicing Agreement and the Indenture.

     The Class A-1 Notes, the Class A-2 Notes, the Class A-3 Notes, the Class 
A-4 Notes, the Class B Notes and the Class C Notes will initially be 
represented by one or more certificates registered in the name of the nominee 
of DTC (together with any successor depositary selected by the Trust 
Depositor, the "DEPOSITARY"), except as set forth below.  The Notes will be 
available for purchase in minimum denominations of $1,000 and in integral 
multiples thereof in book-entry form.  The Trust Depositor has been informed 
by DTC that DTC's nominee will be Cede.  See "--BOOK-ENTRY REGISTRATION" and 
"--DEFINITIVE NOTES" below.  Only the Notes will be offered hereby.

     The Indenture Trustee will be granted a first priority lien on the Trust
Assets to secure the Notes; PROVIDED, that distributions on the Notes (and each
Class thereof) will be allocated as provided herein.  The Notes are nonrecourse
obligations of the Trust only and do not represent interests in or obligations
of either the Seller, the Servicer or the Trust Depositor, or any affiliate
thereof.

INTEREST

     Interest on the Notes will be payable on each of the Distribution Dates
occurring on or prior to the earlier of (i) the date of payment in full of such
Notes and (ii) the Class A-1 Notes Maturity Date, the Class A-2 Notes Maturity
Date, the Class A-3 Notes Maturity Date or the Other Notes Maturity Date, as
applicable, for the Notes.  Interest will accrue at the applicable Class A-1
Interest Rate, the Class A-2 Interest Rate, the Class A-3 Interest Rate, the
Class A-4 Interest Rate, the Class B Interest Rate or the Class C Interest Rate,
for the period from and including the most recent Distribution Date on which
interest has been paid (or, in the case of the initial Distribution Date, from
and including the Closing Date) to but excluding the following Distribution Date
(each period for which interest accrues on the Notes, an "ACCRUAL PERIOD") on
the outstanding principal amount of such Notes as of the first day of such
Accrual Period.

     Interest on the Class A-1 Notes is payable on a Distribution Date from
Available Amounts on such date (and after application of such Available Amounts 
to repay any outstanding Servicer Advances and  to pay the Servicing Fee)
subject to the limitation described in the third succeeding paragraph. Such
Available Amounts represent primarily collections of payments due under the
Contracts, certain amounts received upon the prepayment or purchase of Contracts
or liquidation of the Contracts and disposition of the related Equipment upon
defaults thereunder, proceeds of Servicer Advances, if any, as well as amounts
in the Reserve Fund, if any.  

     Interest on the Class A-2 Notes is payable on a Distribution Date from
Available Amounts on such date, but only after the application of such Available
Amounts to repay any outstanding Servicer Advances, to pay the Servicing Fee,
and to pay interest on the Class A-1 Notes; subject to the limitation described
in the second succeeding paragraph.

     Interest on the Class A-3 Notes is payable on a Distribution Date from
Available Amounts on such date, but only after the application of such Available
Amounts to repay any outstanding Servicer Advances, to pay the Servicing Fee,
and to pay interest on the Class A-1 Notes and the Class A-2 Notes subject to
the limitation described in the next succeeding paragraph.

     Interest on the Class A-4 Notes is payable on a Distribution Date from 
Available Amounts on such date, but only after the application of such 
Available Amounts to repay any outstanding Servicer Advances, to pay the 
Servicing Fee, and to pay interest on the Class A-1 Notes, the Class A-2 
Notes and the Class A-3 Notes; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, after the occurrence and 
during the continuance of an Event of Default, interest on the Class A-1 
Notes, Class A-2 Notes, Class A-3 Notes and Class A-4 Notes will be paid 
pro-rata based upon the then outstanding principal amounts thereof.

     Interest on the Class B Notes is payable on a Distribution Date from
Available Amounts on such date, but only after the application of such Available
Amounts to repay any outstanding Servicer Advances, to pay the Servicing Fee,
and to pay interest on the Class A-1 Notes and the Class A-2 Notes.  


                                      56

<PAGE>

     Interest on the Class C Notes is payable on a Distribution Date from
Available Amounts on such date, but only after the application of such Available
Amounts to repay any outstanding Servicer Advances, to pay the Servicing Fee,
and to pay interest on the Class A-1 Notes, the Class A-2 and the Class B Notes.

PRINCIPAL

     The stated maturity of the Class A-1 Notes is the [            ]
Distribution Date; the stated maturity of the Class A-2 Notes is the 
[         ] Distribution Date; the stated maturity of the Class A-3 Notes is 
the [    ] Distribution Date.  The Class A-4 Notes, the Class B Notes and the 
Class C Notes will have a stated maturity of the [                    ]
Distribution Date.   However, if all payments on the Contracts are made as 
scheduled, final payment with respect to the Notes would occur prior to 
stated maturity.

     Principal of the Class A-1 Notes will be payable on each Distribution Date
in an amount equal to the Class A-1 Principal Payment Amount for such
Distribution Date to the extent Available Amounts are available therefor, but
after payment from such Available Amounts of unpaid Servicer Advances, the
Servicing Fee and interest payments on the Notes and the Subordinated Notes.

     Principal of the Class A-2 Notes will be payable on each Distribution Date
in an amount equal  to the Class A-2 Principal Payment Amount for such
Distribution Date to the extent Available Amounts are available therefor, but
after payment from such Available Amounts of unpaid Servicer Advances, the
Servicing Fee, interest payments on the Notes and the Subordinated Notes and the
payment of the Class A-1 Principal Payment Amount.  See "--ALLOCATIONS" herein.

     Principal of the Class A-3 Notes will be payable on each Distribution Date
in an amount equal to the Class A-3 Principal Payment Amount for such
Distribution Date to the extent Available Amounts are available therefor, but
after payment from such Available Amounts of unpaid Servicer Advances, the
servicing fee, interest payments on the Notes and Subordinated Notes and the
payment of the Class A-1 Principal Payment Amount and Class A-2 Principal
Payment Amount.

     Principal of the Class A-4 Notes will be payable on each Distribution Date
in an amount equal to the Class A-4 Principal Payment Amount for such
Distribution Date to the extent Available Amounts are available therefor, but
after payment from such Available Amounts of unpaid Servicer Advances, the
servicing fee, interest payments on the Notes and Subordinated Notes and the
payment of the Class A-1 Principal Payment Amount, Class A-2 Principal Payment
Amount and Class A-3 Principal Payment Amount.  

     Principal of the Class B Notes will be payable on each Distribution Date in
an amount equal to the Class B Principal Payment Amount for such Distribution
Date  to the extent Available Amounts are available therefor, but after payment
from such Available Amounts of unpaid Servicer Advances, the Servicing Fee,
interest payments on the Notes and the Subordinated Notes, and the payment of
the Class A-1 Principal Payment Amount, the Class A-2 Principal Payment Amount,
the Class A-3 Principal Payment Amount and the Class A-4 Principal Payment
Amount.  See "--ALLOCATIONS" herein.

     Principal of the Class C Notes will be payable on each Distribution Date in
an amount equal to the Class C Principal Payment Amount for such Distribution
Date to the extent Available Amounts are available therefor, but after payment
from such Available Amounts of unpaid Servicer Advances, the Servicing Fee,
interest payments on the Notes and the Subordinated Notes, and the payment of
the Class A -1 Principal Payment Amount, the Class A-2 Principal Payment Amount,
the Class A-3 Principal Payment Amount, the Class A-4 Principal Payment Amount
and the Class B Principal Payment Amount.  See "--ALLOCATIONS" herein.

     The Notes will mature and be due and payable on the Class A-1 Notes
Maturity Date, the Class A-2 Notes Maturity Date, the Class A-3 Notes Maturity
Date or the Other Notes Maturity Date, as applicable.  Prior thereto, amounts to
be applied in reduction of the outstanding Principal Amount of any Note,
including the payment of the Class A-1 Principal Payment Amount, the Class A-2
Principal Payment Amount, the Class A-3 Principal Payment Amount, the Class A-4
Principal Payment Amount, the Class B Principal Payment Amount or the Class C
Principal Payment Amount payable on any Distribution Date, will not be due and
payable, although the failure of the Trust Depositor or Servicer to remit any
Available Amounts (including Available Amounts to be used to make a Class A-1
Principal Payment Amount, a Class A-2 Principal Payment Amount, a Class A-3
Principal Payment Amount, a Class A-4 Principal Payment Amount, a Class B
Principal Payment Amount or a Class C Principal Payment Amount) will, after the
applicable grace period, constitute an Event of Default under the Indenture. 
See "-- EVENTS OF DEFAULT".

     As used herein, the following terms shall have the following meanings:


                                      57

<PAGE>

          The "ADCB" or "AGGREGATE DISCOUNTED CONTRACT BALANCE" means, with
     respect to the Contracts, the sum of the Discounted Contract Balances
     of each Contract included in the group of Contracts for which an ADCB 
     determination is being made.

          "Additional Principal" with respect to any Distribution Date, an 
amount equal to (a) the Total Principal Payment Amount, less (b) the Class 
A-1 Principal Payment Amount, the Class A-2 Principal Payment Amount, the 
Class A-3 Principal Payment Amount, the Class A-4 Principal Payment Amount, 
the Class B Principal Payment Amount, the Class C Principal Payment Amount, 
the Class D Principal Payment Amount and the Class E Principal Payment Amount.

           "AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT" means, for any group of Notes at
     any date of determination, the sum of the Principal Amounts of such
     Notes at such date.

          "CLASS A PERCENTAGE" means [     ]%.

          "CLASS A NOTES" means the Class A-1 Notes, the Class A-2 Notes,
     the Class A-3 Notes and the Class A-4 Notes.

          "CLASS B PERCENTAGE" means [     ]%.

          "CLASS C PERCENTAGE" means [     ]%.

          "CLASS D PERCENTAGE" means [     ]%.

          "CLASS E PERCENTAGE" means [     ]%.

          "CLASS A-1 PRINCIPAL PAYMENT AMOUNT" means, with respect to any
     Distribution Date and the Class A-1 Notes, the lesser of (a) the
     Principal Amount of the Class A-1 Notes, and (b) (i) prior to the
     occurrence of any Event of Default, the Total Principal Payment
     Amount and (ii) following the occurrence and during the continuance of an
     Event of Default, all remaining Available Amounts after payment has
     been made in accordance with paragraphs (A) through (G) in
     "DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES -- ALLOCATIONS; FOLLOWING AN EVENT OF
     DEFAULT".

          "CLASS A-2 PRINCIPAL PAYMENT AMOUNT" means, with respect to the
     Class A-2 Notes and any Distribution Date, (a) $0 until the Principal
     Amount of the Class A-1 Notes has been paid in full, and (b)
     thereafter, the lesser of (i) the Principal Amount of the Class A-2
     Notes and (ii) (A) prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default, the
     difference between (1) the Principal Amount of all the Class A Notes
     immediately prior to such Distribution Date, and (2) the Class A
     Target Principal Amount, and (B) following the occurrence and during
     the continuance of an Event of Default, all remaining Available
     Amounts after payment has been made in accordance with  paragraphs 
     (A) - (H) in "DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES -- ALLOCATIONS; FOLLOWING AN EVENT
     OF DEFAULT".

          "CLASS A-3 PRINCIPAL PAYMENT AMOUNT" means, with respect to the
     Class A-3 Notes and any Distribution Date, (a) $0 until the Principal
     Amount of the Class A-1 and the Class A-2 Notes has been paid in full,
     and (b) thereafter, the lesser of (i) the Principal Amount of the
     Class A-3 Notes and (ii) (A) prior to the occurrence of an Event of
     Default, the difference between (1) the Principal Amount of all the
     Class A Notes immediately prior to such Distribution Date, and (2) the
     Class A Target Principal Amount, and (B) following the occurrence and
     during the continuance of an Event of Default, all remaining Available
     Amounts after payment has been made in accordance with paragraphs 
     (A) - (I) in "DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES -- ALLOCATIONS; FOLLOWING AN EVENT
     OF DEFAULT".

          "CLASS A-4 PRINCIPAL PAYMENT AMOUNT" means, with respect to the
     Class A-4 Notes and any Distribution Date, (a) $0 until the Principal
     Amount of the Class A-1 Notes, the Class A-2 Notes and the Class A-3
     Notes has been paid in full, and (b) thereafter, the lesser of (i) the
     Principal Amount of the Class A-4 Notes and (ii) (A) prior to the
     occurrence of an Event of Default, the difference between (1) the
     Principal Amount of all the Class A Notes immediately prior to such
     Distribution Date, and (2) the Class A Target Principal Amount, and
     (B) following the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of
     Default, all remaining Available


                                      58

<PAGE>

     Amounts after payment has been made in accordance with paragraphs (A) - (J)
     in "DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES -- ALLOCATIONS; FOLLOWING AN EVENT OF
     DEFAULT".
     

          "CLASS B PRINCIPAL PAYMENT AMOUNT" means, with respect to the
     Class B Notes and any Distribution Date, (a) $0 until the Principal
     Amount of the Class A-1 Notes has been paid in full, and (b)
     thereafter, the lesser of (i) the Principal Amount of the Class B
     Notes and (ii) (A) prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default, the
     difference between (1) the Principal Amount of the Class B Notes
     immediately prior to such Distribution Date, and (2) the greater of
     (x) the Class B Target Principal Amount and (y) the Class B Floor and
     (B) following the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of
     Default, (1) until the Principal Amount of the Class A-2 Notes, the
     Class A-3 Notes and the Class A-4 Notes has been paid in full, $0 and
     (2) thereafter, all remaining Available Amounts after payment has been
     made in accordance with paragraphs (A) - (K) in "DESCRIPTION OF THE
     NOTES -- ALLOCATIONS; FOLLOWING AN EVENT OF DEFAULT".

          "CLASS C PRINCIPAL PAYMENT AMOUNT" means, with respect to the
     Class C Notes and any Distribution Date, (a) $0 until the Principal
     Amount of the Class A-1 Notes has been paid in full, and (b)
     thereafter, the lesser of (i) the Principal Amount of the Class C
     Notes and (ii) (A) prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default, the
     difference between (1) the Principal Amount of the Class C Notes
     immediately prior to such Distribution Date, and (2) the greater of
     (x) the Class C Target Principal Amount and (y) the Class C Floor, and
     (B) following the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of
     Default, (1) until the Principal Amount of the Class A-2 Notes, the
     Class A-3 Notes, the Class A-4 Notes and the Class B Notes has been
     paid in full, $0 and (2) thereafter, all remaining Available Amounts
     after payment has been made in accordance with paragraphs (A) - (L) in
     "DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES -- ALLOCATIONS; FOLLOWING AN EVENT OF
     DEFAULT".

          "CLASS D PRINCIPAL PAYMENT AMOUNT" means, with respect to the
     Class D Notes and any Distribution Date, (a) $0 until the Principal
     Amount of the Class A-1 Notes has been paid in full, and (b)
     thereafter, the lesser of (i) the Principal Amount of the Class D
     Notes and (ii) (A) prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default, the
     difference between (1) the Principal Amount of the Class D Notes
     immediately prior to such Distribution Date, and (2) the greater of
     (x) the Class D Target Principal Amount and (y) the Class D Floor, and
     (B) following the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of
     Default, (1) until the Principal Amount of the Class A-2 Notes, the
     Class A-3 Notes, the Class A-4 Notes, the Class B Notes and the Class
     C Notes has been paid in full, $0 and (2) thereafter, all remaining
     Available Amounts after payment has been made in accordance with
     paragraphs (A) - (M) in "DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES -- ALLOCATIONS;
     FOLLOWING AN EVENT OF DEFAULT".

          "CLASS E PRINCIPAL PAYMENT AMOUNT" means, with respect to the
     Class E Notes and any Distribution Date, (a) $0 until the Principal
     Amount of the Class A-1 Notes has been paid in full, and (b)
     thereafter, the lesser of (i) the Principal Amount of the Class E
     Notes and (ii) (A) prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default, the
     difference between (1) the Principal Amount of the Class E Notes
     immediately prior to such Distribution Date, and (2) the greater of
     (x) the Class E Target Principal Amount and (y) the Class E Floor, and
     (B) following the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of
     Default, (1) until the Principal Amount of the Class A-2 Notes, the
     Class A-3 Notes, the Class A-4 Notes, the Class B Notes, the Class C
     Notes  and the Class D Notes has been paid in full, $0 and (2)
     thereafter, all remaining Available Amounts after payment has been
     made in accordance with paragraphs (A) - (N) in "DESCRIPTION OF THE
     NOTES -- ALLOCATIONS; FOLLOWING AN EVENT OF DEFAULT".
     
           "CLASS A TARGET PRINCIPAL AMOUNT" means, with respect to any
     Distribution Date, the product of (a) the Class A Percentage and (b)
     the ADCB for all Contracts held by the Trust as of the last day of the
     Collection Period immediately preceding such Distribution Date.

          "CLASS B TARGET PRINCIPAL AMOUNT" means, with respect to any
     Distribution Date, the product of (a) the Class B Percentage and (b)
     the ADCB for all Contracts held by the Trust as of the last day of the
     Collection Period immediately preceding such Distribution Date.

          "CLASS C TARGET PRINCIPAL AMOUNT" means, with respect to any
     Distribution Date, the product (a) the Class C Percentage and (b) the
     ADCB for all Contracts held by the Trust as of the last day of the
     Collection Period immediately preceding such Distribution Date.


                                      59

<PAGE>

          "CLASS D TARGET PRINCIPAL AMOUNT" means, with respect to any
     Distribution Date, the product of (a) the Class D Percentage and
     (b) the ADCB for all Contracts held by the Trust as of the last day of the
     Collection Period immediately preceding such Distribution Date.

          "CLASS E TARGET PRINCIPAL AMOUNT" means, with respect to any
     Distribution Date, the product of (a) the Class E Percentage and 
     (b) the ADCB for all Contracts held by the Trust as of the last day of the
     Collection Period immediately preceding such Distribution Date.

          "CLASS B FLOOR" means, with respect to each Distribution Date,
     (a) [        ]% of the ADCB of the Contract Pool as of the initial
     Cutoff Date, plus (b) the Cumulative Loss Amount with respect to such
     Distribution Date, minus (c) the sum, immediately prior to such
     Distribution Date, of the Principal Amount of the Class C Notes, the
     Principal Amount of the Class D Notes, the Principal Amount of the
     Class E Notes and the amount on deposit in the Reserve Account.

          "CLASS C FLOOR" means, with respect to each Distribution Date,
     (a) [        ]% of the ADCB of the Contract Pool as of the initial
     Cutoff Date, plus (b) the Cumulative Loss  Amount with respect to such
     Distribution Date, minus (c) the sum, immediately prior to such
     Distribution Date, of the Principal Amount of the Class D Notes, the
     Principal Amount of the Class E Notes and the amount on deposit in the
     Reserve Account, PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if the Principal Amount of
     the Class B Notes is less  than or equal to the Class B Floor, on such
     Distribution Date, the Class C Floor will equal the Principal Amount
     of the Class C Notes utilized in the calculation of the Class B Floor
     for such Distribution Date.

          "CLASS D FLOOR" means, with respect to each Distribution Date,
     (a) [       ]% of the ADCB of the Contract Pool as of the initial
     Cutoff Date, plus (b) the Cumulative Loss Amount with respect to such
     Distribution Date, minus (c) the sum, immediately prior to such
     Distribution Date, of the Principal Amount of the Class E Notes and
     the amount on deposit in the Reserve Account, PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that
     if the Principal Amount of the Class C Notes is less than or equal to
     the Class C Floor, on such Distribution Date, the Class D Floor will
     equal the Principal Amount of the Class D Notes utilized in the
     calculation of the Class C Floor for such Distribution Date.

          "CLASS E FLOOR" means, with respect to each Distribution Date,
     (a) [        ]% of the ADCB of the Contract Pool as of the initial
     Cutoff Date, plus (b) the Cumulative Loss Amount with respect to such
     Distribution Date, minus (c) the amount on deposit in the Reserve
     Account, PROVIDED, HOWEVER that if the Principal Amount of the Class D
     Notes is less than or equal to the Class D Floor, on such Distribution
     Date, the Class E Floor will equal the Principal Amount of the Class E
     Notes utilized in the calculation of the Class D Floor for such
     Distribution Date.

           "CUMULATIVE LOSS AMOUNT" means, with respect to each
     Distribution Date, an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (a) the
     total of (i) the Principal Amount of the Notes and Subordinated Notes
     as of the immediately preceding Distribution Date after giving effect
     to all payments made on such Distribution Date, minus (ii) the lesser
     of (A) the ADCB for all Contracts held by the Trust as of the last day
     of the Collection Period related to the immediately preceding
     Distribution Date minus the ADCB for all Contracts held by the Trust
     as of the last day of the Collection Period related to such
     Distribution Date and (B) Available Amounts remaining after the
     payment of amounts owing the Servicer and in respect of interest on
     the Notes and the Subordinated Notes on such Distribution Date over
     (b) the ADCB of all Contracts held by the Trust as of the last day of
     the Collection Period related to such Distribution Date.

          "DISCOUNTED CONTRACT BALANCE" means, with respect to any
     Contract, (A) as of the related Cutoff Date, the present value of all
     of the remaining Scheduled Payments becoming due under such Contract
     after the applicable Cutoff Date discounted monthly at the Discount
     Rate and (B) as of any other date of determination, the sum of (1) the
     present value of all of the remaining Scheduled Payments becoming due
     under such Contract on or after such date of determination discounted
     monthly at the Discount Rate, and (2) the aggregate amount of all
     Scheduled Payments due and payable under such Contract after the
     applicable Cutoff Date and prior to such date of determination (other
     than Scheduled Payments related to Contracts that have become
     Defaulted Contracts or Prepaid Contracts, and which have not been
     replaced with an Additional Contract or Substitute Contract) that have
     not then been received by the Servicer.


                                      60

<PAGE>

          The Discounted Contract Balance for each Contract shall be calculated
assuming:

          (a)  All payments due in any Collection Period are due on
               the last day of the Collection Period;

          (b)  Payments are discounted on a monthly basis using a 30 day
               month and a 360 day year; and

          (c)  All security deposits and drawings under letters of credit,
               if any, issued in support of a Contract are applied to
               reduce Scheduled Payments in inverse order of the due date
               thereof.

          "PRINCIPAL AMOUNT" of a Class of Notes or Subordinated Notes
     means the aggregate initial principal amount thereof reduced by 
     (i) the aggregate amount of any Distributions applied in reduction of such
     principal amount and (ii) the aggregate amount of any Distributions
     then on deposit in the note or certificate payment account, if any,
     for such Class of Notes or Subordinated Notes established in
     accordance with the Indenture or the Sale and Servicing Agreement and
     to be applied in reduction of such principal amount in accordance
     therewith.

          "SCHEDULED PAYMENTS" means, with respect to any Contract, the
     monthly or quarterly or semi-annual or annual rent or financing
     (whether principal or principal and interest) payment scheduled to be
     made by the related Obligor under the terms of such Contract after the
     related Cutoff Date (it being understood that Scheduled Payments do
     not  include any Excluded Amounts or Excluded Residual Investment).

          "TOTAL PRINCIPAL PAYMENT AMOUNT" means, with respect to any
Distribution Date, the difference between (a) the aggregate outstanding
principal of all Classes of Notes and Subordinated Notes and (b) the ADCB for
all Contracts held by the Trust as of the last day of the Collection Period
immediately preceding such Distribution Date.


ALLOCATIONS

     PRIOR TO AN EVENT OF DEFAULT.  On the second Business Day prior to each
Distribution Date (each, a "DETERMINATION DATE"), prior to the occurrence of an
Event of Default, the Servicer shall instruct the Indenture Trustee to withdraw,
and on the succeeding Distribution Date the Indenture Trustee acting in
accordance with such instructions shall withdraw, the amounts required to be
withdrawn from the Collection Account, and the Reserve Fund if necessary, in
order to make the following payments or allocations from the Available Amounts
(which shall include amounts, if any, withdrawn from the Reserve Fund) for the
related Distribution Date (in each case, such payment or transfer to be made
only to the extent funds remain available therefor after all prior payments and
transfers for such Distribution Date have been made), in the following order of
priority:

          (A)  pay to the Servicer, the amount of any unreimbursed Servicer
               Advances;

          (B)  pay to the Servicer, the monthly Servicing Fee for the
               preceding monthly period together with any amounts in
               respect of the Servicing Fee that were due in respect of
               prior monthly periods that remain unpaid;

          (C)  pay to the Indenture Trustee, on behalf of the Class A-1
               Notes, an amount equal  to interest accrued in respect of
               such Class A-1 Notes  for the Accrual Period immediately
               preceding such Distribution Date, together with any such
               amounts  that accrued in respect of prior Accrual Periods
               for which no allocation was previously made;

          (D)  pay to the Indenture Trustee, on behalf of the Class A-2
               Notes, an amount equal  to interest accrued in respect of
               such Class A-2 Notes  for the Accrual Period immediately
               preceding such Distribution Date, together with any such
               amounts  that accrued in respect of prior Accrual Periods
               for which no allocation was previously made;

          (E)  pay to the Indenture Trustee, on behalf of the Class A-3
               Notes, an amount equal  to interest accrued in respect of
               such Class A-3 Notes  for the Accrual Period immediately
               preceding such Distribution Date, together with any such
               amounts  that accrued in respect of prior Accrual Periods
               for which no allocation was previously made;


                                      61

<PAGE>

          (F)  pay to the Indenture Trustee, on behalf of the Class A-4
               Notes, an amount equal  to interest accrued in respect of
               such Class A-4 Notes  for the Accrual Period immediately
               preceding such Distribution Date, together with any such
               amounts  that accrued in respect of prior Accrual Periods
               for which no allocation was previously made;

          (G)  pay to the Indenture Trustee, on behalf of the Class B
               Notes, an amount equal to the interest accrued thereon for
               the Accrual Period immediately preceding  such Distribution
               Date, together with any such amounts that accrued in respect
               of prior Accrual Periods for which no allocation was
               previously made;

          (H)  pay to the Indenture Trustee, on behalf of the Class C
               Notes, an amount equal to interest accrued thereon for the
               Accrual  Period immediately preceding such Distribution
               Date, together with any such amounts that accrued in respect
               of prior Accrual Periods for which no allocation was
               previously made;

          (I)  pay to the holders of the Class D Notes an amount equal to 
               interest accrued in respect of the Accrual Period immediately 
               preceding such Distribution Date, together with any such 
               amounts that accrued in respect of prior Accrual Periods for 
               which no allocation was previously made;

          (J)  pay to the holders of the Class E Notes an amount equal
               to interest accrued in respect of the Accrual Period
               immediately preceding such Distribution Date, together with
               any such amounts that accrued in respect of prior Accrual
               Periods for which no allocation was previously made;

          (K)  pay to the Indenture Trustee, on behalf of the Class A-1
               Notes, the Class A-1 Principal Payment Amount for such
               Distribution Date; PROVIDED, if the amount to be allocated
               pursuant to this clause exceeds the amount needed to repay
               the Class A-1 Principal Payment Amount in full, then such
               excess shall be applied in repayment of principal on the
               Class A-2 Notes;

          (L)  pay to the Indenture Trustee, on behalf of the Class A-2
               Notes, the A-2 Principal Payment Amount for such
               Distribution Date; PROVIDED, if the amount to be allocated
               pursuant to this clause exceeds the amount needed to repay
               the Class A-2 Principal Payment Amount in full, then such
               excess shall be applied in repayment of principal on the
               Class A-3 Notes;

          (M)  pay to the Indenture Trustee, on behalf of the Class A-3
               Notes, the Class A-3 Principal Payment Amount for such
               Distribution Date; PROVIDED, if the amount to be allocated
               pursuant to this clause exceeds the amount needed to repay
               the Class A-3 Principal Payment Amount in full, then such
               excess shall be applied in repayment of principal on the
               Class A-4 Notes;

          (N)  pay to the Indenture Trustee, on behalf of the Class A-4
               Notes, the Class A-4 Principal Payment Amount for such
               Distribution Date; PROVIDED, if the amount to be allocated
               pursuant to this clause exceeds the amount needed to repay
               the Class A-4 Principal Payment Amount in full, then such
               excess shall be applied in repayment of principal on the
               Class B Notes;

          (O)  pay to the Indenture Trustee, on behalf of the Class B Notes, 
               the Class B Principal Payment Amount for such Distribution 
               Date; PROVIDED, if the amount to be allocated pursuant to this 
               clause exceeds the amount needed to repay the Class B 
               Principal Payment Amount in full, then such excess shall be 
               applied in repayment of principal on the Class C Notes; 

          (P)  pay to the Indenture Trustee, on behalf of the Class C Notes, 
               the Class C Principal Payment Amount for such Distribution 
               Date; PROVIDED, if the amount to be allocated pursuant to this 
               clause exceeds the amount needed to repay the Class C 
               Principal Payment Amount in full, then such excess shall be 
               applied in repayment of principal on the Class D Notes;

          (Q)  pay to the holders of the Class D Notes the Class D
               Principal  Payment Amount for such Distribution Date;
               PROVIDED, if the amount to be allocated pursuant to this
               clause exceeds the amount needed to repay the Class D Notes
               principal in full then such excess shall be allocated
               consistent with the next succeeding paragraph;

          (R)  pay to the holders of the Class E Notes the Class E
               Principal  Payment Amount for such Distribution Date;
               PROVIDED, if the amount to be allocated pursuant to this
               clause exceeds the 


                                      62

<PAGE>

               amount needed to repay the Class E Notes principal in full then 
               such excess shall be allocated consistent with the next 
               succeeding paragraph;

          (S)  pay the Additional Principal, if any, to the Class A Notes
               sequentially until the Principal Amount of each of the Class
               A Notes have been reduced to zero, then to the Class B Notes
               until the Principal Amount of the Class B Notes has been
               reduced to zero, then to the Class C Notes until the
               Principal Amount of the Class C Notes has been reduced to
               zero, then to the Class D Notes until the Principal Amount
               of the Class D Notes has been reduced to zero, then to the
               Class E Notes until the Principal Amount of the Class E
               Notes has been reduced to zero;

          (T)  pay to the Indenture Trustee for deposit into the Reserve
               Fund any Available Amounts not necessary to make the
               payments described in paragraph (A) through (S) above to
               the extent that such amount is necessary to meet the Reserve
               Fund Amount; and

          (U)  any excess shall be paid to the holder of the Certificates.      

     As used herein, "AVAILABLE AMOUNTS" means as of any Distribution Date, the
sum of (i) all amounts on deposit in the Collection Account as of the
immediately preceding Determination Date on account of Scheduled Payments
inclusive of such payments received through Vendor recourse or support and
agreements, but excluding the Excluded Amounts and any Excluded Residual
Investment due on or before, as well as Prepayments received on or before, the
last day of the Collection Period immediately preceding such Distribution Date
(other than Excluded Amounts and any Excluded Residual Investment); (ii)
Recoveries on account of previously Defaulted Contracts received as of the
immediately preceding Determination Date; (iii) such amounts as from  time to
time may be held in the Collection Account, together with earnings on funds
therein, (iv) any late charges relating to a Contract provided such late charges
were included in the Contract's terms  as of the Cutoff Date ("LATE CHARGES")
and (v) any amounts received with respect to the Guaranteed Residual
Investments.

         Pursuant to the Indenture, the Indenture Trustee will distribute
amounts received from the Indenture Trustee in accordance with the foregoing to
the Class A-1 Noteholders, Class A-2 Noteholders, Class A-3 Noteholders, Class
A-4 Noteholders, Class B Noteholders, Class C Noteholders and the holders of the
Subordinated Notes represented thereby PRO RATA in accordance with the
respective amounts owed thereto.

     FOLLOWING AN EVENT OF DEFAULT.  On each Determination Date after the
occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Servicer shall
instruct the Indenture Trustee to withdraw, and on the succeeding Distribution
Date the Indenture Trustee, acting in accordance with such instructions, shall
withdraw, the amounts required to be withdrawn from the Collection Account, and
the Reserve Fund if necessary, in order to make the following payments or
allocations from the Available Amounts (which shall include amounts, if any,
withdrawn from the Reserve Fund) for the related Distribution Date (in each
case, such payment or transfer to be made only to the extent funds remain
available therefor after all prior payments and transfers for such Distribution
Date have been made), in the following order of priority:

          (A)  pay to the Indenture Trustee, the amount of any unpaid fees,
               expenses, late charges or other losses;

          (B)  pay to the Servicer, the amount of any unreimbursed Servicer
               Advance;

          (C)  pay to the Servicer, the monthly Servicing Fee for the
               preceding monthly period together with any amounts in
               respect of the Servicing Fee that were due in respect of
               prior monthly periods that remain unpaid;

          (D)  pay to the Indenture Trustee, on behalf of the Class A-1
               Notes, the Class A-2 Notes, the Class A-3 Notes and the
               Class A-4 Notes, an amount equal to interest accrued in
               respect of such Class A-1 Notes, the Class A-2 Notes, the
               Class A-3 Notes and the Class A-4 Notes for the Accrual
               Period immediately preceding such Distribution Date,
               together with any such amounts that accrued in respect of
               prior Accrual Periods for which no allocation was previously
               made; PROVIDED, that if the Available Amounts remaining to
               be allocated pursuant to this clause are less than the  full
               amount required to be so paid, such  remaining Available
               Amounts shall be allocated to each Class A-1 Note, Class A-2
               Note, Class A-3 Note and Class A-4 Note PRO RATA based on
               the outstanding principal amount thereof;


                                       63
<PAGE>


          (E)  pay to the Indenture Trustee, on behalf of the Class B
               Notes, an amount equal to the interest accrued thereon for
               the Accrual Period immediately preceding  such Distribution
               Date, together with any such amounts that accrued in respect
               of prior Accrual  Periods for which no allocation was
               previously made; PROVIDED, that if the Available Amounts
               remaining to be allocated pursuant to this clause are less
               than the full amount required to be so paid, such remaining
               Available Amounts shall be allocated to each Class B Note
               PRO RATA based on the outstanding principal amount thereof;

          (F)  pay to the Indenture Trustee, on behalf of the Class C
               Notes, an amount equal to interest accrued in respect of the
               Class C Notes for the Accrual Period immediately preceding
               such Distribution Date, together with any such amounts that
               accrued in respect of prior Accrual Periods for which no
               allocation was previously made; PROVIDED, that if the
               Available Amounts remaining to be allocated pursuant to this
               clause are less than the full amount required to be so paid,
               such remaining  Available Amounts shall be allocated to each
               Class C Note PRO RATA based on the outstanding principal
               amount thereof;

          (G)  pay to the Indenture Trustee, on behalf of the Class D Notes, 
               an amount equal to interest accrued in respect of the Class D 
               Notes for the Accrual Period immediately preceding such 
               Distribution Date, together with any such amounts that accrued 
               in respect of prior Accrual Periods for which no allocation 
               was previously made; PROVIDED, that if the Available Amounts 
               remaining to be allocated pursuant to this clause are less 
               than the full amount required to be so paid, such remaining 
               Available Amounts shall be allocated to each Class D Note 
               PRO RATA based on the outstanding principal amount thereof;

          (H)  pay to the Indenture Trustee, on behalf of the Class E Notes, 
               an amount equal to interest accrued in respect of the Class E 
               Notes for the Accrual Period immediately preceding such 
               Distribution Date, together with any such amounts that accrued 
               in respect of prior Accrual Periods for which no allocation 
               was previously made; PROVIDED, that if the Available Amounts 
               remaining to be allocated pursuant to this clause are less 
               than the full amount required to be so paid, such remaining  
               Available Amounts shall be allocated to each Class E Note 
               PRO RATA based on the outstanding principal amount thereof;

          (I)  pay to the Indenture Trustee, on behalf of the Class A-1
               Notes the Class A-1 Principal Payment Amount for such
               Distribution Date; PROVIDED (i)  that if the Available
               Amounts remaining to be allocated pursuant to this clause
               are less than the full amount required to be so allocated,
               such remaining Available Amounts shall be allocated to each
               Class A-1 Note PRO RATA based on the outstanding principal
               amount thereof, and (ii) if the amount to be allocated
               pursuant to this clause exceeds the amount needed to repay
               the outstanding Class A-1 Note principal in full, then such
               excess shall be applied in  repayment of principal on the
               Class A-2 Notes;

          (J)  pay to the Indenture Trustee, on behalf of the Class A-2
               Notes the Class A-2 Principal Payment Amount for such
               Distribution Date; PROVIDED (i)  that if the Available
               Amounts remaining to be allocated pursuant to this clause
               are less than the full amount required to be so allocated,
               such remaining Available Amounts shall be allocated to each
               Class A-2 Note, respectively PRO RATA based on the
               outstanding principal amount thereof, and (ii) if the amount
               to be allocated pursuant to this clause exceeds the amount
               needed to repay the outstanding Class A-2 Note principal in
               full, then such excess shall be applied in  repayment of
               principal on the Class A-3 Notes;

          (K)  pay to the Indenture Trustee, on behalf of the Class A-3
               Notes the Class A-3 Principal Payment Amount for such
               Distribution Date; PROVIDED (i)  that if the Available
               Amounts remaining to be allocated pursuant to this clause
               are less than the full amount required to be so allocated,
               such remaining Available Amounts shall be allocated to each
               Class A-3 Note, respectively PRO RATA based on the
               outstanding principal amount thereof, and (ii) if the amount
               to be allocated pursuant to this clause exceeds the amount
               needed to repay the outstanding Class A-3 Note principal in
               full, then such excess shall be applied in  repayment of
               principal on the Class A-4 Notes;

          (L)  pay to the Indenture Trustee, on behalf of the Class A-4
               Notes the Class A-4 Principal Payment Amount for such
               Distribution Date; PROVIDED (i)  that if the Available
               Amounts remaining to be allocated pursuant to this clause
               are less than the full amount required to be so allocated,
               such remaining Available Amounts shall be allocated to each
               Class A-4 Note, respectively PRO RATA based on the
               outstanding principal amount thereof, and (ii) if the amount
               to be allocated pursuant to this clause exceeds the amount
               needed to repay the outstanding Class A-4 Note principal in
               full, then such excess shall be applied in  repayment of
               principal on the Class B Notes;


                                        64
<PAGE>


          (M)  pay to the Indenture Trustee, on behalf of the holders of
               the Class B Notes, the Class B Principal Payment Amount for
               such Distribution Date; PROVIDED (i) that if the Available
               Amounts remaining to be allocated pursuant to this clause
               are less than the full amount required to be so paid, such
               remaining Available Amounts shall be allocated to each Class
               B Note PRO RATA based on the outstanding principal amount
               thereof, and (ii) if the amount to be allocated pursuant to
               this clause exceeds the amount needed to repay outstanding
               Class B Note principal in full, then such excess shall be
               applied in repayment of principal on the Class C Notes;

          (N)  pay to the Indenture Trustee, on behalf of the holders of
               the Class C Notes,  the Class C Principal Payment Amount for
               such Distribution Date; PROVIDED (i) that if the Available 
               Amounts remaining to be allocated pursuant to this clause
               are less than the full amount required to be so paid, such
               remaining Available Amounts shall be allocated to each Class
               C Note PRO RATA based on the outstanding principal amount
               thereof, and (ii) if the amount to be allocated pursuant to
               this clause exceeds the amount needed to repay outstanding
               Class C Note principal in full, then such excess shall be
               applied in  repayment of principal on the Class D Notes; and
          
          (O)  pay to the holders of the Class D Notes the Class D
               Principal Payment Amount for such Distribution Date;
               PROVIDED (i) that if the Available Amounts remaining to be
               allocated pursuant to this clause are less than the full
               amount required to be so  paid, such remaining Available
               Amounts shall be allocated to each Class D Note PRO RATA
               based on the outstanding principal amount thereof, and (ii)
               if the amount to be allocated pursuant to this clause
               exceeds the amount needed to repay outstanding Class D Notes
               principal in full, then such excess shall be paid to the
               holder of the Class E Notes.

          (P)  pay to the holders of the Class E Notes the Class E
               Principal Payment Amount for such Distribution Date;
               PROVIDED (i) that if the Available Amounts remaining to be
               allocated pursuant to this clause are less than the full
               amount required to be so  paid, such remaining Available
               Amounts shall be allocated to each Class E Note PRO RATA
               based on the outstanding principal amount thereof, and (ii)
               if the amount to be allocated pursuant to this clause
               exceeds the amount needed to repay outstanding Class E Notes
               principal in full, then such excess shall be paid to the
               holder of the Certificates.

RESERVE FUND

GENERAL

     The Reserve Fund will be an account in the name of the Indenture Trustee on
behalf of the Noteholders and the holders of the Subordinated Notes.  The
Reserve Fund will be created with an initial deposit by the Trust Depositor on
the Closing Date of an amount equal to the Reserve Fund Amount.

     If the amount on deposit in the Reserve Fund on any Distribution Date
(after giving effect to all deposits thereto or withdrawals therefrom on such
Distribution Date) is greater than the Reserve Fund Amount, the Indenture
Trustee will distribute any excess to the holder of the Certificates.  Upon any
such distributions to the holder of the Certificates, the Noteholders and the
holders of the Subordinated Notes will have no further rights in, or claims to,
such amounts.

     If on any Distribution Date the principal balance of the Subordinated Notes
equals zero and amounts on deposit in the Reserve Fund have been depleted as a
result of losses in respect of the Contracts, the protection afforded to the
Noteholders by the Subordinated Notes and by the Reserve Fund will be exhausted
and the Noteholders will bear directly the risks associated with the ownership
of the Contracts.

     None of the Noteholders, the Indenture Trustee, the Owner Trustee, the
Seller nor the Trust Depositor will be required to refund any amounts properly
distributed or paid to them whether or not there are sufficient funds on any
subsequent Distribution Date to make full distributions to the Noteholders.

     The Servicer may, from time to time after the date of this Prospectus
request each Rating Agency that rated the Notes to, at the request of the Trust
Depositor, approve a formula for determining the Reserve Fund Amount that is
different from the formula described above and would result in a decrease in the
amount of the Reserve Fund Amount or the manner by 


                                      65
<PAGE>


which the Reserve Fund is funded.  If each Rating Agency delivers a letter to 
the Indenture Trustee and the Owner Trustee to the effect that the use of any 
such new formulation will not in and of itself result in a qualification, 
reduction or withdrawal of its then-current rating of any Class of Notes, 
then the Reserve Fund Amount will be determined in accordance with such new 
formula.  The Agreement will accordingly be amended to reflect such new 
calculation without the consent of any Noteholder.

WITHDRAWALS FROM THE RESERVE FUND

     Amounts held from time to time in the Reserve Fund will continue to be held
for the benefit of the Noteholders and the holders of the Subordinated Notes. 
On each Distribution Date, funds will be withdrawn from the Reserve Fund to the
extent that Available Amounts with respect to any Distribution Date are less
than the amount necessary to pay interest on the Notes and the Subordinated
Notes; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an
Event of Default amounts in the Reserve Fund shall be available to pay the
principal on the most senior outstanding Class of Notes or, if no Notes are
outstanding, the Subordinated Notes; PROVIDED FURTHER, in the event the
Available Amounts are insufficient to pay outstanding principal on the Class A-1
Notes on the Class A-1 Notes Maturity Date amounts in the Reserve Fund may be
utilized to make principal payments on the Class A-1 Notes.  Additionally, to
the extent monies are present in the Reserve Fund as of the Class A-2 Notes
Maturity Date, the Class A-3 Notes Maturity Date or the Other Notes Maturity
Date (as applicable), to the extent necessary, such monies shall be applied to
pay the principal of the most senior outstanding Class of Notes, or, if no Notes
are outstanding, the Subordinated Notes.

DEFAULTED CONTRACTS

     A Contract will automatically be deemed to be in default (a "DEFAULTED
CONTRACT") if (i)  it is more than 180 days past due; (ii) if at any time the
Servicer determines, in accordance with its customary and usual practices, that
such Contract is not collectible (and taking into account any available Vendor
recourse); or (iii) the End-User under such Contract becomes the subject of an
Insolvency Event.  The current policy of the Servicer with respect to writing
off Contracts is described in "NEWCOURT CREDIT GROUP USA INC.--WRITE-OFF POLICY"
above.

         Upon classification as a Defaulted Contract, the Servicer shall
accelerate all payments due thereunder or take such other action as the Servicer
reasonably believes will maximize the amount of Recoveries in respect thereof
and shall otherwise follow its customary and usual collection procedures, which
may include the repossession and sale of any related Equipment or other
Applicable Security on behalf of the Trust.  Any recoveries on account of a
previously Defaulted Contract (including proceeds of repossessed Equipment or
other Applicable Security or other property, Insurance Proceeds, amounts
representing late fees and penalties and amounts subsequently received pursuant
to a  Program Agreement with a Vendor, but net of amounts representing costs and
expenses of liquidation incurred by the Servicer; such recoveries net of such
amounts, "RECOVERIES") shall be deemed to be Available Amounts.

COLLECTION ACCOUNT

         The Servicer, for the benefit of the Noteholders, shall cause to be 
established and maintained in the name of the Indenture Trustee, with an 
office or branch of a depositary institution or trust company (which may 
include the Indenture Trustee) organized under the laws of the United States 
of America or any one of the states thereof and located in the state 
designated by the Servicer, a  segregated corporate trust account (the 
"COLLECTION ACCOUNT") bearing a designation clearly indicating that the funds 
deposited therein are held in trust for the benefit of the Noteholders; 
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that at all times such depositary institution or trust 
company shall be (a) the corporate trust department of the Indenture Trustee 
or, (b) a depositary institution organized under the laws of the United 
States of America or any one of the states thereof or the District of 
Columbia (or any domestic branch of a foreign bank), (i)(A) which has either 
(1) a long-term unsecured debt rating acceptable to the Rating Agencies or 
(2) a short-term unsecured debt rating or certificate of deposit rating 
acceptable to the Rating Agencies, (B) the parent corporation of which has 
either (1) a long-term unsecured debt rating acceptable to the Rating 
Agencies or (2) a short-term unsecured debt rating or certificate of deposit 
rating acceptable to the Rating Agencies or (C) is otherwise acceptable to 
the Rating Agencies and (ii) whose deposits are insured by the Federal 
Deposit Insurance Corporation (the "FDIC"; any such depositary institution or 
trust company, a "QUALIFIED INSTITUTION"). Funds in the Collection Account 
generally will be invested in (i) obligations fully guaranteed by the United 
States of America, (ii) demand deposits, time deposits or certificates of 
deposit of depositary institutions or trust companies having commercial paper 
with the highest rating from each Rating Agency, (iii) commercial paper (or 
other short term obligations) having, at the time of the Trust's investment 
therein, the highest rating from each Rating Agency, (iv) demand deposits, 
time deposits and certificates of deposit which are fully insured by the 
FDIC, (v) notes or bankers' acceptances issued by any depositary institution 
or trust company described in (ii) above, (vi) money market funds which have 
the highest rating from, or have otherwise been approved in writing by, each 
Rating Agency, (vii) time deposits with an entity, the commercial paper of 
which has the highest 


                                     66
<PAGE>


rating from the Rating Agency, (viii) eligible repurchase agreements, and 
(ix) any other investments approved in writing by the Rating Agency 
(collectively, "ELIGIBLE INVESTMENTS").  Such funds may be invested in debt 
obligations of Newcourt or its affiliates so long as such obligations qualify 
as Eligible Investments.  Any earnings (net of losses and investment 
expenses) on funds in the Collection Account will be held therein and be 
treated as Available Amounts.  The Servicer will have the revocable power to 
instruct the Indenture Trustee to make withdrawals and payments from the 
Collection Account for the purpose of carrying out its duties under the Sale 
and Servicing Agreement.

REPLACEMENT ACCOUNTS

     If any institution with which any of the accounts established pursuant to
the Sale and Servicing  Agreement or the Indenture are established ceases to be
a Qualified Institution, the Servicer or the Indenture Trustee (as the case may
be) shall, within ten Business Days, establish a replacement account at a
Qualified Institution after notice thereof.

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

     Allocations of Available Amounts will be made as described above under
"--ALLOCATIONS; PRIOR TO AN EVENT OF DEFAULT" unless and until an Event of
Default has occurred and is continuing, in which case allocations of Available
Amounts will be made as described above under "--ALLOCATIONS; FOLLOWING AN EVENT
OF DEFAULT".   An "EVENT OF DEFAULT"  refers to any of the following events:

          (a)  failure to pay the Principal Amount of any Note, if
               any, on its related Maturity Date;

          (b)  a default for five or more calender days in the payment
               of interest due on any Class A Note, Class B Note or
               Class C Note;

          (c)  (i) failure on the part of the Seller to make any
               payment or deposit required under the Sale and
               Servicing Agreement or Transfer and Sale Agreement 
               within three Business Days after the date the payment
               or deposit is  required to be made, or (ii) failure on
               the part of any Seller, the Trust Depositor, the Trust
               or the Owner Trustee to observe or perform any other
               covenants or agreements of such entity set forth in the
               Transfer and Sale Agreement, Sale and Servicing
               Agreement or the Indenture, which failure has a
               material adverse effect on the Noteholders and which
               continues unremedied for a period of 60 days after
               written notice;  PROVIDED, that no such 60-day cure
               period shall apply in the case of a failure by the
               Seller to perform their joint and several agreement to
               accept reassignment of Ineligible Contracts, and
               FURTHER PROVIDED,  that only a five day cure period
               shall apply in the case of a failure by any Seller, the
               Trustee or the Owner Trustee to observe their
               respective covenants not to grant a security interest
               in or otherwise intentionally create a lien on the
               Contracts;

          (d)  any representation or warranty made by the Seller, the
               Trust Depositor, the Trustee or the Owner Trustee in
               the Sale and Servicing Agreement or the Indenture or
               any information required to be given by the Seller or
               the Trust Depositor to the Indenture Trustee to
               identify the Contracts proves to have been incorrect in
               any material respect when made and continues to be
               incorrect in any material respect for a period of 60
               days after written notice and as a result of which the
               interests of the Noteholders are materially and
               adversely affected; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that an Event of
               Default shall not be deemed to occur thereunder if the
               Seller has repurchased the related Contracts through
               the Trust Depositor during such period in accordance
               with the provisions of the Sale and Servicing Agreement
               and the Transfer and Sale Agreement;

          (e)  the occurrence of an Insolvency Event relating to the
               Seller, the Trust Depositor or the Trust;

          (f)  the Trust becomes an "INVESTMENT COMPANY" within the
               meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as
               amended; or

          (g)  a Servicer Default has occurred and is continuing.


                                    67


<PAGE>

     In the case of any event described in clause (a), (b), (c), (d) or (g) 
above, an Event of Default with respect to the Notes will be deemed to have 
occurred provided such Event of Default may be waived if the Required Holders 
provide written notice to the Trust Depositor and the Servicer of such 
waiver. In the event the Indenture Trustee has actual knowledge of an Event 
of Default, it will be required to notify, among others, the Trust Depositor, 
the Seller, the Servicer and the Owner Trustee.

     If an Insolvency Event relating to the Trust Depositor occurs, pursuant 
to the Sale and Servicing Agreement, on the day of such Insolvency Event, the 
Trust Depositor will promptly give notice to the Indenture Trustee of the 
Insolvency Event, and the Indenture Trustee will, if directed by the Required 
Holders (as defined in the next succeeding paragraph), promptly act to sell, 
dispose of or otherwise liquidate the Contracts in a commercially reasonable 
manner and on commercially reasonable terms.  The proceeds from any such 
sale, disposition or liquidation of Contracts will be deposited in the 
Collection Account and allocated as described in the Sale and Servicing 
Agreement and herein.  If the proceeds of any collections on Contracts in the 
Collection Account allocated to Noteholders of any Class is not sufficient to 
pay the Principal Amount of the Notes of such Class in full, such Noteholders 
will incur a loss.

     As used herein, "REQUIRED HOLDERS" means (i) prior to the payment in 
full of  the Class A Notes outstanding, Class A-1 Noteholders, Class A-2 
Noteholders, Class A-3 Noteholders and Class A-4 Noteholders voting as a 
single class evidencing more than 66 2/3% of the Aggregate Principal Amount 
of the Class A Notes,  (ii) from and after the payment in full of the Class A 
Notes outstanding, Class B Noteholders holding Class B Notes evidencing more 
than 66 2/3% of the Aggregate Principal Amount of the Class B Notes 
outstanding, (iii) from and after the  payment in full of the Class B Notes 
outstanding, Class C Noteholders holding Class C Notes evidencing more than 
66 2/3% of the Aggregate Principal Amount of the Class C Notes outstanding, 
(iv) from and after the payment in full of the Class C Notes outstanding, 
Class D Notes evidencing more than 66 2/3% of the Aggregate Principal Amount 
of the Class D Notes and (v) from and after the payment in full of the Class 
D Notes outstanding, Class E Notes evidencing more than 66 2/3% of the 
Aggregate Principal Amount of the Class E Notes.

SERVICING COMPENSATION AND PAYMENT OF EXPENSES

     The Servicer's compensation with respect to its servicing activities and 
reimbursement for its expenses for any Collection Period will be a servicing 
fee (the "SERVICING FEE") calculated monthly, and payable on each 
Distribution Date, in an amount equal to the product of (i) one-twelfth, (ii) 
 .60% (such percentage, the "SERVICING FEE PERCENTAGE") and (iii) the ADCB of 
the Contract Pool as of the beginning of the related Collection Period.  The 
Servicing Fee will be funded from Available Amounts and will be paid on the 
Distribution Date with respect to each Collection Period from the Collection 
Account.

     The Servicer will pay from its servicing compensation certain expenses 
incurred in connection with servicing the Contracts including, without 
limitation, expenses related to the enforcement of the Contracts, payment of 
the fees and disbursements of the Indenture Trustee and Owner Trustee and 
independent accountants, casualty insurance on Equipment (to the extent the 
Contracts provide for the Seller to pay such insurance) and other fees which 
are not expressly stated in the Sale and Servicing Agreement to be payable by 
the Trust, the Noteholders or the Trust Depositor (other than federal, state, 
local and foreign income, franchise or other taxes based on income, if any, 
or any interest or penalties with respect thereto, imposed upon the Trust).  
In the event that Newcourt USA is acting as Servicer and fails to pay the 
fees and disbursements of the Indenture Trustee or Owner Trustee (the 
"TRUSTEES"), such Trustee will be entitled to receive the portion of the 
Servicing Fee that is equal to such unpaid amounts.  In no event will the 
Noteholders be liable to the Trustees for the Servicer's failure to pay such 
amounts, and any such amounts so paid to the Trustees will be treated as paid 
to the Servicer for all other purposes of the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

RECORD DATE

         Payments on the Notes will be made as described herein to the 
Noteholders in whose names the Notes were registered (expected to be Cede, as 
nominee of DTC) at the close of business on the Record Date.  However, the 
final payment on the Notes offered hereby will be made only upon presentation 
and surrender of such Notes.  All payments with respect to the principal of 
and interest on the Notes (each, a "DISTRIBUTION") will be made to DTC in 
immediately available funds.  See "DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES--BOOK-ENTRY 
REGISTRATION".

OPTIONAL TERMINATION

         On any Distribution Date occurring on or after the date on which the
ADCB of the Contract Pool is less than 10%  of the initial ADCB of the Contract
Pool as of the Cutoff Date (the "CLEANUP CALL CONDITION"), the Trust Depositor
will have the option to cause the Trust to purchase (without penalty) all, but
not less than all, of the remaining outstanding Notes and 

                                       68
<PAGE>

Subordinated Notes.  The redemption price will be equal to the sum of the 
outstanding principal amount of the Notes and Subordinated Notes, together 
with accrued interest thereon through the date of redemption, and shall be 
payable to the holders of the Notes and Subordinated Notes on such 
Distribution Date from the proceeds of the Trust's sale to the Trust 
Depositor (and the Trust Depositor's concurrent resale to the Seller), for a 
repurchase price equal to such redemption price, of the remaining Contract 
Pool and other Trust Assets held by the Trust.  Following any redemption, the 
Noteholders will have no further rights with respect to the Trust Assets.

REPORTS

     No later than the second Business Day prior to each Distribution Date, 
the Servicer will forward to the Indenture Trustee and each Rating Agency a 
statement (the "MONTHLY REPORT") prepared by the Servicer setting forth 
certain information with respect to the Trust and the Notes and Subordinated 
Securities, including: (i) the ADCB (A) as of the end of the related 
Collection Period and (B) as of the end of the second Collection Period 
preceding such Distribution Date (or, in the case of Contracts that were 
first added to the Contract Pool during the related Collection Period, as of 
the Cutoff Date for such Contracts); (ii) the Class A-1 Principal Payment 
Amount, the Class A-2 Principal Payment Amount, the Class A-3 Principal 
Payment Amount, the Class A-4 Principal Payment Amount, the Class B Principal 
Payment Amount, the Class C Principal Payment Amount, the Class D Principal 
Payment Amount and the Class E Principal Payment Amount (including the 
calculations utilized in the determination thereof); (iii) the ADCB of 
Contracts held by the Trust which were 30, 60, 90 and 120 days or more 
delinquent as of the end of such Collection Period; (iv) the Discounted 
Contract Balance of each Contract in the Contract Pool that became a 
Defaulted Contract during such Collection Period and cumulatively for each 
preceding Collection Periods; (v) the monthly Servicing Fee for such 
Collection Period; and (vi) the Available Amounts with respect to the related 
Collection Period (including the calculation utilized in the determination 
thereof).

     With respect to each Distribution Date, the Monthly Report also will 
include the following information with respect to the Notes: (i) the total 
amount distributed; (ii) the amount allocable to principal on the Notes and 
each Class thereof; (iii) the amount allocable to interest on the Notes and 
each Class thereof; and (iv) the amount, if any, by which the unpaid 
principal amount of the Notes of each Class exceeds the Principal Amount of 
such Class as of the Record Date with respect to such Distribution Date.  On 
each Distribution Date, the Indenture Trustee (or an agent on its behalf), 
will forward to each Noteholder of record a copy of the Monthly Report.

     On or before January 31 of each calendar year, commencing January 31, 
1999, the Indenture Trustee (or an agent on its behalf) will furnish (or 
cause to be furnished) to each person who at any time during the preceding 
calendar year was a Noteholder of record, a statement containing the 
information required to be provided by an issuer of indebtedness under the 
Code for such preceding calendar year or the applicable portion thereof 
during which such person was a Noteholder, together with such other customary 
information as is necessary to enable the Noteholders to prepare their tax 
returns.  See "CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX MATTERS".

LIST OF NOTEHOLDERS

     At such time, if any, as Definitive Notes have been issued, upon written 
request of any Noteholder or group of Noteholders of record holding Notes 
evidencing not less than 10% of the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the 
Notes, the Indenture Trustee will afford such Noteholders access during 
normal business hours to the current list of Noteholders for purpose of 
communicating with other Noteholders with respect to their rights under the 
Indenture, the Sale and Servicing Agreement or the Notes.  While the Notes 
are held in book-entry form, holders of beneficial interests in the Notes 
will not have access to a list of other holders of beneficial interests in 
the Notes, which may impede the ability of such holders of beneficial 
interests to communicate with each other.  See "--BOOK-ENTRY REGISTRATION" 
below.

ADMINISTRATION AGREEMENT

     Newcourt USA, in its capacity as administrator (in such capacity, the 
"ADMINISTRATOR" ), will enter into an agreement (the "ADMINISTRATION 
AGREEMENT") with the Trust, the Trust Depositor and the Indenture Trustee 
pursuant to which the Administrator will agree, to the extent provided in the 
Administration Agreement, to provide the notices and to perform other 
administrative obligations required to be provided or performed by the Trust 
or the Owner Trustee under the Indenture.  The Administrator in the 
Administration Agreement agrees to perform certain accounting functions of 
the Trust which the Owner Trustee is required to perform pursuant to the 
Trust Agreement, including but not limited to maintaining the books of the 
trust, filing tax returns for the trust, and delivering tax related reports 
to each Noteholder (except the Owner Trustee shall retain responsibility for 
distributing the Schedule K-1s).  As compensation for the performance of the 
Administrator's obligations under the Administration Agreement and as 
reimbursement for its expenses related thereto, the Administrator will be 
entitled 

                                       69
<PAGE>

to a monthly administration fee (the "ADMINISTRATION FEE"), which fee will be 
paid by the Servicer out of the Servicing Fee, if available.

BOOK-ENTRY REGISTRATION

     Noteholders may only hold their Notes through DTC (in the United States) 
or CEDEL or Euroclear (in Europe) if they are participants of such systems, 
or indirectly through organizations which are participants in such systems.

     Cede, as nominee for DTC, will hold the global Class A-1 Note or Notes, 
the global Class A-2 Note or Notes, the global Class A-3 Note or Notes, the 
global Class A-4 Note or Notes, the global Class B Note or Notes, and the 
global Class C Note or Notes.  CEDEL and Euroclear will hold omnibus 
positions on behalf of their participants through customers' securities 
accounts in CEDEL's and Euroclear's names on the books of their respective 
Depositaries (as defined herein) which in turn will hold such positions in 
customers' securities accounts in the Depositaries' names on the books of 
DTC.  Citibank will act as depositary for CEDEL and Morgan Guaranty Trust 
will act as depositary for Euroclear (in such capacities, the "DEPOSITARIES").

     DTC is a limited-purpose trust company organized under the laws of the 
State of New York, a member of the Federal Reserve System, a "CLEARING 
CORPORATION" within the meaning of the UCC and a "CLEARING AGENCY" registered 
pursuant to the provisions of Section 17A of the Exchange Act.  DTC was 
created to hold securities for its participating organizations 
("PARTICIPANTS") and facilitate the settlement of securities transactions 
between Participants through electronic book-entry changes in accounts of its 
Participants, thereby eliminating the need for physical movement of notes.  
Participants include the Underwriters, securities brokers and dealers, banks, 
trust companies and clearing corporations and may include certain other 
organizations.  Indirect access to the DTC system also is available to others 
such as banks, brokers, dealers and trust companies that clear through or 
maintain a custodial relationship with a Participant, either directly or 
indirectly ("INDIRECT PARTICIPANTS").

     Transfers between Participants will occur in accordance with DTC rules. 
Transfers between CEDEL Participants (as defined in this section) and 
Euroclear Participants (as defined in this section) will occur in accordance 
with their respective rules and operating procedures.

     Cross-market transfers between persons holding directly or indirectly 
through DTC, on the one hand, and directly or indirectly through CEDEL 
Participants or Euroclear Participants, on the other, will be effected 
through DTC in accordance with DTC rules on behalf of the relevant European 
international clearing systems by its Depositary.  Cross-market transactions 
will require delivery of instructions to the relevant European international 
clearing system by the counterparty in such system in accordance with its 
rules and procedures and within its established deadlines (European time).  
The relevant European international clearing system will, if the transaction 
meets its settlement requirements, deliver instructions to its Depositary to 
take action to effect final settlement on its behalf by delivering or 
receiving securities in DTC, and making or receiving payment in accordance 
with normal procedures for same-day funds settlement applicable to DTC.  
CEDEL Participants and Euroclear Participants may not deliver instructions 
directly to the Depositaries.

     Because of time-zone differences, credits of securities received in 
CEDEL or Euroclear as a result of a transaction with a Participant will be 
made during subsequent securities settlement processing and dated the 
business day following the DTC settlement date.  Such credits or any 
transactions in such securities settled during such processing will be 
reported to the relevant Euroclear or CEDEL Participants on such business 
day.  Cash received in CEDEL or Euroclear as a result of sales of securities 
by or through a CEDEL Participant or a Euroclear Participant to a Participant 
will be received with value on the DTC settlement date but will be available 
in the relevant CEDEL or Euroclear cash account only as of the business day 
following settlement in DTC.  For information with respect to tax 
documentation procedures relating to the Notes, see "CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME 
TAX CONSIDERATIONS."

     Noteholders that are not Participants or Indirect Participants but 
desire to purchase, sell or otherwise transfer ownership of, or other 
interests in, Notes may do so only through Participants and Indirect 
Participants.  In addition, Noteholders will receive all distributions of 
principal and interest on the Notes from the Indenture Trustee through DTC 
and its Participants.  Under a book-entry format, Noteholders will receive 
payments after the related Distribution Date, as the case may be, because, 
while payments are required to be forwarded to Cede, as nominee for DTC, on 
each such date, DTC will forward such payments to its Participants which 
thereafter will be required to forward them to Indirect Participants or 
holders of beneficial interests in the Notes. It is anticipated that the only 
"CLASS A-1 NOTEHOLDER" , "CLASS A-2 NOTEHOLDER", "CLASS A-3 NOTEHOLDER", 
"CLASS A-4 NOTEHOLDER", "CLASS B NOTEHOLDER" and "CLASS C NOTEHOLDER" will be 
Cede, as nominee of DTC, and that holders of beneficial interests in the 
Class A-1 Notes, Class A-2 Notes, Class A-3 Notes, Class A-4 Notes, Class B 
Notes or Class C Notes, respectively, under the Indenture will only be 
permitted to exercise the rights of Class A-1 Noteholders, 

                                       70
<PAGE>

Class A-2 Noteholders, Class A-3 Noteholders, Class A-4 Noteholders, Class B 
Noteholders or Class C Noteholders, respectively, under the Indenture 
indirectly through DTC and its Participants who in turn will exercise their 
rights through DTC.

     Under the rules, regulations and procedures creating and affecting DTC 
and its operations, DTC is required to make book-entry transfers among 
Participants on whose behalf it acts with respect to the Notes and is 
required to receive and transmit distributions of principal of and interest 
on the Notes.  Participants and Indirect Participants with which holders of 
beneficial interests in the Notes have accounts similarly are required to 
make book-entry transfers and receive and transmit such payments on behalf of 
these respective holders.

     Because DTC can only act on behalf of Participants, who in turn act on 
behalf of Indirect Participants and certain banks, the ability of holders of 
beneficial interests in the Notes to pledge Notes to persons or entities that 
do not participate in the DTC system, or otherwise take actions in respect of 
such Notes, may be limited due to the lack of a Definitive Note for such 
Notes.

     DTC has advised the Issuer that it will take any action permitted to be 
taken by a Class A-1 Noteholder, Class A-2 Noteholder, Class A-3 Noteholder, 
Class A-4 Noteholder, Class B Noteholder or Class C Noteholder under the 
Indenture only at the direction of one or more Participants to whose account 
with DTC the Class A-1 Notes, Class A-2 Notes, Class A-3 Notes, Class A-4 
Notes, Class B Notes or Class C Notes are credited.  Additionally, DTC has 
advised the Issuer that it may take actions with respect to percentage 
interests in any particular Class of the Notes represented by holders of 
beneficial interests evidencing that percentage, which actions may conflict 
with other of its actions with respect to other percentage interests therein.

     CEDEL is incorporated under the laws of Luxembourg as a professional 
depositary. CEDEL holds securities for its participating organizations 
("CEDEL PARTICIPANTS") and facilitates the clearance and settlement of 
securities transactions between CEDEL Participants through electronic 
book-entry changes in accounts of CEDEL Participants, thereby eliminating the 
need for physical movement of certificates.  Transactions may be settled in 
CEDEL in any of 28 currencies, including United States dollars.  CEDEL 
provides to CEDEL Participants, among other things, services for safekeeping, 
administration, clearance and settlement of internationally traded securities 
and securities lending and borrowing.  CEDEL interfaces with domestic markets 
in several countries.  As a professional depositary, CEDEL is subject to 
regulation by the Luxembourg Monetary Institute.  CEDEL Participants are 
recognized financial institutions around the world, including underwriters, 
securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust companies, clearing corporations 
and certain other organizations and may include the Underwriter.  Indirect 
access to CEDEL is also available to others, such as banks, brokers, dealers 
and trust companies that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship 
with a CEDEL Participant, either directly or indirectly.

     Euroclear was created in 1968 to hold securities for participants of 
Euroclear ("EUROCLEAR PARTICIPANTS") and to clear and settle transactions 
between Euroclear Participants through simultaneous electronic book-entry 
delivery against payment, thereby eliminating the need for physical movement 
of certificates and any risk from lack of simultaneous transfers of 
securities and cash.  Transactions may now be settled in any of 29 
currencies, including United States dollars.  Euroclear includes various 
other services, including securities lending and borrowing and interfaces 
with domestic markets in several countries generally similar to the 
arrangements for cross-market transfers with DTC described above.  Euroclear 
is operated by the Brussels, Belgium office of Morgan Guaranty Trust Company 
of New York (the "EUROCLEAR OPERATOR"), under contract with Euroclear 
Clearance Systems S.C., a Belgian cooperative corporation (the 
"COOPERATIVE").  All operations are conducted by the Euroclear Operator and 
all Euroclear securities clearance accounts and Euroclear cash accounts are 
accounts with the Euroclear Operator, not the Cooperative.  The Cooperative 
establishes policies for Euroclear on behalf of Euroclear Participants.  
Euroclear Participants include banks (including central banks), securities 
brokers and dealers and other professional financial intermediaries and may 
include the Underwriter.  Indirect access to Euroclear is also available to 
other firms that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a 
Euroclear Participant, either directly or indirectly.

     The Euroclear Operator is the Belgian branch of a New York banking 
corporation which is a member bank of the Federal Reserve System.  As such, 
it is regulated and examined by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve 
System and the New York Banking Department, as well as the Belgian Banking 
Commission.

     Securities clearance accounts and cash accounts with the Euroclear 
Operator are governed by the Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear 
and the related Operating Procedures of the Euroclear System and applicable 
Belgian law (collectively, the "TERMS AND CONDITIONS").  The Terms and 
Conditions govern transfers of securities and cash within Euroclear, 
withdrawals of securities and cash from Euroclear, and receipts of payments 
with respect to securities in Euroclear.  All securities in Euroclear are 
held on a fungible basis without attribution of specific certificates to 
specific securities clearance accounts. The Euroclear Operator acts under the 
Terms and Conditions only on behalf of Euroclear Participants, and has no 
record of or relationship with persons holding through Euroclear Participants.

                                       71
<PAGE>


     Distributions with respect to Notes held through CEDEL or Euroclear will 
be credited to the cash accounts of CEDEL Participants or Euroclear 
Participants in accordance with the relevant system's rules and procedures, 
to the extent received by its Depositary.  Such distributions will be subject 
to tax reporting in accordance with relevant United States tax laws and 
regulations.  See "CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS."  CEDEL or the 
Euroclear Operator, as the case may be, will take any other action permitted 
to be taken by an Noteholder under the Indenture on behalf of a CEDEL 
Participant or Euroclear Participant only in accordance with its relevant 
rules and procedures and subject to its Depositary's ability to effect such 
actions on its behalf through DTC.

     Although DTC, CEDEL and Euroclear have agreed to the foregoing 
procedures in order to facilitate transfers of Notes among participants of 
DTC, CEDEL and Euroclear, they are under no obligation to perform or continue 
to perform such procedures and such procedures may be discontinued at any 
time.

     Except as required by law, none of the Servicer, any Seller, the Owner 
Trustee, the Trust Depositor or the Indenture Trustee will have any liability 
for any aspect of the records relating to, actions taken or implemented by, 
or payments made on account of, beneficial ownership interests in the Notes 
held through DTC, or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records or 
actions relating to such beneficial ownership interests.

DEFINITIVE NOTES

     The Notes will be issued in fully registered, authenticated form to 
beneficial owners or their nominees (the "DEFINITIVE NOTES"), rather than to 
DTC or its nominee, only if (a) the Trust advises the Indenture Trustee in 
writing that DTC is no longer willing or able to discharge properly its 
responsibilities as Depositary with respect to such Notes, and the Indenture 
Trustee or the Issuer is unable to locate a qualified successor or (b) the 
Issuer at its option elects to terminate the book-entry system through DTC.

     Upon the occurrence of any of the events described in the immediately 
preceding paragraph, the Indenture Trustee is required to notify all 
beneficial owners for each Class of Notes held through DTC of the 
availability of Definitive Notes for such Class.  Upon surrender by DTC of 
the Definitive Note representing the Notes and instructions for 
reregistration, the Indenture Trustee will issue such Definitive Notes, and 
thereafter the Indenture Trustee will recognize the holders of such 
Definitive Notes as Noteholders under the Indenture (the "HOLDERS").  The 
Indenture Trustee will also notify the Holders of any adjustment to the 
Record Date with respect to the Notes necessary to enable the Indenture 
Trustee to make distributions to Holders of the Definitive Notes for such 
Class of record as of each Distribution Date.

     Additionally, upon the occurrence of any such event described above, 
distribution of principal of and interest on the Notes will be made by the 
Indenture Trustee directly to Holders in accordance with the procedures set 
forth herein and in the Indenture.  Distributions will be made by check, 
mailed to the address of such Holder as it appears on the Note register.  
Upon at least 10 days' notice to Noteholders for such Class, however, the 
final payment on any Note (whether the Definitive Notes or the Note for such 
Class registered in the name of Cede representing the Notes of such Class) 
will be made only upon presentment and surrender of such Note at the office 
or agency specified in the notice of final distribution to Noteholders.

     Definitive Notes of each Class will be transferable and exchangeable at 
the offices of the Indenture Trustee or its agent in New York, New York, 
which the Indenture Trustee shall designate on or prior to the issuance of 
any Definitive Notes with respect to such Class.  No service charge will be 
imposed for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Indenture 
Trustee may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other 
governmental charge imposed in connection therewith. 

                               THE SUBORDINATED NOTES
                                          
     On the Closing Date, the Trust will also issue the [        ]% Class D 
Receivable-Backed Notes with an aggregate principal balance of $[            ]
(the "CLASS D NOTES") and [       ]% Class E Receivable-Backed Notes with an 
aggregate principal balance of $[           ](the "CLASS E NOTES" and 
together with the Class D Notes, collectively the "SUBORDINATED NOTES"). The 
Subordinated Notes will be issued pursuant to the Indenture.  

     The Subordinated Notes are not being offered and sold hereunder. 
Distributions with respect to the Subordinated Notes will be subordinated to 
the rights of the Noteholders to the extent described herein.  See 
"DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES--ALLOCATIONS" herein.

                                       72
<PAGE>
                                       
                                THE CERTIFICATE

     On the Closing Date, the Trust will also issue the Certificate with an 
initial certificate balance of $[          ] (the  "CERTIFICATE"); the 
Certificate will not bear interest and shall have the right to monies in the 
Reserve Fund and to certain other excess funds (after the payment of all 
principal and interest on the Notes and the Subordinated Notes).  The 
Certificates will represent fractional undivided beneficial equity interests 
in the Trust, and will be issued pursuant to the Trust Agreement.  

     The Certificate is not being offered and sold hereunder.  The Trust 
Depositor is expected initially to retain the  Certificate, although the 
Certificate could be transferred at some later date in a transaction separate 
from this offering provided the Owner Trustee and Indenture Trustee receive 
an opinion of Independent Counsel that such transfer will not cause the Trust 
to become a taxable entity or otherwise adversely affect the Noteholders or 
Certificateholder.  Distributions with respect to the Certificate will be 
subordinated to the rights of the Noteholders and the holders of the 
Subordinated Notes to the extent described herein.  See "DESCRIPTION OF THE 
NOTES--ALLOCATIONS" herein.
                                       
                       THE TRANSFER AND SALE AGREEMENT AND
                          SALE AND SERVICING AGREEMENT 

     The following is a summary of the material terms of the Transfer and 
Sale Agreement and the Sale and Servicing Agreement, the forms of which were 
filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement of which this Prospectus is a 
part, and this summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the 
Transfer and Sale Agreement and Sale and Servicing Agreement, respectively.

TERMINATION OF TRUST

     Unless the Trust Depositor instructs the Owner Trustee otherwise, the 
Trust will terminate only on the earliest to occur of (i) final distribution 
of all moneys or other property or proceeds of the Trust Estate in accordance 
with the terms of the Indenture, the Sale and Servicing Agreement and the 
Trust Agreement or (ii) ninety (90) days following the occurrence of an 
Insolvency Event as described under "DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES--EVENTS OF 
DEFAULT" unless the Owner Trustee shall have received instructions from the 
Required Holders not to terminate or dissolve the Trust, (the "TRUST 
TERMINATION DATE").  Upon termination of the Trust, all right, title and 
interest in the Trust Assets (other than amounts in accounts maintained by 
the Trust for the final payment of principal and interest to Noteholders or 
Certificateholders) will be conveyed and transferred to the holder of the 
Certificate and any permitted assignee.

CONVEYANCE OF CONTRACTS

     The Contracts, and  interests in the Equipment and other Applicable 
Security, to be sold or contributed to the Trust by the Trust Depositor will 
be acquired by the Trust Depositor from the Seller pursuant to the Transfer 
and Sale Agreement dated as of [              ], 1998 by and between the 
Trust Depositor and Newcourt USA (the "TRANSFER AND SALE AGREEMENT").   A 
form of Transfer and Sale Agreement has been filed as an exhibit to the 
Registration Statement of which this Prospectus is a part.

     Under the Transfer and Sale Agreement, the Seller will sell to the Trust 
Depositor, to the extent of the Seller's  interest therein, (i) the Contracts 
and its interest in any related Equipment and Applicable Security as of the 
Cutoff Date, and (ii) the proceeds thereof (except Excluded Amounts).  
Pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement, such interests in the related 
Contracts, security interests in the Equipment, the Applicable Security and 
the proceeds thereof will then be sold by the Trust Depositor to the Trust, 
and pursuant to the Indenture a lien thereon will be granted by the Trust in 
favor of the Indenture Trustee, and the Trust Depositor will also assign its 
rights in, to and under the Transfer and Sale Agreement with respect to the 
Contracts and Equipment and Applicable Security to the Trust and the Trust 
will assign such rights to the Indenture Trustee. 

     Pursuant to the Transfer and Sale Agreement, the Seller will sell,
transfer, assign, set over and otherwise convey to the Trust Depositor, without
recourse (except as expressly set forth in such Transfer and Sale Agreement) all
of the Seller's right, title and interest in and to (i) specified Contracts and
all monies due or to become due in payment of such Contracts on or after the
related Cutoff Date, including all Scheduled Payments thereunder due on or after
such Cutoff Date, any Prepayment Amounts, any payments in respect of a casualty
or early termination, and any Recoveries received with respect 

                                      73
<PAGE>

thereto but excluding any Scheduled Payments due prior to the Cutoff Date or 
any Excluded Amounts or Excluded Residual Investment, (ii) the related 
Equipment and, in the case of any Vendor Loan, Applicable Security, including 
all proceeds from any sale or other disposition of such Equipment or 
Applicable Security, (iii) any documents delivered to the Trust Depositor or 
held by the Servicer on its behalf with respect to each such Contract (the 
"CONTRACT FILES"), (iv) all payments made or to be made in the future with 
respect to each such Contract and the Vendor thereunder under any Vendor 
Agreements with the Seller and under any other guarantee or similar credit 
enhancement with respect to such Contracts, (v) all payments made with 
respect to each such Contract under any insurance policy covering physical 
damage to the related Equipment (the "INSURANCE PROCEEDS") and (vi) all 
income and proceeds of the foregoing (the foregoing are referred to 
collectively as the "TRANSFERRED ASSETS").  As of the Cutoff Date, the Trust 
Depositor will transfer and assign, among other things, the Transferred 
Assets to the Trust for the benefit of the Noteholders and the holders of the 
Subordinated Securities and the Trust will grant a lien on such Transferred 
Assets in favor of the Indenture Trustee, pursuant to the Sale and Servicing 
Agreement and the Indenture. 

     Newcourt USA, as Servicer under the Sale and Servicing Agreement, will 
retain custody of (but not title to) the Contracts, the Contract Files and 
any related evidence of insurance payments, Scheduled Payments and any other 
similar payments under the Contracts; provided that certain Persons 
identified in the Transfer and Sale Agreement will retain custody of certain 
of the Contracts and Contract Files.  Prior to the conveyance of any 
Contracts to the Trust Depositor, Newcourt USA caused (in the case of the 
Contracts sold under the Transfer and Sale Agreement on the Closing Date) or 
will cause (in the case of Additional Contracts or Substitute Contracts 
conveyed after the Closing Date) its and/or Newcourt USA's computer 
accounting systems to be marked to show that the Contracts transferred 
thereunder have been conveyed to the Trust Depositor, and prior to each 
transfer of any Trust Assets to the Trust pursuant to the Sale and Servicing 
Agreement, Newcourt USA or the Trust Depositor, as appropriate, will file UCC 
financing statements reflecting (A) the conveyance of the Transferred Assets 
to the Trust Depositor, (B) each sale of Trust Assets to the Trust pursuant 
to the Sale and Servicing Agreement and (C) the grant of a lien thereon in 
favor of the Indenture Trustee (except that financing statements will be 
filed with respect to each conveyance of an interest in Equipment to the 
Trust Depositor by Newcourt and each sale of an interest in Equipment to the 
Trust by the Trust Depositor, and each transfer of an interest in Equipment 
to the Indenture Trustee by the Trust, in each case, only to the extent the 
same may be viewed as inventory of Newcourt, the Trust Depositor and the 
Trust, respectively).  The Seller and the Trust Depositor will notate in the 
appropriate computer files relating to the Contracts, that all interests in 
the Contracts have been conveyed (i) to the Trust Depositor,  (ii) by the 
Trust Depositor to the Trust, and (iii) by the Trust to the Indenture 
Trustee.  See "CERTAIN LEGAL ASPECTS OF THE CONTRACTS".

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

     The Seller has made certain representations and warranties in the 
Transfer and Sale Agreement with respect to the Contracts transferred 
thereunder as of the Cutoff Date (except as with respect to clause (viii) 
below, which representation and warranty is made only as of the Closing 
Date), and the Seller will similarly make or be deemed to have made certain 
representations and warranties with respect to each Additional Contract or 
Substitute Contract transferred by either of them as of its related Cutoff 
Date (except as with respect to clause (viii) below, which representation and 
warranty is made only as of the Closing Date), including that:  (i) the 
information with respect to the Contract, any Secondary Contract securing the 
obligations under such Contract, and the Equipment, if any, subject to the 
Contract delivered under the Transfer and Sale Agreement is true and correct 
in all material respects; (ii) immediately prior to the transfer of a 
Contract and any related Equipment (or security interest therein) or 
Applicable Security (or security interest therein) to the Trust Depositor, 
such Contract was owned by the Seller free and clear of any adverse claim; 
(iii) the Contract, as of the Cutoff Date, did not have a Scheduled Payment 
that was a delinquent payment for more than 60 days, and the Contract is not 
otherwise a Defaulted Contract; (iv) no provision of the Contract has been 
either waived, altered or modified in any respect, except by instruments or 
documents contained in the Contract File (other than payment delinquencies 
permitted under clause (iii) above); (v) the Contract is a valid and binding 
payment obligation of the Obligor and is enforceable in accordance with its 
terms (except as may be limited by applicable insolvency, bankruptcy, 
moratorium, reorganization, or other similar laws affecting enforceability of 
creditors' rights generally and the availability of equitable remedies); (vi) 
the Contract is not and will not be subject to rights of rescission, setoff, 
counterclaim or defense and, to the Seller's knowledge, no such rights have 
been asserted or threatened with respect to the Contract; (vii) the Contract, 
at the time it was made, did not violate the laws of the United States or any 
applicable state, except for any such violations which do not materially and 
adversely affect the collectibility of the Contracts in the Contract Pool 
taken as a whole; (viii) (x) the Contract and any related Equipment are not 
being sold, transferred, assigned or pledged by the Seller to any other person
(other than the sale of the Equipment to the End-User in connection with 
CSAs, Secured Notes and "NON-TRUE LEASES" and, with respect to a Contract 
which is a "TRUE LEASE", any Equipment related to such true lease is free and 
clear of any liens or encumbrances of any third parties (except for Permitted 
Liens) and (y) either (A) such Contract is secured by a fully perfected lien 
of the first priority on the related Equipment (except with respect to the 
Minimum Value Filing Exception) or, in the case of any Vendor Loan, related 
Applicable Security or (B) in the case of a Contract secured by Vehicles,  
(1) within 60 calendar days of the origination or acquisition of such 
Contract by the Seller an application was filed in the appropriate state 
office to note Newcourt USA's interest on the certificate of title for such 
vehicle, and in any case such interest will be so noted or recorded within 
180 days of such acquisition or origination or (2)

                                      74
<PAGE>

a certificate of title or similar evidence or recordation on which the 
Seller's interest has been noted has been obtained; (ix) if the Contract 
constitutes either an "INSTRUMENT" or "CHATTEL PAPER" for purposes of the 
UCC, there is not more than one "SECURED PARTY'S ORIGINAL" counterpart of the 
Contract; (x) all filings necessary to evidence the conveyance or transfer of 
the Contract to the Trust Depositor have been made in all appropriate 
jurisdictions; (xi) the Obligor is not to the Seller's knowledge, subject to 
bankruptcy or other insolvency proceedings; (xii) the Contract is a U.S. 
dollar-denominated obligation and the related Obligor's billing address is in 
the United States; (xiii) the Contract does not require the prior written 
consent of an Obligor or contain any other restriction on the transfer or 
assignment of the Contract (other than a consent or waiver of such 
restriction that has been obtained prior to the date of such Contract's 
conveyance to the Trust); (xiv) either (A) the obligations of the related 
Obligor under such Contract are irrevocable and unconditional and 
non-cancelable (or, if prepayable by its terms, such Contract meets the 
criteria described in clause (xxiv) below, or if not irrevocable and 
unconditional has the benefit of a Vendor Guarantee) or (B) with respect to 
certain Leases with Lessees that are governmental entities or municipalities, 
if such Lease is cancelled in accordance with its terms, either (1) the 
Vendor which assigned such Lease to the Seller is unconditionally obligated 
to repurchase such Lease from the Seller for a purchase price not less than 
the Discounted Contract Balance of such Lease (as of the Determination Date 
immediately prior to the date of purchase) plus  interest thereon at the 
Discount Rate through the Distribution Date following such date of repurchase 
or (2) pursuant to the Transfer and Sale Agreement, the Seller has 
indemnified the Trust Depositor against such cancellation in an amount equal 
to the Discounted Contract Balance of such Lease (as of the Determination 
Date immediately prior to the date of purchase) plus interest thereon at the 
Discount Rate through the Distribution Date following such cancellation less 
any amounts paid by the Vendor pursuant to clause (1); (xv) the Contract has 
an original maturity of not greater than the term specified in the Sale and 
Servicing Agreement; (xvi) no adverse selection procedure was used in 
selecting the Contract for transfer; (xvii) the Obligor under the Contract is 
required to maintain casualty insurance with respect to the related Equipment 
or to self-insure against casualty with respect to the related Equipment in 
accordance with the Servicer's normal requirements; (xviii) the Contract 
constitutes chattel paper, an account, an instrument or a general intangible 
as defined under the UCC; (xix) no Lease is a "CONSUMER LEASE" as defined in 
Section 2A-103(1)(e) of the UCC; (xx) to the best of the Seller's knowledge, 
each Lessee has represented to Seller or the Vendor that it has accepted the 
related Equipment and that it has had a reasonable opportunity to inspect and 
test such Equipment and the Seller has not been notified of any defects 
therein; (xxi) the Contract is not subject to any guarantee by the Seller nor 
has the Seller established any specific credit reserve with respect to the 
related Obligor; (xxii) each Lease is a "TRIPLE NET LEASE" under which the 
Obligor is responsible for the maintenance of the related Equipment in 
accordance with general industry standards applicable to such item of 
Equipment; (xxiii) each Vendor Loan is secured by an Eligible Secondary 
Contract having an aggregate Discounted Contract Balance for such Eligible 
Secondary Contract equal to the outstanding principal amount of such Vendor 
Loan (and assuming the interest rate specified in such Vendor Loan is the 
"DISCOUNT RATE" for purposes of calculating such Discounted Contract 
Balance); and (xxiv) no provision of such Contract provides for a Prepayment 
Amount less than the amount calculated in accordance with the definition 
thereof (unless otherwise indemnified by the Vendor or the Seller in an 
amount equal to the excess of the "PREPAYMENT AMOUNT" as calculated in 
accordance with the definition thereof over the amount otherwise payable upon 
a prepayment under such Contract).

     As used above, "PREPAYMENT AMOUNT" shall mean, with respect to a 
Contract, the sum of (i) the Discounted Contract Balance of such Contract on 
the Determination Date immediately prior to the date of prepayment plus any 
accrued and unpaid interest payments thereon (at the Discount Rate) and (ii) 
any outstanding Servicer Advances thereon.

     The foregoing representations and warranties, as appropriate, will be 
reaffirmed by the Seller with respect to any Additional Contract or 
Substitute Contract transferred by any Seller to the Trust Depositor.  A 
Contract which satisfies all of the above representations and warranties 
shall be termed an "ELIGIBLE CONTRACT".  Contracts with respect to which the 
representations in clauses (iii), (xv) and (xxiv) are not true shall also be 
Eligible Contracts if all representations other than such representations are 
true and if the Trust Depositor shall have received confirmation from each 
Rating Agency that the discrepancy will not result in a Ratings Effect.  In 
addition, the Seller will represent and warrant to the Trust Depositor that 
the conveyance pursuant to the Transfer and Sale Agreement constitutes a 
valid sale and assignment to the Trust Depositor of all right, title and 
interest of the Seller in the related Contracts, whether then existing or 
thereafter created, and the proceeds thereof, which is effective as of the 
date of conveyance of such Contract. 

      As used above, "PERMITTED LIENS" shall mean (a) with respect to Contracts
in the Contract Pool: (i) liens for state, municipal or other local taxes if
such taxes shall not at the time be due and payable or if the Trust Depositor
shall currently be contesting the validity thereof in good faith by appropriate
proceedings and shall have set aside on its books adequate reserves with respect
thereto, (ii) liens in favor of the Trust Depositor created pursuant to the
Transfer and Sale Agreement and transferred to the Trust pursuant to the Sale
and Servicing Agreement, (iii) liens in favor of the Trust created pursuant to
the Sale and Servicing Agreement, and (iv) liens in favor of the Indenture
Trustee created pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement and the Indenture;
and (b) with respect to the related Equipment: (i) materialmen's,
warehousemen's, mechanics' and other liens arising by operation of law in the
ordinary course of business for sums not due, (ii) liens for state, 

                                      75
<PAGE>

municipal or other local taxes if such taxes shall not at the time be due and 
payable or if the Trust Depositor shall currently be contesting the validity 
thereof in good faith by appropriate proceedings and shall have set aside on 
its books adequate reserves with respect thereto, (iii) liens in favor of the 
Trust Depositor created pursuant to the Transfer and Sale Agreement and 
transferred to the Trust pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement, (iv) 
liens in favor of the Trust created pursuant to the Sale and Servicing 
Agreement; (v) liens in favor of the Indenture Trustee created pursuant to 
the Sale and Servicing Agreement and the Indenture, (vi) other subordinated 
liens which are subordinated to the prior payment of the Notes and the 
Subordinated Notes on terms described in the Sale and Servicing Agreement, 
(viii) subordinated interests relating to the Guaranteed Residual Investments 
and (ix) liens granted by the End-Users or Vendors which are subordinated to 
the interest of the Trust in such Equipment.

     In addition to the foregoing, the Seller will represent and warrant in 
the Transfer and Sale Agreement with respect to each Secondary Contract 
securing a Vendor Loan transferred by the Seller under the Transfer and Sale 
Agreement as of the related Cutoff Date (unless otherwise indicated), among 
other things, (i) that each such Secondary Contract satisfies the 
representations set forth in the second preceding paragraph (other than the 
representations set forth in clauses (ii), (viii) (with respect to ownership 
by the Seller of the Contract) and (xxiii), and except that the term 
"OBLIGOR" shall be deemed to be "END-USER" in all such representations), (ii) 
that the Seller holds a duly perfected lien of the first priority on such 
Secondary Contract (except with respect to the Minimum Value Filing 
Exception)and (iii) that the transfer of the Seller's security interest in 
such Secondary Contract and the proceeds thereof to the Trust Depositor is 
effective to create in favor of the Trust Depositor a lien thereon and that 
such lien has been duly perfected (except with respect to the Minimum Value 
Filing Exception) (Secondary Contracts which satisfy all of the foregoing 
representations shall be termed "ELIGIBLE SECONDARY CONTRACTS").

     The Trust Depositor will represent and warrant in the Sale and Servicing 
Agreement, among other things, (i) that the transfer, assignment and pledge 
of the related Contracts, whether then existing or thereafter created will 
provide a first perfected security interest therein and that all filings 
necessary to evidence the same to the Trust have been made in all appropriate 
jurisdictions (except with respect to the Minimum Value Filing Exception); 
(ii) that each Contract transferred by it to the Trust is an "ELIGIBLE 
CONTRACT"; (iii) that each Secondary Contract (or interest therein) 
transferred by it to the Trust is an "ELIGIBLE SECONDARY CONTRACT"; (iv) that 
the security interest granted on the related Contracts, whether then existing 
or thereafter created, and the proceeds thereof by the Trust to the Indenture 
Trustee is effective to create in favor of the Indenture Trustee a lien 
thereon and that such lien has been duly perfected (except with respect to 
the Minimum Value Filing Exception); (v) that the Trust Depositor holds a 
duly perfected lien of the first priority on each Secondary Contract (except 
with respect to the Minimum Value Filing Exception) and (vi) that the 
transfer of the Trust Depositor's security interest in each Secondary 
Contract and the proceeds thereof by the Trust to the Indenture Trustee is 
effective to create in favor of the Indenture Trustee a lien thereon and that 
such lien has been duly perfected (except with respect to the Minimum Value 
Filing Exception).

     None of the Indenture Trustee, the Trust, the Owner Trustee or any of 
them in their individual capacities (in such capacity, the "TRUST COMPANY"), 
shall make or be deemed to have made any representations or warranties, 
express or implied, regarding the Trust Assets or the transfers thereof by 
the Seller, the Trust Depositor or the Trust.

     Under the terms of the Transfer and Sale Agreement and the Sale and 
Servicing Agreement, each Contract must be an Eligible Contract as of its 
date of transfer to the Trust.  The Indenture Trustee shall reassign to the 
Trust Depositor, and the Seller's will be concurrently obligated to purchase 
from the Trust Depositor, any Contract transferred by the Seller and any 
interest in Equipment transferred that is subject to such Contract no later 
than 90 days after the Seller becomes aware, or receives written notice from 
the Servicer or the Trust Depositor, of the breach of any representation or 
warranty made by the Seller in the Transfer and Sale Agreement that 
materially adversely affects the interests of the Trust Depositor or the 
Trust or their successors or assigns in any Contract or the related Contract 
File, which breach has not been cured or waived in all material respects (an 
"INELIGIBLE CONTRACT").  This purchase obligation will constitute the sole 
remedy against the Seller available to the Trust Depositor, the Indenture 
Trustee and the Noteholders or Certificateholders for a breach of a 
representation or warranty under the Transfer and Sale Agreement made by the 
Seller with respect to such a Contract.  This purchase obligation also will 
constitute the sole remedy against the Trust Depositor available to the 
Indenture Trustee and the Noteholders or Certificateholders for a breach of a 
representation or warranty under the Sale and Servicing Agreement made by the 
Trust Depositor with respect to such a Contract.

     Pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement, an Ineligible Contract shall
be reassigned to the Trust Depositor and the Trust Depositor shall make a
deposit in the Collection Account in immediately available funds in an amount
equal to the sum of the Discounted Contract Balance of the Ineligible Contract
(utilizing, for purposes of calculating the Discounted Contract Balance, the
Discount Rate at the time such Ineligible Contract was transferred to the Trust)
and any outstanding Servicer Advances thereon.  Any amount deposited into the
Collection Account in connection with the reassignment of an 

                                      76
<PAGE>

Ineligible Contract (the amount of such deposit being referred to herein as a 
"TRANSFER DEPOSIT AMOUNT") shall be considered payment in full of the 
Ineligible Contract.  Any such Transfer Deposit Amount shall be treated as an 
Available Amount.  In the alternative, the Trust Depositor may instead cause 
the Seller, or either of them, to convey to the Trust Depositor, for 
concurrent conveyance to the Trust and concurrent pledge to the Indenture 
Trustee, a Substitute Contract (otherwise satisfying the terms and conditions 
generally applicable to Substitute Contracts in other situations described 
herein) in replacement for the affected Ineligible Contract, which shall 
thereupon be deemed released by the Trust (and Indenture Trustee) and 
reconveyed through the Trust Depositor to the Seller thereof.

CONCENTRATION AMOUNTS

     In addition to the representations and warranties made by the Seller and 
the Trust Depositor with respect to the Contracts as described above under 
"--REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES", the Trust Depositor will represent and 
warrant as of the initial Cutoff Date as follows:

     (i)    the ADCB of all End-User Contracts with Obligors that are
            governmental entities or municipalities does not exceed [ ]% 
            of the ADCB of the Contract Pool;

     (ii)   the ADCB of all End-User Contracts which finance, lease or
            are related to Software will not exceed [     ]% of the ADCB 
            of the Contract Pool; and

     (iii)  the ADCB of all End-User Contracts with Obligors who
            comprise the five (5) largest Obligors (measured by ADCB as
            of the date of determination) does not exceed [     ]%
            of the ADCB of the Contract Pool. 

     On the date an Additional Contract or a Substitute Contract is added to 
the Contract Pool and the Trust Depositor will make the foregoing 
representations and warranties as if such transfer occurred on the Closing 
Date; PROVIDED, that, for the purposes thereof (i) the Contract Pool on the 
Closing Date shall be deemed to include such Additional Contract or 
Substitute Contract in lieu of the Contract being replaced or substituted and 
(ii) the Discounted Contract Balance of such Additional Contract or 
Substitute Contract shall be equal to the Discounted Contract Balance thereof 
as of the related Cutoff Date.

     The Indenture Trustee shall reassign to the Trust Depositor, and the 
Seller will be obligated to purchase from the Trust Depositor, any Contract 
transferred by the Seller (and any related Equipment or Applicable Security) 
(an "EXCESS CONTRACT"; any such Contract, together with any Ineligible 
Contract as described and defined above, being sometimes referred to herein, 
collectively, as a "WARRANTY CONTRACT") selected by the Servicer at such time 
as there is a breach of any of the foregoing representations or warranties, 
which breach has not been cured or waived in all material respects, the 
removal of which shall remedy such breach.  Such purchase shall occur no 
later than 90 days after the Trust Depositor or the Seller becomes aware, or 
receives written notice from the Servicer or the Trust Depositor, of such 
breach.  This purchase obligation will constitute the sole remedy against the 
Seller available to the Trust Depositor, the Indenture Trustee and the 
Noteholders or Certificateholders for a breach of one of the foregoing 
representations or warranties.

     Pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement, an Excess Contract shall 
be reassigned to the Trust Depositor and the Trust Depositor shall make a 
deposit in the Collection Account in immediately available funds in an amount 
(an "EXCESS CONCENTRATION AMOUNT") equal to the sum of the Discounted 
Contract Balance of the Excess Contract (together with accrued interest 
thereon at the Discount Rate) and any outstanding Servicer Advances thereon.  
Any amount deposited into the Collection Account in connection with the 
reassignment of an Excess Contract shall be considered payment in full of the 

                                      77

<PAGE>

Ineligible Contract. Any such amount shall be considered a Transfer Deposit 
Amount and shall be treated as an Available Amount.  In the alternative, the 
Trust Depositor may instead cause the Seller, to convey to the Trust 
Depositor, for concurrent conveyance to the Trust and concurrent pledge to 
the Indenture Trustee, a Substitute Contract (otherwise satisfying the terms 
and conditions generally applicable to Substitute Contracts in other 
situations described herein) in replacement for the affected Excess Contract, 
which shall thereupon be deemed released by the Trust (and Indenture Trustee) 
and reconveyed through the Trust Depositor to the Seller thereof.

INDEMNIFICATION

     The Sale and Servicing Agreement provides that the Servicer will 
indemnify the Trust Depositor, the Trust, the Owner Trustee, and the 
Indenture Trustee from and against any loss, liability, expense, damage or 
injury suffered or sustained arising out of the Servicer's actions or 
omissions with respect to the Trust pursuant to the Sale and Servicing 
Agreement except where arising out of Indemnified Party's bad faith, willful 
misconduct or gross negligence.  Pursuant to the Sale and Servicing 
Agreement, the Servicer, irrevocably and unconditionally, (i) submits for 
itself and its property in any legal action arising out of the Sale and 
Servicing Agreement and the other Operative Documents, to the nonexclusive 
general jurisdiction of the courts of the United States of America for the 
Southern District of New York, and appellate courts therefrom and (ii) waives 
any objection it may have that any action therein was brought in an 
inconvenient court.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, a court may determine, on 
its own motion, that an action brought against the Servicer in any such court 
was brought in an inconvenient forum.

     Except as provided in the preceding paragraph, the Sale and Servicing 
Agreement provides that none of the Trust Depositor, the Servicer or any of 
their directors, officers, employees or agents will be under any other 
liability to the Trust, the Owner Trustee, the Indenture Trustee, the holders 
of Notes or Subordinated Securities or any other person for any action taken, 
or for refraining from taking any action, in good faith pursuant to the Sale 
and Servicing Agreement.  However, none of the Trust Depositor, the Servicer 
or any of their directors, officers, employees or agents will be protected 
against any liability which would otherwise be imposed by reason of willful 
misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence of any such person in the 
performance of their duties or by reason of reckless disregard of their 
obligations and duties thereunder.

     In addition, the Sale and Servicing Agreement provides that the Servicer 
is not under any obligation to appear in, prosecute or defend any legal 
action which is not incidental to its servicing responsibilities under the 
Sale and Servicing Agreement.  The Servicer may, in its sole discretion, 
undertake any such legal action which it may deem necessary or desirable for 
the benefit of holders of Notes or Subordinated Securities with respect to 
the Sale and Servicing Agreement and the rights and duties of the parties 
thereto and the interest of Noteholders or holders of the Subordinated 
Securities thereunder.

COLLECTION AND OTHER SERVICING PROCEDURES

     Pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement, the Servicer is 
responsible for servicing, collecting, enforcing and administering the 
Contracts in accordance with its customary and usual procedures for servicing 
contracts comparable to the Contracts. 

     The Servicer pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement also may 
advance Scheduled Payments with respect to any Contract (a "SERVICER 
ADVANCE") which were due in a Collection Period and were not received and 
identified to a Contract by the close of business on the Determination Date, 
to the extent that the Servicer, in its sole discretion, expects to recover 
the Servicer Advance from subsequent payments on or with respect to the 
Contract.  The Servicer shall be entitled to reimbursement of Servicer 
Advances from subsequent payments on or with respect to the Contract, 
including collections of any Prepayment Amount, Transfer Deposit Amount or 
Recoveries with respect to such Contract, and, if the Servicer determines 
that Servicer Advances will not be recovered from the Contracts to which the 
Servicer Advances were related, from other Contracts included in the Trust.

CERTAIN OTHER MATTERS REGARDING THE SERVICER

     The Servicer may not resign from its obligations and duties under the 
Sale and Servicing Agreement, except upon determination that such duties are 
no longer permissible under applicable law.  No such resignation will become 
effective until the Indenture Trustee or a successor to the Servicer has 
assumed the Servicer's responsibilities and obligations under the Sale and 
Servicing Agreement.

     Any person into which, in accordance with the Sale and Servicing 
Agreement, Newcourt USA or the Servicer may be merged or consolidated or any 
person resulting from any merger or consolidation to which Newcourt USA or 
the Servicer 


                                      78
<PAGE>

is a party, or any person succeeding to the business of Newcourt USA or the 
Servicer, will be the successor to Newcourt, as the Servicer, under the Sale 
and Servicing Agreement.

SERVICER DEFAULT

     In the event of any Servicer Default, either the Indenture Trustee or 
the Required Holders, by written notice to the Servicer and the Owner Trustee 
(and to the Indenture Trustee, if given by the Noteholders) (a "TERMINATION 
NOTICE"), may terminate all of the rights and obligations of the Servicer, as 
servicer, under the Sale and Servicing Agreement.  If the Indenture Trustee 
within 60 days of receipt of a Termination Notice is unable to obtain any 
bids from eligible Servicers and the Servicer delivers an officer's 
certificate to the effect that the Servicer cannot in good faith cure the 
Servicer Default which gave rise to the Termination Notice, then the 
Indenture Trustee shall offer the Trust Depositor the right at its option to 
accept retransfer of the Trust Assets.  The purchase price for such a 
retransfer shall be equal to the sum of the Aggregate Principal Amount of all 
Notes and Certificates on such Distribution Date plus accrued and unpaid 
interest thereon at the applicable interest rate (together with, if 
applicable, interest on interest amounts that were due and not paid on a 
prior date), through the date of such retransfer.

     The Indenture Trustee shall, as promptly as possible after giving a 
Termination Notice, appoint a successor Servicer (a "SERVICE TRANSFER"), and 
if no successor Servicer has been appointed by the Indenture Trustee and has 
accepted such appointment by the time the Servicer ceases to act as Servicer, 
all rights, authority, power and obligations of the Servicer under the Sale 
and Servicing Agreement shall pass to and be vested in the Indenture Trustee. 
Prior to any Service Transfer, the Indenture Trustee will seek to obtain 
bids from potential Servicers meeting certain eligibility requirements set 
forth in the Sale and Servicing Agreement to serve as a successor Servicer 
for servicing compensation not in excess of the Servicing Fee.  The rights 
and interest of the Trust Depositor under the Sale and Servicing Agreement as 
holder of the Subordinated Certificate will not be affected by any 
Termination Notice or Service Transfer.

     A "SERVICER DEFAULT" refers to any of the following events:

     (a)    any failure by the Servicer to make any payment, transfer or
            deposit or to give instructions or notice to the Owner
            Trustee or the Indenture Trustee to make any payment,
            transfer or deposit pursuant to the Sale and Servicing
            Agreement on or before the date occurring five Business Days
            after notice from the Indenture Trustee or after discovery
            by the Servicer; or

     (b)    failure on the part of the Servicer to duly observe or
            perform in any material respect any other covenants or
            agreements of the Servicer set forth in the Sale and
            Servicing Agreement which has a material adverse effect on
            the Noteholders or holders of the Subordinated Notes or
            Certificateholders, which continues unremedied for a period
            of 30 days after the first to occur of (i) the  date on
            which written notice of such failure requiring the same to
            be remedied shall have been given to the Servicer by the
            Indenture Trustee or to the Servicer and the Indenture
            Trustee by the Noteholders or holders of the Subordinated
            Notes or Certificateholders or the Indenture Trustee on
            behalf of such Noteholders of Notes or holders of the
            Subordinated Notes or holders of Certificates aggregating
            not less than 25% of the Principal Amount of any Class or
            the Certificates adversely affected thereby and (ii) the
            date on which a responsible officer of the Servicer becomes
            aware thereof and such failure continues to materially
            adversely affect such Noteholders or holders of the
            Subordinated Notes or Certificateholders for such period; or

     (c)    any representation, warranty or certification made by the
            Servicer in the Sale and Servicing Agreement or in any 
            certificate delivered pursuant to the Sale and Servicing
            Agreement shall prove to have been incorrect when made,
            which has a material adverse effect on the Noteholders or
            Certificateholders and which continues to be incorrect in
            any material respect for a period of 30 days after the first
            to occur of (i) the date on which written notice of such 
            incorrectness requiring the same to be remedied shall have
            been given  to the Servicer and the Owner Trustee by the
            Indenture Trustee, or to the Servicer, the Owner Trustee and
            the Indenture Trustee by  Noteholders or Certificateholders
            or by the Indenture Trustee on behalf of Noteholders of
            Notes or holders of Certificates aggregating not less than
            25% of the Principal Amount of any Class adversely affected
            thereby and (ii) the date on which a responsible of the
            Servicer becomes aware thereof, and such incorrectness
            continues to materially adversely affect such Holders for
            such period; or

     (d)    an Insolvency Event shall occur with respect to the Servicer.



                                      79
<PAGE>

     Notwithstanding the foregoing, a delay in or failure of performance 
referred to under clause (a) above for a period of five Business Days or 
referred to under clause (b) or (c) for a period of 60 days (in addition to 
any period provided in (a), (b) or (c)) shall not constitute a Servicer 
Default until the expiration of such additional five Business Days or 60 
days, respectively, if such delay or failure could not be prevented by the 
exercise of reasonable diligence by the Servicer and such delay or failure 
was caused by an act of God or other similar occurrences.  Upon the 
occurrence of any such event the Servicer shall not be relieved from using 
its best efforts to perform its obligations in a timely manner in accordance 
with the terms of the Sale and Servicing Agreement and the Servicer shall 
provide the Owner Trustee, the Indenture Trustee and the Trust Depositor 
prompt notice of such failure or delay by it, together with a description of 
its efforts to so perform its obligations. The Servicer shall immediately 
notify the Indenture Trustee in writing of any Servicer Default.

EVIDENCE AS TO COMPLIANCE

     The Sale and Servicing Agreement provides that on or before March 31 of 
each calendar year the Servicer will cause a firm of nationally recognized 
independent public accountants (who may also render other services to the 
Servicer or the Trust Depositor) to furnish a report to the effect that such 
firm has applied certain procedures agreed upon with the Servicer and 
enumerated in the Sale and Servicing Agreement and examined certain documents 
and records relating to the servicing of the related Contracts all as 
described in the Sale and Servicing Agreement and that, on the basis of such 
procedures, nothing came to the attention of such firm that caused them to 
believe that such servicing was not conducted in compliance with the Sale and 
Servicing Agreement except for such exceptions or errors as such firm shall 
believe to be immaterial and such other exceptions as shall be set forth in 
such statement.

     The Sale and Servicing Agreement provides for delivery to the Indenture 
Trustee and each Rating Agency on or before March 31 of each calendar year of 
a statement signed by an officer of the Servicer to the effect that, to the 
best of such officer's knowledge, the Servicer has performed its obligations 
in all material respects under the Sale and Servicing Agreement throughout 
the preceding year or, if there has been a default in the performance of any 
such obligation, specifying the nature and status of the default.

     Copies of all statements, certificates and reports furnished to the 
Indenture Trustee may be obtained by a request in writing delivered to the 
Indenture Trustee.

AMENDMENTS

     The Sale and Servicing Agreement may be amended from time to time by 
agreement of the Owner Trustee, the Indenture Trustee and the Trust Depositor 
without the consent of the Noteholders or Certificateholders  (or the 
Indenture Trustee) (i) to cure any ambiguity or (ii) to add any consistent 
provisions; provided, that such action shall not as evidenced by an Opinion 
of Counsel, adversely affect in any material respect the interests of any 
Noteholder or holders of the Subordinated Securities.

     The Sale and Servicing Agreement may also be amended from time to time 
by the Trust Depositor, the Servicer, the Indenture Trustee and the Owner 
Trustee with the consent of the Required Holders for the purpose of adding 
any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the 
provisions of the Sale and Servicing Agreement or of modifying in any manner 
the rights of Noteholders.  No such amendment, however, may

     (i)    reduce in any manner the amount of, or delay the timing of,
            distributions which are required to be made on any Note,
            Subordinated Note or Certificate without the consent of each
            Noteholder or holder of a Subordinated Security affected
            thereby;

     (ii)   change the definition of (or that of any definition included
            within the definition of) or the manner of calculating the
            "CLASS A-1 PRINCIPAL  PAYMENT AMOUNT", the "CLASS A-2
            PRINCIPAL  PAYMENT AMOUNT", the "CLASS A-3 PRINCIPAL PAYMENT
            AMOUNT", the "CLASS A-4 PRINCIPAL PAYMENT AMOUNT", the
            "CLASS B PRINCIPAL PAYMENT AMOUNT", the "CLASS C PRINCIPAL
            PAYMENT AMOUNT", the "CLASS D PRINCIPAL PAYMENT AMOUNT", the
            "CLASS E PRINCIPAL PAYMENT AMOUNT", the "DISCOUNTED CONTRACT
            BALANCE", the "PRINCIPAL AMOUNT", or the "AVAILABLE AMOUNT"
            without the consent of each Noteholder and holder of a
            Subordinated Security; or

     (iii)  reduce the aforesaid percentage required to consent to any
            such amendment without the consent of each Noteholder or
            holder of a Subordinated Security affected thereby; or



                                      80
<PAGE>

     (iv)   modify, amend or supplement the provisions of the Sale and
            Servicing Agreement relating to the allocation of Available
            Amounts (see "DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES--ALLOCATIONS")
            without the consent of each Noteholder and holder of a
            Subordinated Security;

     (v)    make any Note or Certificate payable in money other than Dollars
            without the consent of each Noteholder or holder of a Subordinated
            Security affected thereby; or 

     (vi)   affect the Owner Trustee's or Indenture Trustee's, as appropriate, 
            rights or obligations under the Trust Agreement, Sale and Servicing
            Agreement or Indenture without the Owner Trustee's or Indenture
            Trustee's Consent.

     Promptly following the execution of any such amendment (other than an 
amendment described in the preceding paragraph), the Owner Trustee will 
furnish written notice of the substance of such amendment to each affected 
Noteholder and holder of a Subordinated Security.

THE OWNER TRUSTEE

     [                                      ] will be the Owner Trustee under 
the Sale and Servicing Agreement.  Newcourt  USA and its affiliates may from 
time to time enter into banking and trustee relationships with the Owner 
Trustee and its affiliates.  Newcourt USA and its affiliates may hold Notes 
in their own names; however, any Notes so held shall not be entitled to 
participate in any decisions made or instructions given to the Owner Trustee 
by the Noteholders as a group.  The Owner Trustee's address is 
[                                             ].

     For purposes of meeting the legal requirements of any jurisdictions in 
which any part of the Trust Assets may at the time be located, the Owner 
Trustee will have the power to appoint a co-trustee or separate trustee of 
all or any part of the Trust Assets.  To the extent permitted by law, all 
rights, powers, duties and obligations conferred or imposed upon the Owner 
Trustee will be conferred or imposed upon and exercised or performed by the 
Owner Trustee and such separate trustee or co-trustee jointly, or, in any 
jurisdiction in which the Owner  Trustee will be incompetent or unqualified 
to perform certain acts, singly upon such separate trustee or co-trustee who 
shall exercise and perform such rights, powers, duties and obligations solely 
at the direction of the Owner Trustee.

     The Owner Trustee may resign at any time, in which event a successor 
Owner Trustee will be appointed as provided in the Sale and Servicing 
Agreement.  The Servicer may also remove the Owner Trustee if such Owner 
Trustee ceases to be eligible to continue as such under the Sale and 
Servicing Agreement.  In such circumstances, a successor Owner Trustee will 
be appointed as provided in the Sale and Servicing Agreement.  Any 
resignation or removal of the Owner Trustee and appointment of a successor 
Owner Trustee shall not become effective until acceptance of the appointment 
by the successor Owner Trustee.

                                THE INDENTURE

GENERAL

     The Notes will be issued pursuant to an Indenture between the Trust and 
the Indenture Trustee.  Pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement, the 
Indenture Trustee will obtain the benefits of the Sale and Servicing 
Agreement for itself and the Noteholders represented thereby. 

PAYMENTS OF PRINCIPAL AND INTEREST

         Pursuant to the Indenture, each payment received by the Indenture 
Trustee as described above under "DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES--ALLOCATIONS; 
PRIOR TO AN EVENT OF DEFAULT" shall be promptly distributed in the following 
order of priority:

            FIRST, so much of such installment or payment as shall be
            required to pay in full the aggregate amount of interest
            then due on or in respect of the Class A-1 Notes shall be
            distributed to the Class A-1 Noteholders ratably, without
            priority of any one Class A-1 Note over any other Class A-1
            Note, in the proportion that the aggregate amount of all 
            accrued but unpaid interest to the date of distribution on
            each Class A-1 Note bears to the aggregate amount of all
            accrued but unpaid interest to the date of distribution on
            all Class A-1 Notes;



                                      81
<PAGE>

            SECOND, so much of such installment or payment as shall be
            required to pay in full the aggregate amount of interest
            then due on or in respect of the Class A-2 Notes shall be
            distributed to the Class A-2 Noteholders ratably, without
            priority of any one Class A-2 Note over any other Class A-2
            Note, in the proportion that the aggregate amount of all 
            accrued but unpaid interest to the date of distribution on
            each Class A-2 Note bears to the aggregate amount of all
            accrued but unpaid interest to the date of distribution on
            all Class A-2 Notes;

            THIRD, so much of such installment or payment as shall be
            required to pay in full the aggregate amount of interest
            then due on or in respect of the Class A-3 Notes shall be
            distributed to the Class A-3 Noteholders ratably, without
            priority of any one Class A-3 Note over any other Class A-3
            Note, in the proportion that the aggregate amount of all
            accrued but unpaid interest to the date of distribution on
            each Class A-3 Note bears to the aggregate amount of all
            accrued but unpaid interest to the date of distribution on
            all Class A-3 Notes;

            FOURTH, so much of such installment or payment as shall be
            required to pay in full the aggregate amount of interest
            then due on or in respect of the Class A-4 Notes shall be
            distributed to the Class A-4 Noteholders ratably, without
            priority of any one Class A-4 Note over any other Class A-4
            Note, in the proportion that the aggregate amount of all
            accrued but unpaid interest to the date of distribution on
            each Class A-4 Note bears to the aggregate amount of all
            accrued but unpaid interest to the date of distribution on
            all Class A-4 Notes;

            FIFTH, so much of such installment or payment as shall be
            required to pay in full the aggregate amount of interest
            then due on or in respect of the Class B Notes shall be
            distributed to the Class B Noteholders ratably, without
            priority of any one Class B Note over any other Class B
            Note, in the proportion that the aggregate amount of all
            accrued but unpaid interest to the date of distribution on
            each Class B Note bears to the aggregate amount of all
            accrued but unpaid interest to the date of distribution on
            all Class B Notes;

            SIXTH, so much of such installment or payment as shall be
            required to pay in full the aggregate amount of interest
            then due on or in respect of the Class C Notes shall be
            distributed to the Class C Noteholders ratably, without
            priority of any one Class C Note over any other Class C
            Note, in the proportion that the aggregate amount of all
            accrued but unpaid interest to the date of distribution on
            each Class C Note bears to the aggregate amount of all
            accrued but unpaid interest to the date of distribution on
            all Class C Notes;

            SEVENTH, so much of such installment or payment as shall be 
            required to pay in full the aggregate amount of interest then due 
            on or in respect of the Class D Notes shall be distributed to the 
            Class D Noteholders ratably, without priority of any one Class D 
            Note over any other Class D Note, in the proportion that the 
            aggregate amount of all accrued but unpaid interest to the date 
            of distribution on each Class D Note bears to the aggregate 
            amount of all accrued but unpaid interest to the date of 
            distribution on all Class D Notes;

            EIGHTH, so much of such installment or payment as shall be 
            required to pay in full the aggregate amount of interest then due 
            on or in respect of the Class E Notes shall be distributed to the 
            Class E Noteholders ratably, without priority of any one Class E 
            Note over any other Class E Note, in the proportion that the 
            aggregate amount of all accrued but unpaid interest to the date 
            of distribution on each Class E Note bears to the aggregate 
            amount of all accrued but unpaid interest to the date of 
            distribution on all Class E Notes;

            NINTH, the balance, if any, of such installment or payment
            remaining thereafter shall be distributed ratably to the
            Class A-1 Noteholders to pay in full the aggregate amount of
            the Class A-1 Principal Payment then due pursuant to or in
            respect of the Class A-1 Notes, without priority of any one
            Class A-1 Note over any other Class A-1 Note, in the
            proportion that the aggregate unpaid principal amount of
            each Class A-1 Note bears to the aggregate unpaid principal
            amount of all Class A-1 Notes;

            TENTH, the balance, if any, of such installment or payment
            remaining thereafter shall be distributed ratably to the
            Class A-2 Noteholders to pay in full the aggregate amount of
            the Class A-2 Principal Payment then due pursuant to or in
            respect of the Class A-2 Notes, without priority of any one
            Class A-2 Note over any other Class A-2 Note, in the
            proportion that the aggregate unpaid principal amount of
            each Class A-2 Note bears to the aggregate unpaid principal
            amount of all Class A-2 Notes;

            ELEVENTH, the balance, if any, of such installment or payment
            remaining thereafter shall be distributed ratably to the
            Class A-3 Noteholders to pay in full the aggregate amount of
            the Class A-3 Principal Payment then due pursuant to or in
            respect of the Class A-3 Notes, without priority of any one
            Class A-3 Note over any other Class A-3 Note, in the
            proportion that the aggregate unpaid principal amount of
            each Class A-3 Note bears to the aggregate unpaid principal
            amount of all Class A-3 Notes;




                                      82
<PAGE>

            TWELFTH, the balance, if any, of such installment or
            payment remaining thereafter shall be distributed ratably to
            the Class A-4 Noteholders to pay in full the aggregate
            amount of the Class A-4 Principal Payment then due pursuant
            to or in respect of the Class A-4 Notes, without priority of
            any one Class A-4 Note over any other Class A-4 Note, in the
            proportion that the aggregate unpaid principal amount of
            each Class A-4 Note bears to the aggregate unpaid principal
            amount of all Class A-4 Notes;

            THIRTEENTH, the balance, if any, of such installment or payment
            remaining thereafter shall be distributed ratably to the
            Class B Noteholders to pay in full the aggregate amount of
            the Class B Principal Payment then due pursuant to or in
            respect of the Class B Notes, without priority of any one
            Class B Note over any other Class B Note, in the proportion
            that the aggregate unpaid principal amount of each Class B
            Note bears to the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all
            Class B Notes;  

            FOURTEENTH, the balance, if any, of such installment or
            payment remaining thereafter shall be distributed ratably to
            the Class C Noteholders to pay in full the aggregate amount
            of the Class C Principal Payment then due pursuant to or in
            respect of the Class C Notes, without priority of any one
            Class C Note over any other Class C Note, in the proportion
            that the aggregate unpaid principal amount of each Class C
            Note bears to the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all
            Class C Notes;

            FIFTEENTH, the balance, if any, of such installment or
            payment remaining thereafter shall be distributed ratably to
            the Class D Noteholders to pay in full the aggregate amount
            of the Class D Principal Payment then due pursuant to or in
            respect of the Class D Notes, without priority of any one
            Class D Note over any other Class D Note, in the proportion
            that the aggregate unpaid principal amount of each Class D
            Note bears to the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all
            Class D Notes;

            SIXTEENTH, the balance, if any, of such installment or payment 
            remaining thereafter shall be distributed ratably to the Class E 
            Noteholders to pay in full the aggregate amount of the Class E 
            Principal Payment then due pursuant to or in respect of the Class 
            E Notes, without priority of any one Class E Note over any other 
            Class E Note, in the proportion that the aggregate unpaid 
            principal amount of each Class E Note bears to the aggregate 
            unpaid principal amount of all Class E Notes; and

            SEVENTEENTH, the aggregate amount of Additional Principal, if 
            any, of such installment or payment remaining thereafter shall be 
            paid, to the Class A Notes sequentially until the Principal 
            Amount of each of the Class A Notes have been reduced to zero, 
            then to the Class B Notes until the Principal Amount of the Class 
            B Notes has been reduced to zero, then to the Class C Notes until 
            the Principal Amount of the Class C Notes has been reduced to 
            zero, then to the Class D Notes until the Principal Amount of the 
            Class D Notes has been reduced to zero, then to the Class E Notes 
            until the Principal Amount of the Class E Notes has been reduced 
            to zero.

     Pursuant to the Indenture, each payment received by the Indenture Trustee
as described above under "DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES--ALLOCATIONS; FOLLOWING AN
EVENT OF DEFAULT" shall be promptly distributed in the following order of
priority:

            FIRST, so much of such payment as shall be required to
            reimburse the Indenture Trustee for any tax, expense, charge
            or other loss incurred by the Indenture Trustee (to the
            extent not previously reimbursed), (including, without
            limitation, the expense of sale, taking or other proceeding,
            attorneys' fees and expenses, court costs, and any other
            expenditures incurred or expenditures or advances made by
            the Indenture Trustee in the protection, exercise or
            enforcement of any right, power or remedy or any damages
            sustained by the Indenture Trustee, liquidated or otherwise,
            upon the Indenture Event of Default giving rise to such
            expenditures or advances) shall be applied by the Indenture
            Trustee in reimbursement of such expenses;

            SECOND, so much of such payment remaining as shall be
            required to reimburse the Noteholders in full for certain
            indemnity payments, if any, made by such Noteholders and
            holders of Subordinated Notes to the Indenture Trustee (to
            the extent not previously reimbursed) shall be distributed
            to the Noteholders and Subordinated Noteholders, and,
            if the aggregate amount remaining shall be insufficient to
            reimburse all such payments in full, it shall be distributed
            ratably, without priority of any such holder over any other,
            in the proportion that the aggregate amount of such
            unreimbursed indemnity payments made by each such holder
            bears to the aggregate amount of such unreimbursed indemnity
            payments made by all Noteholders and Subordinated Noteholders;

            THIRD, so much of such payment remaining as shall be
            required to pay in full the aggregate amount of all accrued
            but unpaid interest to the date of distribution on the Class
            A-1 Notes, the Class A-2 Notes, the Class A-3 Notes and the
            Class A-4 Notes shall be distributed to the Class A-1
            Noteholders, the Class A-2 Noteholders, the Class A-3
            Noteholders, the Class A-4 Noteholders, and, if the
            aggregate amount remaining shall be insufficient to pay all
            such amounts in full, it shall be distributed ratably,
            without priority of any one Class A-1 Note, one Class A-2
            Note, one Class A-3 Note and one Class A-4 Note over any
            other Class A-1 Note, Class A-2 Note, Class A-3 Note or


                                       83

<PAGE>

            Class A-4 Note, in the proportion that the aggregate amount
            of all accrued but unpaid interest to the date of
            distribution on each Class A-1 Note, Class A-2 Note, Class
            A-3 Note or Class A-4 Note bears to the aggregate amount of
            all accrued but unpaid interest to the date of distribution
            on all Class A Notes; 

            FOURTH, so much of such payment remaining as shall be
            required to pay in full the aggregate amount of all accrued
            but unpaid interest to the date of distribution on the Class
            B Notes shall be distributed to the Class B Noteholders,
            and, if the aggregate amount remaining shall be insufficient
            to pay all such amounts in full, it shall be distributed
            ratably, without priority of any one Class B Note over any
            other Class B Note, in the proportion that the aggregate
            amount of all accrued but unpaid interest to the date of
            distribution on each Class B Note bears to the aggregate
            amount of all accrued but unpaid interest to the date of
            distribution on all Class B Notes; 

            FIFTH, so much of such payment remaining as shall be
            required to pay in full the aggregate amount of all accrued
            but unpaid interest to the date of distribution on the Class
            C Notes shall be distributed to the Class C Noteholders,
            and, if the aggregate amount remaining shall be insufficient
            to pay all such amounts in full, it shall be distributed
            ratably, without priority of any one Class C Note over any
            other Class C Note, in the proportion that the aggregate
            amount of all accrued but unpaid interest to the date of
            distribution on each Class C Note bears to the aggregate
            amount of all accrued but unpaid interest to the date of
            distribution on all Class C Notes; 

            SIXTH, so much of such payment remaining as shall be required to
            pay in full the aggregate amount of all accrued but unpaid 
            interest to the date of distribution on the Class D Notes shall
            be distributed to the Class D Noteholders, and, if the aggregate
            amount remaining shall be insufficient to pay all such amounts in
            full, it shall be distributed ratably, without priority of any one
            Class D Note over any other Class D Note, in the proportion that
            the aggregate amount of all accrued but unpaid interest to the
            date of distribution on each Class D Note bears to the aggregate
            amount of all accrued but unpaid interest to the date of 
            distribution on all Class D Notes;

            SEVENTH, so much of such payment remaining as shall be
            required to pay in full the aggregate amount of all accrued
            but unpaid interest to the date of distribution on the
            Class E Notes shall be distributed to the Class E Noteholders, and,
            if the aggregate amount remaining shall be insufficient to pay all
            such amounts in full, it shall be distributed ratably, without
            priority of any one Class E Note over any other Class E Note, in the
            proportion that the aggregate amount of all accrued but unpaid 
            interest to the date of distribution on each Class E Note bears to
            the aggregate amount of all accrued but unpaid interest to the 
            date of distribution on all Class E Notes; 

            EIGHTH, the balance, if any, of such payment remaining
            thereafter shall be distributed to the Class A-1 Noteholders
            in order to pay in full the outstanding aggregate amount of
            principal of the Class A-1 Notes, and if the aggregate
            amount remaining shall be insufficient to pay all such
            amounts in full, it shall be distributed ratably, without
            priority of any one Class A-1 Note over any other Class A-1
            Note, in the proportion that the aggregate unpaid principal
            amount of each Class A-1 Note bears to the aggregate unpaid
            principal amount of all Class A-1 Notes;

            NINTH, the balance, if any, of such payment remaining
            thereafter shall be distributed to the Class A-2 Noteholders
            in order to pay in full the outstanding aggregate amount of
            principal of the Class A-2 Notes, and if the aggregate
            amount remaining shall be insufficient to pay all such
            amounts in full, it shall be distributed ratably, without
            priority of any one Class A-2 Note over any other Class A-2
            Note, in the proportion that the aggregate unpaid principal
            amount of each Class A-2 Note bears to the aggregate unpaid
            principal amount of all Class A-2 Notes;

            TENTH, the balance, if any, of such payment remaining
            thereafter shall be distributed to the Class A-3 Noteholders
            in order to pay in full the outstanding aggregate amount of
            principal of the Class A-3 Notes, and if the aggregate
            amount remaining shall be insufficient to pay all such
            amounts in full, it shall be distributed ratably, without
            priority of any one Class A-3 Note over any other Class A-3
            Note, in the proportion that the aggregate unpaid principal
            amount of each Class A-3 Note bears to the aggregate unpaid
            principal amount of all Class A-3 Notes;

            ELEVENTH, the balance, if any, of such payment remaining
            thereafter shall be distributed to the Class A-4 Noteholders
            in order to pay in full the outstanding aggregate amount of
            principal of the Class A-4 Notes, and if the aggregate
            amount remaining shall be insufficient to pay all such
            amounts in full, it shall be distributed ratably, without
            priority of any one Class A-4 Note over any other Class A-4
            Note, in the proportion that the aggregate unpaid principal
            amount of each Class A-4 Note bears to the aggregate unpaid
            principal amount of all Class A-4 Notes;


                                       84

<PAGE>

            TWELFTH, the balance, if any, of such payment remaining
            thereafter shall be distributed to the Class B Noteholders
            in order to pay in full the outstanding aggregate amount of
            principal of the Class B Notes, and if the aggregate amount
            remaining shall be insufficient to pay all such amounts in
            full, it shall be distributed ratably, without priority of
            any one Class B Note over any other Class B Note, in the
            proportion that the aggregate unpaid principal amount of
            each Class B Note bears to the aggregate unpaid principal
            amount of all Class B Notes;

            THIRTEENTH, the balance, if any, of such payment remaining
            thereafter shall be distributed ratably to the Class C
            Noteholders to pay in full the aggregate amount of principal
            of  the Class C Notes,  then due pursuant to or in respect
            of the Class C Notes, and if the aggregate amount remaining
            shall be insufficient to pay all such amounts in full, it
            shall be distributed ratably, without priority of any one
            Class C Note over any other Class C Note, in the proportion
            that the aggregate unpaid principal amount of each Class C
            Note bears to the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all
            Class C Notes; 

            FOURTEENTH, the balance, if any, of such payment remaining
            thereafter shall be distributed ratably to the Class D
            Noteholders to pay in full the aggregate amount of principal
            of the Class D Notes,  then due pursuant to or in respect of
            the Class D Notes, and if the aggregate amount remaining
            shall be insufficient to pay all such amounts in full, it
            shall be distributed ratably, without priority of any one
            Class D Note over any other Class D Note, in the proportion
            that the aggregate unpaid principal amount of each Class D
            Note bears to the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all
            Class D Notes; and

            FIFTEENTH, the balance, if any, of such payment remaining
            thereafter shall be distributed ratably to the Class E
            Noteholders to pay in full the aggregate amount of principal
            of the Class E Notes,  then due pursuant to or in respect of
            the Class E Notes, and if the aggregate amount remaining shall
            be insufficient to pay all such amounts in full, it shall be
            distributed ratably, without priority of any one Class E Note
            over any other Class E Note, in the proportion that the
            aggregate unpaid principal amount of each Class E Note bears
            to the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Class E Notes.
            

EVENTS OF DEFAULT; REMEDIES

     If an Event of Default referred to in subparagraph (e) (see "DESCRIPTION 
OF THE NOTES--EVENTS OF DEFAULT") has occurred and is continuing, then and in 
every such case the unpaid principal of the Notes, together with interest 
accrued but unpaid thereon, and all other amounts due to the Noteholders 
under the Indenture, shall immediately and without further act become due and 
payable.

     If any other Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, 
then and in every such case, the Notes shall be accelerated with accrued but 
unpaid interest thereon; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, such Event of Default may be 
waived if the Required Holders may provide the Trustee and the Trust 
Depositor written notice of such waiver.

THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE

     The Indenture Trustee with respect to the Notes is [              ].
 Newcourt USA and its affiliates may from time to time enter into banking and
trustee relationships with the Indenture Trustee and its affiliates.  Newcourt
USA and its affiliates may hold Notes in their own names; however, any Notes so
held shall not be entitled to participate in any decisions made or instructions
given to the  Indenture Trustee by the Noteholders as a group.

     The Indenture Trustee's responsibilities will consist principally of the
distribution of monies received pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement, 
the authentication and registration of transfer of Notes under the Indenture,
and the delivery of certain information received from the Trust Depositor.


                                       85

<PAGE>

     For purposes of meeting the legal requirements of any jurisdictions in
which any part of the Trust Assets may at the time be located, the Indenture
Trustee will have the power to appoint a co-trustee or separate trustee of all
or any part of the Trust Assets.  To the extent permitted by law, all rights,
powers, duties and obligations conferred or imposed upon the Indenture Trustee
will be conferred or imposed upon and exercised or performed by the  Indenture
Trustee and such separate trustee or co-trustee jointly, or, in any jurisdiction
in which the Indenture Trustee will be incompetent or unqualified to perform
certain acts, singly upon such separate trustee or co-trustee who shall exercise
and perform such rights, powers, duties and obligations solely at the direction
of the Indenture Trustee.

The Indenture Trustee may resign at any time, in which event a successor
Indenture Trustee which meets the requirements of Section 310(a) of the Trust
Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the "TIA"), will be appointed by the
Servicer.  The Servicer may also remove the  Indenture Trustee if the  Indenture
Trustee ceases to be eligible to continue as such under the Indenture.  In such
circumstances, a successor Indenture Trustee which meets the requirements of
Section 310(a) of the TIA will be appointed by the Servicer.  Any resignation or
removal of the Indenture Trustee and appointment of a successor Indenture
Trustee does not become effective until acceptance of the appointment by the
successor Indenture Trustee.

GOVERNING LAW

     The Indenture will be governed by the laws of the State of New York.

AMENDMENTS

     At any time and from time to time, (i) the Owner Trustee, the Trust
Depositor, and the Indenture Trustee, with the written consent of the Required
Holders) represented thereby, may execute a supplement to the Indenture for the
purpose of adding provisions to, or changing or eliminating provisions of, the
Indenture (including any appendix or schedule hereto) and (ii) the Indenture
Trustee, with the written consent of a Majority in Interest of the Noteholders
represented thereby, may consent to or execute a written amendment of or
supplement to, or waiver or consent under, the Sale and Servicing Agreement;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that, without the consent of each Noteholder under the
Indenture, no such amendment, supplement, waiver or consent shall

                 (i)     reduce the amount or extend the time of payment
            of any amount owing or payable under any Note or
            Subordinated Note or (except as provided in the Indenture)
            increase or reduce the interest payable on any Note or
            Subordinated Note (except that only the consent of the
            affected holder of a Note or Subordinated Note (as
            applicable) shall be required for any decrease in an amount
            of or the rate of interest payable on such Note or any
            extension for the  time of payment of any amount payable
            under such Note or Subordinated Note), or alter or modify
            the provisions of the Sale and Servicing Agreement with
            respect to the order of priorities in which distributions
            thereunder shall be made or with respect to the amount or
            time of payment of any such distribution,

                 (ii)    reduce, modify or amend any indemnities in
            favor of any Noteholder or in favor of or to be paid by the
            Trust Depositor, or alter the definition of "INDEMNITEES" to
            exclude any Noteholder (except as consented to by each
            Person adversely affected thereby),

                 (iii)    make any Note payable in money other than U.S.
            dollars,

                 (iv)    modify, amend or supplement the provisions of
            the Sale and Servicing Agreement relating to amendments,
            waivers and supplements to the Indenture, the Sale and
            Servicing Agreement or any other document, or

                 (v)     modify the definition of "MAJORITY IN INTEREST"
            (as defined in the Indenture) or the percentage of
            Noteholders required to effect any modification of the
            Indenture.


                        CERTAIN LEGAL ASPECTS OF THE CONTRACTS

     TRANSFER OF CONTRACTS.  As of the Cutoff Date, Newcourt USA, as Seller,
will sell the Contracts to the Trust Depositor, which Contracts will be
immediately conveyed to the Trust pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement. 
Under commercial law, the transfer of the Contracts to the Trust is either a
sale of the Contracts to the Trust or a grant of a security interest in such
property to the Trust.  The Trust Depositor has taken and will take all actions
that are required under applicable law to perfect the Trust's interest in the
Contracts in the event the transfer by the Trust  Depositor to the Trust is


                                       86

<PAGE>

deemed to be a loan for commercial law purposes, and it is the intent of the
Trust Depositor that the Trust will at all times have a first priority perfected
security interest in the Contracts and in the proceeds thereof, with certain
exceptions.   The Trust Depositor will represent and warrant to the Trust that,
in the event the sale of such Contracts by the Trust Depositor to the Trust is
deemed to create a security interest under the UCC, there will exist a valid,
subsisting and enforceable first priority perfected security interest in the
Contracts, in existence at the time of the formation of the Trust with respect
to Contracts conveyed on the Closing Date or at the date of conveyance of any
Additional Contracts or Substitute Contracts, in favor of the Trust.  For a
discussion of the Trust's rights arising from these representations and
warranties not being satisfied, see "THE TRANSFER AND SALE AGREEMENT AND THE
SALE AND SERVICING AGREEMENT GENERALLY--REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES".

     Financing statements covering the Contracts will be filed under the UCC by
the Trust Depositor, the Trust and the Indenture Trustee to perfect their
respective interests in the Contracts and continuation statements will be filed
as required to continue the perfection of such interests.  In addition, the
Seller will indicate in the appropriate computer files relating to the
Contracts, that such Contracts have been transferred by the Seller to the Trust
Depositor, by the Trust Depositor to the Trust and by the Trust to the Indenture
Trustee, and the Seller will notate in the appropriate computer records  that
such Contracts have been transferred to the Trust and assigned to the Indenture
Trustee, and deliver to the Indenture Trustee a computer file or microfiche or
written list containing a true and complete list of all Contracts then being
transferred to the Trust and all Secondary Contracts in which a security
interest is then being transferred to the Trust, identified by account number
and by the Discounted Contract Balance as of the related Cutoff Date.  To
facilitate servicing and reduce administrative costs, however, the Contract
Files (as defined herein) will be retained in the possession of the Servicer and
not deposited with the Indenture Trustee or any other agent or custodian for the
benefit of the Noteholders.  Because the Contract Files will remain in the
Servicer's possession, if a subsequent purchaser were able to take physical
possession of the Contract Files without knowledge of such assignment, the
Indenture Trustee's priority interest in the Contracts (as assignee of the
Seller's, Trust Depositor's and the Trust's interest) could be defeated.  In
such event, distributions to Noteholders could be adversely affected.  The
notation in the computer records, however, mitigates this risk.

     Similarly, with respect to Secondary Contracts securing Vendor Loans, in
some instances the Vendor will retain the original contract files associated
with the related End-User Contracts which are Secondary Contracts securing such
Vendor Loan.  Although UCC financing statements are filed reflecting the pledge
of such Contracts to the Seller as security for the Vendor Loans, because these
contract files will remain in the Vendor's possession, if a subsequent purchaser
were able to take physical possession of such contract files without knowledge
of the pledge to the Seller, the Indenture Trustee's priority security interest
(as assignee of the Seller's, Trust Depositor's and the Trust's interest) in the
such Secondary Contracts, as security for the related Vendor Loan, could be
defeated.  In such event, distributions to Noteholders could be adversely
affected.  Each Vendor represents, warrants and covenants in the applicable
agreement evidencing a Vendor Loan, however, that it has not and will not sell
or otherwise convey, unless subordinated to the Trust, or otherwise pledge,
assign or convey to any other party (other than the Seller) any interest in the
Secondary Contracts securing such Vendor Loan, and agrees that it will maintain
possession of the related contract files as custodian for the benefit of the
Seller as secured party with respect to such Secondary Contracts.

     There are also certain limited circumstances under applicable federal or
state law in which prior transferees of Contracts or Secondary Contracts could
have an interest in such contracts with priority over the Indenture Trustee's
interest.  A tax or other government lien on property of the Seller or the Trust
Depositor arising prior to the time a Contract or interest in a Secondary
Contract is conveyed to the Trust may also have priority over the interest of
the Trust and the Indenture Trustee in such contract.   Under the Transfer and
Sale Agreement, the Seller will warrant to the Trust Depositor, and, under the
Sale and Servicing Agreement, the Trust Depositor will warrant to the Indenture
Trustee, that the Contracts have been transferred free and clear of the lien of
any third party other than Permitted Liens (other than the Subordinated Residual
Interest, if any, assigned to any Residual Assignee) and that the interests in
Secondary Contracts transferred thereunder have been transferred free and clear
of the lien of any third party other than Permitted Liens.  The Seller, the
Trust Depositor, the Owner Trustee and the Trust  will also covenant that it
will not sell, pledge, assign, transfer or grant any lien on any Contract or
Secondary Contract included in the Trust, other than transfers to the Trust and
by the Trust to the Indenture Trustee.  In addition, as described above under
"THE TRUST DEPOSITOR", the Trust Depositor has been organized as a
"BANKRUPTCY-REMOTE" entity which is not engaged in any business or activities
unrelated to the transactions described herein.

     Because Software is generally eligible for protection under the Federal
copyright laws, a security interest in Software generally cannot be perfected
without a filing at the U.S. Copyright Office.  Some legal authority indicates
that this filing requirement also extends to a sale or grant of a security
interest in Software licenses and the proceeds thereof, while some other legal
authority suggests that where there is an outright assignment of certain
payments (such as royalties) associated with copyrightable materials, the rights
to receive such payments constitute property separate from the copyrightable
material


                                       87
<PAGE>

and that no filing in the Copyright Office is required in connection with 
such assignment.  The Seller believes that the receivables arising from 
Contracts that are Software licenses or purport to be secured by Software 
licenses constitute property separate from those Software licenses and that 
no filing at the U.S. Copyright office is required in order to perfect any 
transfers of those receivables that have occurred prior to, or will occur on, 
the Closing Date, and no filings have been, or will be, made at the U.S. 
Copyright office in connection with those transfers.  While the Seller 
believes, and will represent, that the Trust will have a perfected ownership 
or security interest in those Receivables (and appropriate UCC filings will 
be made relating to those Receivables), no assurance can be given that a 
court would concur with that conclusion in light of the split in legal 
authorities referred to above. The Seller will not make any representation or 
warranty as to its interest in any Software underlying any Contract or any 
Software license securing or purporting to secure any Contract.

     TRANSFERS OF INTERESTS IN FINANCED EQUIPMENT.  In connection with the 
conveyance of the Contracts to the Trust, security interests in the related 
financed Equipment securing such Contracts (or, in connection with Leases, 
the Seller's ownership interest in or title to such Equipment) will be 
assigned by the Seller to the Trust Depositor and by the Trust Depositor to 
the Trust and by the Trust or the Indenture Trustee.  It has been the general 
 policy of the Seller to file or cause to be filed UCC financing statements 
with respect to the Equipment relating to the Contracts.  Due  to the  
administrative burden and expense associated with amending many filings in 
numerous states where Equipment is located, no assignments of the UCC 
financing statements evidencing the security interest of the Seller in  the 
Equipment will be filed to reflect the Trust Depositor's, the Trust's or the 
Indenture Trustee's interests therein. While failure to file such assignments 
does not affect the Trust's interest in the Contracts or perfection of the 
Indenture Trustee's interest in such Contracts (including the related 
Seller's security interest in the related Equipment), it does expose the 
Trust (and thus Noteholders) to the risk that the Servicer could 
inadvertently release its security interest  in the Equipment of record, and 
it could complicate the Trust's enforcement, as assignee, of the Seller's  
security interest in the Equipment.  While these risks should not affect the 
perfection or priority of the interest of the Indenture Trustee  in the 
Contracts or rights to payment thereunder, they may adversely affect the 
right of the Indenture Trustee to receive proceeds of a disposition of the 
Equipment related to a Defaulted Contract.  Additionally, statutory liens for 
repairs or unpaid taxes and other liens arising by operation of law may have 
priority even over prior perfected security interests in the Equipment 
assigned to the Indenture Trustee.

     In addition, some of the Equipment related to the Contracts may 
constitute "FIXTURES" under the real estate or UCC provisions of the 
jurisdiction in which such Equipment is located.  In order to perfect a 
security interest in such Equipment, the holder of the security interest must 
file either a "FIXTURE FILING" under the provisions of the UCC or a real 
estate mortgage under the real estate laws of the state where the Equipment 
is located.  These filings must be made in the real estate records office of 
the county in which such Equipment is located.  So long as the Obligor does 
not permanently attach the Equipment to the real estate, a security interest 
in the Equipment will be governed by the UCC, and the filing of a UCC-1 
financing statement will be effective to maintain the priority of the 
Seller's security interest in such Equipment.  Except for a small portion of 
such Equipment, the Trust Depositor does not believe that any of the 
Equipment will be permanently affixed to the related real estate.  If, 
however, any Equipment is permanently attached to the real estate in which it 
is located, other parties could obtain an interest in the Equipment which is 
prior to the security interest originally obtained by the Seller and 
transferred to the Trust Depositor.  Based on the representation of the 
Seller, the Trust Depositor, however, believes that with respect to Equipment 
which constitutes a "FIXTURE",  it has obtained a perfected first priority 
security interest (except with respect to the Minimum Value Filing 
Exception), through assignment of such security interest by the Seller, by 
virtue of the Seller's proper filing of UCC-2 financing statements naming the 
Seller as secured party in the real estate records office of the county in 
which the Equipment is located or by obtaining waivers from landlords or 
mortgagees.  Also, the Seller will represent that as of the Cutoff Date, in 
the Seller's reasonable judgment, the Discounted Contract Balance of End-User 
Contracts in the Contract Pool that are secured by fixtures, does not exceed  
  [      ]% of the ADCB of the Contract Pool.

     The Trust Depositor will be obligated to reacquire any Contract 
transferred to the Trust (subject to the Seller's reacquisition thereof) in 
the event it is determined that a first priority perfected security interest, 
or ownership interest in the case of Leases, in the name of the Seller in the 
Equipment related to such Contract did not exist as of the date such Contract 
was conveyed to the Trust (except with respect to the Minimum Value Filing 
Exception), if (i) such breach shall materially adversely affect such 
Contract and (ii) such failure or breach shall not have been cured by the 
last day of the second (or, if the Trust Depositor elects, the first) month 
following the discovery by or notice to the Trust Depositor of such breach, 
and the Seller will be obligated to reacquire such Contract from the Trust 
Depositor contemporaneously with the Trust Depositor's reacquisition from the 
Trust.  If there is any Equipment as to which the Seller failed to perfect 
its security interest, such Seller's security interest, and the security 
interests of the Trust Depositor and the related Trust (and the Indenture 
Trustee as assignee), would be subordinated to, among others, subsequent 
purchasers of the Equipment and holders of perfected security interests with 
respect thereto.  To the extent the security interest of the Seller in the 
related Equipment is perfected, subject to the exceptions set forth in the 
following sentence, the Trust will have a prior claim over subsequent 
purchasers from the Obligor of such Equipment and holders of subsequently 
perfected security interests granted by Obligors.  However, as against 
Mechanics' Liens or liens for taxes and other non-consensual liens unpaid by 
an Obligor under a Contract, or in 


                                      88
<PAGE>

the event of fraud or negligence of the Seller or Servicer, the  Trust could 
lose the priority of its interest or its interest in such Equipment following 
the conveyance of such Contract to the Trust.  Neither the Trust Depositor, 
the Servicer nor the Seller will have any obligation to reacquire a Contract 
if any of the occurrences described in the foregoing sentence (other than 
fraud or negligence of the Seller) result in the Trust's losing the priority 
of its security interest or its security interest in such Equipment after the 
date such Contract is conveyed to the Trust.

     TRANSFERS OF INTERESTS IN FINANCED VEHICLES.  The Contracts will include 
conditional sales agreements for Vehicles subject to state certificate of 
title statutes.  Security interests in vehicles registered in most states may 
be perfected by a notation of the secured party's lien on the certificate of 
title for such vehicle, depending on state law.  With respect to conditional 
sales agreements for vehicles, such liens would be noted in the name of 
Newcourt USA. Newcourt USA has been designated as the first and sole lien 
holder on the certificate of title.  In the event the Vendor fails, due to 
clerical errors or for any other reason, to effect such notation of Newcourt 
USA's interest in a vehicle, Newcourt USA would not have a perfected first 
priority security interest in such vehicle.  As a result, the only recourse 
of Newcourt USA vis-a-vis third parties would be against the Obligor or the 
related Vendor on an unsecured basis.  However, Newcourt USA believes that it 
has obtained a perfected first priority security interest by notation with 
respect to almost all of the vehicles.  In addition, the Contracts may also 
include Leases of vehicles where Newcourt USA is identified on the 
certificate of title as the owner of the vehicle. 

     The transfer by the Seller to the Trust Depositor, by the Trust 
Depositor to the Trust and by the Trust to the Indenture Trustee of the 
Seller's security interest in the Vehicles securing certain Contracts, or its 
ownership interest in the Vehicles subject to Leases, and the transfer of 
such interests by the Trust Depositor to the Trust and by the Trust to the 
Indenture Trustee, is subject to state vehicle registration laws.  Due to the 
significant administrative burden and expense associated with reregistering 
transfers of titles and of security interests with respect to the Vehicles, 
the certificates of title with respect to the Vehicles securing Contracts, 
and to the Vehicles subject to Leases, will not identify the Trust or the 
Indenture Trustee as secured party or owner, as the case may be, of such 
Equipment.  There exists a risk in not so identifying the Trust or the 
Indenture Trustee as the new secured party or owner that, through fraud or 
negligence, a third party could acquire an interest in the Vehicles superior 
to that of the Trust or the Indenture Trustee. In addition, statutory liens 
for repairs or unpaid taxes may have priority even over a perfected security 
interest in the Vehicles.  The Seller will represent that as of the Cutoff 
Date, in the Seller's reasonable judgment, the Discounted Contract Balance of 
End-User Contracts in the Contract Pool that are secured by the Vehicles, 
does not exceed [        ]% of the ADCB of the Contract Pool. Also, the 
Seller will execute a power of attorney to the Indenture Trustee authorizing 
the Indenture Trustee to designate the Indenture Trustee as the first and 
sole lien holder on the certificate of title with respect to the Vehicles 
after an Event of Default.

      With respect to motor Vehicles, in the event that the owner of a 
Vehicle moves to a state other than the state in which such Vehicle is 
registered, under the laws of most states the perfected security interest in 
the Vehicle would continue for four months after such relocation and 
thereafter until the owner titles the Vehicle in such state.  A majority of 
states generally require surrender of a certificate of title to re-register a 
Vehicle.  Accordingly, Newcourt USA as  Servicer must surrender possession if 
it holds the certificates of title to such Vehicle or, in the case of 
Vehicles originally registered in a state which provides for notation of lien 
but does not require possession of the certificate of title by the holder of 
the security interest in the related motor vehicle, Newcourt USA as Servicer 
would receive notice of surrender if the security interest in the Vehicle is 
noted on the certificate of title. Accordingly, the Servicer would have the 
opportunity to re-perfect its security interest in the Vehicle in the state 
of relocation.  In states which do not require a certificate of title for 
registration of a motor vehicle, re-registration could defeat perfection.  In 
the ordinary course of servicing its portfolio of motor vehicle financing 
agreements, Newcourt USA takes steps to effect such reperfection upon receipt 
of notice of re-registration of information from the Obligor as to 
relocation.  Similarly, when an Obligor sells a Vehicle, Newcourt USA must 
surrender possession of the certificates of title or will receive notice as a 
result of its lien noted thereon and accordingly will have an opportunity to 
require satisfaction of the related Contract before release of the lien.  
Under the Sale and Servicing Agreement, the Servicer is obligated to take 
such steps, at the Servicer's expense, as are necessary to maintain 
perfection of security interests in the Vehicles.

     Under the laws of many states, certain possessory liens for repairs 
performed on a motor vehicle and storage, as well as certain rights in favor 
of federal and state governmental authorities arising from the use of a motor 
vehicle in connection with illegal activities, may take priority even over a 
perfected security interest.  Certain federal tax liens may have priority 
over the lien of a secured party.  In the Transfer and Sale Agreement, the 
Seller will represent, and the Trust Depositor will represent in the Sale and 
Servicing Agreement, that they have no knowledge of any such liens with 
respect to any Vehicle.  However, such liens could arise at any time during 
the term of a Contract.  No notice will be given to the Indenture Trustee in 
the event such a lien arises. 

     The Servicer on behalf of the Trust may take action to enforce the 
Trust's security interest by repossession and resale of the Vehicles securing 
the related Contracts. The actual repossession may be contracted out to third 
party contractors.

                                      89
<PAGE>

Under the UCC and laws applicable in most states, a creditor can repossess a 
motor vehicle securing a loan by voluntary surrender, "SELF-HELP" 
repossession that is "PEACEFUL" (I.E., without breach of the peace) and, in 
the absence of voluntary surrender and the ability to repossess without 
breach of the peace, by judicial process.  The UCC and consumer protection 
laws in most states place restrictions on repossession sales, including 
requiring prior notice to the debtor and commercial reasonableness in 
effecting such a sale.  In the event of such repossession and resale of a 
Vehicle (assuming the Trust had a first perfected security interest in such 
Vehicle), the Trust would be entitled to be paid out of the sale proceeds 
before such proceeds could be applied to the payment of the claims of 
unsecured creditors or the holders of subsequently perfected security 
interests or, thereafter, to the debtor.

     Under the UCC and laws applicable in most states, a creditor is entitled 
to obtain a deficiency judgment from a debtor for any deficiency on 
repossession and resale of the motor vehicle securing such debtor's loan on a 
commercially reasonable basis.  However, some states impose prohibitions or 
limitations on deficiency judgments.  In general, a defaulting Obligor may 
not have sufficient assets to make the pursuit of a deficiency judgment 
worthwhile.

     Certain other federal and state statutory provisions, including 
bankruptcy law, insolvency laws, and other laws affecting the rights of 
creditors and debtors generally as well as general equitable principles may 
limit or delay the ability of a lender to repossess and resell collateral or 
enforce a deficiency judgment.

     CERTAIN MATTERS RELATING TO BANKRUPTCY.   The Seller will either (i) 
originate Contracts or (ii) acquire End-User Contracts from a Vendor, which 
Contracts will be transferred to the Trust Depositor.  If the acquisition of 
an End-User Contract by a Seller is treated as a sale of such Contract from 
the applicable Vendor to such Seller, such Contract generally would not be 
part of such Vendor's bankruptcy estate and would not be available to such 
Vendor's creditors.  If a Vendor became a debtor in a bankruptcy case then, 
in the case of End-User Contracts acquired as described in clause (ii) above, 
if an unpaid creditor of such Vendor or a representative of creditors of such 
Vendor, such as a trustee in bankruptcy, or such Vendor acting as a 
debtor-in-possession, were to take the position that the sale of such 
Contracts to the Seller was ineffective to remove such Contracts from such 
Vendor's estate (for instance, that such sale should be recharacterized as a 
pledge of Contracts to secure borrowings of such Vendor), then delays in 
payments under the Contracts to the Trust could occur or, should the court 
rule in favor of such creditor, representative or Vendor, reductions in the 
amount of such payments could result.  Further, if the transfer of End-User 
Contracts to the Seller as described in clause (ii) above is recharacterized 
as a pledge, a tax or government lien on the property of the pledging Vendor 
arising before the Contracts came into existence may have priority over the 
Seller's (and its assignee's)  interest in the Contracts.  No law firm will, 
in connection with any offering of the Notes, express any opinion as to the 
issues discussed above.

     In the Transfer and Sale Agreement, the Seller will warrant to the Trust 
Depositor that the conveyance of the Contracts by a Seller to the Trust 
Depositor is a valid sale and transfer of such Contracts to the Trust 
Depositor. In addition, each Seller and the Trust Depositor will treat the 
transactions described herein as a sale of the Contracts to the Trust 
Depositor and the Seller will take all actions that are required under 
applicable law to perfect the Trust Depositor's ownership interest in the 
Contracts sold by it and the Trust Depositor's security interest in the 
Secondary Contracts securing Vendor Loans sold by it.  Notwithstanding the 
foregoing, if  the Seller became a debtor in a bankruptcy case and an unpaid 
creditor of the Seller or a representative of creditors of the Seller, such 
as a trustee in bankruptcy, or the Seller acting as a debtor-in-possession, 
were to take the position that the sale of Contracts to the Trust Depositor 
was ineffective to remove such Contracts from the Seller's estate (for 
instance, that such sale should be recharacterized as a pledge of Contracts 
to secure borrowings of the Seller), then delays in payments under the 
Contracts to the Trust could occur or, should the court rule in favor of such 
creditor, representative or Seller, reductions in the amount of such payments 
could result.  If the transfer of Contracts to the Trust Depositor is 
recharacterized as a pledge, a tax or government lien on the property of the 
Seller arising before the Contracts came into existence may have priority 
over the Trust Depositor's interest in the Contracts.  If the transactions 
contemplated herein are treated as a sale of Contracts to the Trust 
Depositor, generally the Contracts would not be part of the Seller's 
bankruptcy estate and would not be available to the Seller's creditors.

     In OCTAGON GAS SYSTEMS, INC. V. RIMMER, 995 F.2d 948 (10th Cir. 1993), 
the United States Court of Appeals for the Tenth Circuit held that, under the 
UCC, accounts sold by a debtor remain property of the debtor's estate under 
Section 541 of the Bankruptcy Code.  In the event of a bankruptcy of a 
Seller, or, in the case of Contracts originated by a Vendor and purchased by 
a Seller, a bankruptcy of a Vendor, and a determination by a court that the 
sale of the Contracts to the Trust Depositor or to the Seller, respectively, 
should be recharacterized as a pledge of such Contracts to secure a 
borrowing, not as a "TRUE SALE," including as a result of the application by 
a court of the Octagon court's reasoning to  the Seller's sale of Contracts 
to the Trust Depositor or to a Vendor's sale of Contracts to the Seller, 
delays in distributions on Notes, and possible reductions in the amount of 
distributions, could occur.



                                      90
<PAGE>

     The Trust Depositor will warrant in the Sale and Servicing Agreement 
that the security interest therein granted by the Trust in favor of the 
Indenture Trustee is a valid and duly perfected security interest (except 
with respect to the Minimum Value Filing Exception), and will take all 
actions that are required under applicable law to perfect the Trust's and the 
Indenture Trustee's respective interests in the Contracts and the Secondary 
Contracts securing Vendor Loans sold by it (except with respect to the 
Minimum Value Filing Exception).  Nevertheless, if the Trust Depositor were 
to become a debtor in a bankruptcy case and an unpaid creditor of the Trust 
Depositor or a representative of creditors of the Trust Depositor, such as a 
trustee in bankruptcy, or the Trust Depositor acting as a 
debtor-in-possession, were to take the position that the sale of Contracts to 
the Trust was ineffective to remove such Contract's from the Trust 
Depositor's estate (for instance, that such sale should be recharacterized as 
a pledge of Contracts to secure borrowings of the Trust Depositor), then 
delays in payments under the Contracts to the Trust could occur or, should 
the court rule in favor of such creditor, representative or Trust Depositor, 
reductions in the amount of such payments could result.  If the transfer of 
Contracts to the Trust is recharacterized as a pledge, a tax or government 
lien on the property of the Trust Depositor arising before the Contracts came 
into existence may have priority over the Noteholder's interest in the 
Contracts.  If the transactions are treated as a sale of Contracts, 
generally, the Contracts would not be part of the Trust Depositor's estate 
and would not be available to the Trust Depositor's creditors.

     A bankruptcy trustee or debtor in possession under the United States 
Bankruptcy Code (Title 11 U.S.C. Section 101 et seq.) (the "BANKRUPTCY CODE") 
has the right to elect to assume or reject any executory contract or 
unexpired lease which is considered to be a "TRUE LEASE" (and not a 
financing) under applicable law.  Any rejection of such a contract or lease 
would constitute a breach of such contract or lease, as applicable, as of the 
day preceding the commencement of the applicable bankruptcy case, entitling 
the nonbreaching party to a pre-petition claim for damages.

     Certain End-User Contracts will be "TRUE LEASES" and thus subject to 
rejection by the lessor under the Bankruptcy Code.  Any such End-User 
Contract originated by a Seller or acquired by a Seller in a transaction 
whereby the Seller is the "LESSOR" thereunder, will be subject to rejection 
by such Seller, as debtor in possession, or by such Seller's bankruptcy 
trustee.  Upon any such rejection, Scheduled Payments under such rejected 
End-User Contract may terminate and the Noteholders may be subject to losses 
if the remaining unaffected Contracts and security interests in the related 
Equipment are insufficient to cover the losses.  In addition, any End-User 
Contract which is a "TRUE LEASE" originated by a Vendor and transferred to a 
Seller in a transaction whereby such Vendor continues to be the "LESSOR" 
thereunder (such as a transfer by a Vendor to the Seller of a security 
interest in such End-User Contract or a transfer by a Vendor to the Seller of 
an interest in the right to payments only under any such End-User Contract), 
will be subject to rejection by such Vendor, as debtor in possession, or by 
such Vendor's bankruptcy trustee.  Upon any such rejection, Scheduled 
Payments under such rejected End-User Contract may terminate and the 
Noteholders may be subject to losses if the remaining unaffected Contracts, 
and security interests in the Equipment related thereto, are insufficient to 
cover the losses.

     Certain restrictions have been imposed on the Trust Depositor and the 
Trust and certain other parties to the transactions described herein which 
are intended to reduce the risk of an insolvency proceeding involving the 
Trust Depositor or the Trust.  These restrictions include incorporating the 
Trust Depositor as a separate, special purpose company pursuant to a 
certificate of incorporation containing certain restrictions on the nature of 
its business. Additionally, the Trust Depositor may commence a voluntary case 
or proceeding under any bankruptcy or insolvency law, or cause the Trust to 
commence a voluntary case or proceeding under any bankruptcy or insolvency 
law, only upon the affirmative vote of all its directors, including its 
independent directors, as long as the Trust Depositor is solvent and does not 
reasonably foresee becoming insolvent.  The Trust Depositor's certificate of 
incorporation requires that the Trust Depositor have at all times at least 
two independent directors. However, no assurance can be given that insolvency 
proceedings involving either the Trust Depositor or the Trust will not occur. 
 In the event the Trust Depositor becomes subject to insolvency proceedings, 
the Trust, the Trust's interest in the Trust Assets, and the Trust's 
obligation to make payments on the Notes might also become subject to such 
insolvency proceedings.  In the event of insolvency proceedings involving the 
Trust, the Trust's interest in the Trust Assets and the Trust's obligation to 
make payments on the Notes would become subject to such insolvency 
proceedings.  No assurance can be given that insolvency proceedings involving 
Newcourt USA would not lead to insolvency proceedings of either, or both, of 
the Trust Depositor or the Trust.  In either such event, or if an attempt 
were made to litigate any of the foregoing issues, delays of distributions on 
the Notes, possible reductions in the amount of payment of principal of and 
interest on the Notes and limitations (including a stay) on the exercise of 
remedies under the Indenture and the Sale and Servicing Agreement could 
occur, although the Noteholders would continue to have the benefit of the 
Indenture Trustee's security interest in the Trust Assets under the Sale and 
Servicing Agreement.

     The right of the Indenture Trustee, as secured party under the Sale and 
Servicing Agreement for the benefit of the Noteholders, to foreclose upon and 
sell the Trust Assets is likely to be significantly impaired by applicable 
bankruptcy laws, including the automatic stay pursuant to Section 362 of the 
Bankruptcy Code, if a bankruptcy proceeding were to be commenced by or 
against the Trust, and possibly the Trust Depositor, before or possibly even 
after the Indenture Trustee 


                                      91
<PAGE>

has foreclosed upon and sold the Trust Assets.  Under the bankruptcy laws, 
payments on debts are not made and secured creditors are prohibited from 
repossessing their security from a debtor in a bankruptcy case or from 
disposing of security repossessed from such a debtor, without bankruptcy 
court approval.  Moreover, the bankruptcy laws generally permit the debtor to 
continue to retain and to use collateral even though the debtor is in default 
under the applicable debt instruments, provided generally that the secured 
creditor has the right to seek "ADEQUATE PROTECTION".  The meaning of the 
term "ADEQUATE PROTECTION" may vary according to circumstances, but it is 
intended in general to protect the value of the security from any diminution 
in the value of the collateral as a result of the use of the collateral by 
the debtor during the pendency of the bankruptcy case.  In view of the lack 
of a precise definition of the term "ADEQUATE PROTECTION" and the broad 
discretionary powers of a bankruptcy court, it is impossible to predict 
whether or to what extent the holders of the Notes would be compensated for 
any diminution in value of the Trust Assets.  Furthermore, in the event a 
bankruptcy court determines that the value of the Trust Assets is not 
sufficient to repay all amounts due on the Notes, the Noteholders would hold 
secured claims only to the extent of the value of the Trust Assets to which 
the holders are entitled, and unsecured claims with respect to such 
shortfall.  The bankruptcy laws do not permit the payment or accrual of 
post-petition interest, costs and attorneys' fees during a debtor's 
bankruptcy case unless, and then only to the extent, the claims are 
oversecured.

     The Seller will either (i) originate Contracts or (ii) acquire End-User 
Contracts from a Vendor, which Contracts will be transferred to the Trust 
Depositor.  If the acquisition of an End-User Contract by the Seller is 
treated as a sale of such Contract from the applicable Vendor to the Seller, 
except in certain limited circumstances, such Contract would not be part of 
such Vendor's bankruptcy estate and would not be available to such Vendor's 
creditors.  If a Vendor became a debtor in a bankruptcy case and, in the case 
of End-User Contracts acquired as described in clause (ii) above, if an 
unpaid creditor of such Vendor or a representative of creditors of such 
Vendor, such as a trustee in bankruptcy, or such Vendor acting as a 
debtor-in-possession, were, in any case, to take the position that the sale 
of such Contracts to the Seller was ineffective to remove such Contracts from 
such Vendor's estate (for instance, that such sale should be recharacterized 
as a pledge of Contracts to secure borrowings of such Vendor), then delays in 
payments under the Contracts to the Trust could occur or, should the court 
rule in favor of such creditor, representative or Vendor, reductions in the 
amount of such payments could result.  If the transfer of End-User Contracts 
to the Seller as described in clause (ii) above is recharacterized as a 
pledge, a tax or government lien on the property of the pledging Vendor 
arising before the Contracts came into existence may have priority over the 
Seller's (and hence the Trust Depositor's, the Trust's and the Indenture 
Trustee's) interest in the Contracts.  No law firm will, in connection with 
the offering of the Notes, express any opinion as to the issues discussed in 
this paragraph.  

     If an Insolvency Event with respect to the Trust Depositor were to 
occur, then an Event of Default would occur with respect to the Notes and, 
pursuant to the terms of the Sale and Servicing Agreement,  and assuming the 
Trust Assets were not then subject to being involved in a bankruptcy case, 
the Indenture Trustee would sell the Contracts, thereby causing early 
termination of the Trust and would use the proceeds of such sale to pay the 
outstanding principal of and accrued interest on the Notes to the extent and 
in the order of priority described under "DESCRIPTION OF THE 
NOTES--ALLOCATIONS; FOLLOWING AN EVENT OF DEFAULT".   The Noteholders would 
suffer a loss if the sum of (i) the proceeds of the sale allocable to the 
Noteholders and (ii) the proceeds of any collections on the Contracts in the 
Collection Account allocable to the Noteholders is insufficient to pay the 
Noteholders in full.

     State laws impose requirements and restrictions relating to foreclosure 
sales and obtaining deficiency judgments following such sales.  In the event 
that the Noteholders must rely on repossession and disposition of any 
Equipment to recover amounts due on Defaulted Contracts, such amounts may not 
be realized because of the application of these requirements and 
restrictions.  Other factors that may affect the ability of the Noteholders 
to realize the full amount due on a Contract or Secondary Contract include 
the failure to file financing statements to perfect the Seller's, the Trust 
Depositor's, the Trust's or Indenture Trustee's security interest, as 
applicable, in the Equipment or other Applicable Security, depreciation, 
obsolescence, damage or loss of any item of Equipment, and the application of 
federal and state bankruptcy and insolvency laws.  As a result, the 
Noteholders may be subject to delays in receiving payments and losses if the 
remaining unaffected Contracts are insufficient to cover such losses.

     If a court, in a lawsuit by an unpaid creditor of a Seller or by a 
representative of creditors of such Seller, such as a trustee in bankruptcy, 
or by the Seller acting as a debtor-in-possession, were to find that, at the 
time of or as a result of any transfer by such Seller of Contracts to the 
Trust Depositor, (i) (A)  the Seller entered into such transaction with the 
intent of hindering, delaying or defrauding creditors or (B) the Seller 
received less than a reasonably equivalent value or fair consideration as a 
result of such transfer and (ii)  the Seller (A) was insolvent or would be 
rendered insolvent by such transfer, (B) was engaged in a business or 
transaction for which its assets constituted unreasonably small capital after 
such transfer or (C) intended to incur, or believed that it would incur, 
indebtedness beyond its ability to pay as the obligations under such 
indebtedness matured (as the foregoing terms are defined in or interpreted 
under the relevant fraudulent conveyance statutes), such court could 
invalidate such transfer to the Trust Depositor or to the Trust, or 
substantively consolidate the 



                                      92
<PAGE>

Trust Depositor, the Trust and the Seller, or subordinate the rights of the 
Noteholders to the rights of unsecured creditors of the Seller, or take other 
actions that would be adverse to the Noteholders.

     The measure of insolvency for purposes of the foregoing will vary 
depending on the law of the jurisdiction that is being applied.  Generally, 
however, an entity would be considered insolvent if the fair saleable value 
of its assets is less than the amount of its liabilities (including 
contingent liabilities) or the amount that will be required to pay its 
probable liabilities on its existing debts as they become absolute and 
matured.  The Seller believes that it is entering into these transactions 
(including the transfers of Contracts pursuant to the Transfer and Sale 
Agreement) for proper purposes and in good faith and that the purchase price 
for the Contracts identified in the Transfer and Sale Agreement will 
represent reasonably equivalent value or fair consideration for the transfers 
of such Contracts by the Seller to the Trust Depositor.

     The Trust Depositor will receive, on the Closing Date, a certificate 
from the Seller to the effect that (i) the Seller did not intend, in entering 
into the Transfer and Sale Agreement and consummating the transactions 
contemplated thereby, to hinder, delay or defraud either then present or 
future creditors or any other person to which such Seller was or would 
thereafter become, as of or after the consummation of such transactions, 
indebted and (ii) the purchase price for the Contracts sold under the 
Transfer and Sale Agreement represented reasonably equivalent value or fair 
consideration as a result of the transfers of such Contracts to the Trust 
Depositor.  There can be no assurance, however, that a court would reach the 
same conclusion.

     No law firm will, in connection with any offering of the Notes, express 
any opinion as to federal or state laws relating to fraudulent transfers.

     Certain states have adopted a version of Article 2A of the UCC 
("ARTICLE 2A"), which purports to codify many provisions of existing common 
law.  Although there is little precedent regarding how Article 2A will be 
interpreted, it may, among other things, limit enforceability of any 
"UNCONSCIONABLE" lease or "UNCONSCIONABLE" provision in a lease, provide a 
lessee with remedies, including the right to cancel the lease contract, for 
certain lessor breaches or defaults, and may add to or modify the terms of 
"CONSUMER LEASES" and leases where the lessee is a "MERCHANT LESSEE".  
However, in the Transfer and Sale Agreement, the Seller will represent that 
(i) no Contract is a "CONSUMER LEASE" and (ii) each Obligor has accepted the 
equipment leased to it and, after reasonable opportunity to inspect and test, 
has not notified Newcourt of any defects therein.  Article 2A, moreover, 
recognizes typical commercial lease "HELL OR HIGH WATER" rental payment 
clauses and validates reasonable liquidated damages provisions in the event 
of lessor or lessee defaults.  Article 2A also recognizes the concept of 
freedom of contract and permits the parties in a commercial context wide 
degree of latitude to vary provisions of the law.

     VENDOR LOANS AND VENDOR RECOURSE CONTRACTS.  The Vendor Loans are, by 
their terms, payable solely from the proceeds of the Secondary Contracts 
securing such Vendor Loans, and do not generally represent obligations of the 
Vendor (except that Secondary Contracts may be covered by such Vendor's UNL 
Pool or other forms of Vendor recourse).  Consequently, Noteholders must rely 
solely upon the Secondary Contracts and any other Applicable Security, if 
any, for the payment of principal of, and interest on, the related Vendor 
Loans.  As noted above, any Secondary Contract which is a "TRUE LEASE" 
originated by a Vendor will be subject to rejection by such Vendor, as debtor 
in possession, or by such Vendor's bankruptcy trustee if not a "TRUE SALE".  
Upon any such rejection, Scheduled Payments under such rejected Secondary 
Contract may terminate and the Noteholders may be subject to losses if the 
remaining unaffected Contract, and security interests in the related 
Equipment, are insufficient to cover the losses.  Further, as noted under 
above, a tax or government lien on the property of the pledging Vendor 
arising before a Secondary Contract came into existence may have priority 
over the Seller's (and hence its assignee's) interest in such Secondary 
Contract.

     Certain Vendor Assignments and certain Program Agreements provide that 
the Seller has recourse to the related Vendor for all or a portion of the 
losses the Seller may incur as a result of a default under the End-User 
Contracts sold under such Vendor Assignment or Program Agreement.  In the 
event of a Vendor's bankruptcy, a bankruptcy trustee, a creditor or the 
Vendor as debtor in possession might attempt to characterize sales to the 
Seller pursuant to such Vendor Assignments or Program Agreements as loans to 
the Vendor from the Seller secured by the Contracts sold thereunder.  If such 
an attempt is successful, such Vendor Assignment or Program Agreement would 
be subject to the risks described herein for Vendor Loans.  In such case the 
Contracts sold under such Vendor Assignment or Program Agreement would 
constitute Secondary Contracts under the recharacterized Vendor Assignment or 
Program Agreement.


                    CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

GENERAL


                                       93

<PAGE>

     The following is a general and brief discussion of certain United States 
federal income tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of 
the Notes.  The discussion that follows, and the opinion described below of 
Winston & Strawn, special tax counsel to the Trust Depositor ("TAX COUNSEL"), 
are based upon current provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as 
amended (the "CODE"), Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, current 
administrative rulings, judicial decisions and other applicable authorities 
in effect as of the date hereof, all of which are subject to change, possibly 
with retroactive effect.  There are no cases, regulations, or Internal 
Revenue Service ("IRS") rulings on comparable transactions or instruments to 
those described herein.  As a result, there can be no assurance that the IRS 
will not challenge the conclusions reached herein, and no ruling from the IRS 
has been or will be sought on any of the issues discussed below.  
Furthermore, legislative, judicial or administrative changes may occur, 
perhaps with retroactive effect, which could affect the accuracy of the 
statements and conclusions set forth herein as well as the tax consequences 
to Noteholders.

     This discussion does not purport to deal with all aspects of federal 
income taxation that may be relevant to Noteholders in light of their 
personal investment or tax circumstances nor to certain types of holders who 
may be subject to special treatment under the federal income tax laws 
(including, without limitation, financial institutions, broker-dealers, 
insurance companies, foreign persons,  tax-exempt organizations, and persons 
who hold the Notes as part of a straddle, hedging, or conversion 
transaction).  The discussion is generally directed to prospective purchasers 
who purchase Notes at the time of original issue at their original issue 
price, who are citizens or residents of the United States, and who hold the 
Notes as "CAPITAL ASSETS" within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code.  
Taxpayers and preparers of tax returns (including those filed by any 
partnership or other issuer) should be aware that under applicable Treasury 
Regulations a provider of advice on specific issues of law is not considered 
an income tax return preparer unless the advice is (i) given with respect to 
events that have occurred at the time the advice is rendered and is not given 
with respect to the consequences of contemplated actions, and (ii) is 
directly relevant to the determination of an entry on a tax return. 
Accordingly, taxpayers should consult their own tax advisors and tax return 
preparers regarding the preparation of any item on a tax return, even where 
the anticipated tax treatment has been discussed herein.  PROSPECTIVE 
INVESTORS SHOULD CONSULT WITH THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS AS TO THE FEDERAL, 
STATE, LOCAL, FOREIGN AND ANY OTHER TAX CONSEQUENCES TO THEM OF THE PURCHASE, 
OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF NOTES.

CLASSIFICATION OF THE NOTES AND THE ISSUER

     The Trust and the Noteholders (by acceptance of a beneficial interest in 
a Note) will agree to treat the Notes as indebtedness for all United States 
tax purposes.  In connection with the issuance of the Notes, Tax Counsel will 
deliver its opinion that, for federal income tax purposes, although no 
transaction closely comparable to that contemplated herein has been the 
subject of any Treasury Regulation, revenue ruling, or judicial decision, 
based on the application of existing law to the facts as set forth in the 
applicable agreements, (i) the Trust will not be treated as an association 
(or publicly traded partnership) taxable as a corporation and (ii) the Notes 
will be treated as indebtedness.  In rendering these opinions, Tax Counsel 
has assumed that the terms of the Trust Agreement, the Indenture, the 
Transfer and Sale Agreement and the Sale and Servicing Agreement will be 
complied with by the relevant parties thereto, and that the Noteholders will 
comply with their obligation to treat the Notes as indebtedness for all 
United States tax purposes.  An opinion of counsel does not foreclose the 
possibility of a contrary determination by the IRS or by a court of competent 
jurisdiction, or of a contrary position by the IRS or Treasury Department in 
regulations or rulings issued in the future.

     Although it is the opinion of Tax Counsel that the Trust will not be 
treated as an association (or publicly traded partnership) taxable as a 
corporation and the Notes will be characterized as indebtedness for federal 
income tax purposes, no assurance can be given that such characterization of 
the Trust or the Notes will prevail.  If, contrary to the opinion of Tax 
Counsel, the IRS successfully asserted that one or more of the Notes did not 
represent debt for federal income tax purposes, the Notes might be treated as 
equity interests in the Trust and the Trust might be classified as a publicly 
traded partnership taxable as a corporation.  If the Trust were classified as 
a publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation, the Trust would be 
subject to United States federal income tax on its net income.  An imposition 
of such corporate-level income tax could materially reduce the amount of cash 
that would be available to make payments of principal and interest on the 
Notes. Alternatively, if the Trust were classified as a partnership (other 
than a publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation), the Trust 
itself would not be subject to United States federal income tax.  Instead, 
holders of Notes that were determined to be equity interests in such 
partnership would be required to take into account their allocable share of 
the Trust's income and deductions.  Such treatment may have adverse federal 
income tax consequences for certain Noteholders.  For example, income to 
certain tax-exempt entities (including pension funds) may constitute 
"UNRELATED BUSINESS TAXABLE INCOME," income to foreign holders generally 
would be subject to U.S. tax and U.S. tax return filing and withholding 
requirements, individual holders might be subject to certain limitations on 
their ability to deduct their share of Trust expenses, and income from the 
Trust's assets would be taxable to Noteholders without regard to whether cash 
distributions are actually made by the Trust or the Noteholders' method of 
tax accounting.


                                       94

<PAGE>

     The discussion that follows assumes that the Notes will be treated as 
indebtedness for federal income tax purposes.

TAXATION OF INTEREST INCOME TO NOTEHOLDERS

     Based upon Tax Counsel's interpretation of the definition of "QUALIFIED 
STATED INTEREST" and because it is expected that the stated principal amount 
of each class of Notes will not exceed the issue price of such Notes by an 
amount equal to or greater than the statutory, DE MINIMIS amount (I.E., 0.25% 
of each class of the Notes' stated principal amount multiplied by the 
weighted average maturity of each class of Notes), the stated interest on 
each class of Notes will be taxable as ordinary income for federal income tax 
purposes when received or accrued in accordance with a Noteholder's general 
method of tax accounting.

DISPOSITION OF NOTES

     Generally, capital gain or loss will be recognized by a Noteholder on a 
sale or other taxable disposition of its Notes in an amount equal to the 
difference between the amount realized (other than amounts attributable to, 
and taxable as, accrued interest) and the Noteholder's adjusted tax basis in 
such Notes.  A Noteholder's adjusted tax basis in a Note will generally equal 
his or her cost increased by any OID and market discount included in income 
with respect to the Note and decreased by any bond premium previously 
amortized and any payments previously received by such Noteholder with 
respect to the Note. Subject to the market discount rules of the Code, any 
such gain or loss will be capital gain or loss if the Note was held as a 
capital asset.  For non-corporate taxpayers, capital gain recognized on the 
disposition of a Note held for more than one year but not more than 18 months 
is subject to federal income tax at a maximum rate of 28% and capital gain 
recognized on the disposition of a Note held for more than 18 months is taxed 
at a maximum rate of 20%.  Capital gain on the disposition of a Note held for 
not more than one year is taxed at the rates applicable to ordinary income 
(i.e., up to 39.6%).  The distinction between capital gain or loss and 
ordinary income or loss is relevant for purposes of, among other things, 
limitations on the deductibility of capital losses.  Any capital losses 
realized generally may be used by a corporate taxpayer only to offset capital 
gains, and by an individual taxpayer only to the extent of capital gains plus 
$3,000 of other income.

INFORMATION REPORTING AND BACKUP WITHHOLDING

     The Indenture Trustee will be required to report annually to the IRS, 
and to each Noteholder, the amount of interest paid on the Notes (and the 
amount withheld for federal income taxes, if any) for each calendar year, 
except as to exempt recipients (generally, corporations, tax-exempt 
organizations, qualified pension and profit-sharing trusts, individual 
retirement accounts, or nonresident aliens who provide certification as to 
their status).  Each Noteholder (other than Noteholders who are not subject 
to the reporting requirements) will be required to provide, under penalties 
of perjury, a certificate (Form W-9) containing the Noteholder's name, 
address, correct federal taxpayer identification number and a statement that 
the holder is not subject to backup withholding.  Should a non-exempt 
Noteholder fail to provide the required certification, the Indenture Trustee 
will be required to withhold (or cause to be withheld) 31% of the interest 
otherwise payable to the Noteholder, and remit the withheld amounts to the 
IRS as a credit against the Noteholder's federal income tax liability.

CERTAIN TAX CONSEQUENCES TO FOREIGN INVESTORS

     Based upon Tax Counsel's opinion that the Notes will be treated as 
indebtedness for federal income tax purposes, the following information 
describes the general U.S. federal income tax treatment of investors that are 
not U.S. persons (each a "FOREIGN PERSON").  The term "FOREIGN PERSON" means 
any person other than (i) a citizen or resident of the United States, (ii) a 
corporation, partnership or other entity organized in or under the laws of 
the United States or any political subdivision thereof, (iii) an estate or 
fiduciary the income of which is includible in gross income for U.S. federal 
income tax purposes, regardless of its source, or (iv) a trust if a court 
within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the 
administration of the trust and one or more United States fiduciaries have 
the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust.

     (a)    Interest paid or accrued to a Foreign Person that is not
            effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or
            business within the United States by the Foreign Person,
            will generally be considered "PORTFOLIO INTEREST" and
            generally will not be subject to United States federal
            income tax and withholding tax, as long as the Foreign
            Person (i) is not actually or constructively a "10 PERCENT
            SHAREHOLDER" of the Trust or the Trust Depositor or a
            "CONTROLLED FOREIGN CORPORATION" with respect to which the
            Trust or the Trust Depositor is a "RELATED PERSON" within
            the meaning of the Code, and (ii) provides an appropriate
            statement (Form W-8) to the Indenture Trustee or paying
            agent (generally the clearing agency, financial
            intermediary, or broker) that is signed under penalties of
            perjury, certifying that the beneficial owner of the Note is
            a Foreign Person and providing that Foreign 


                                       95

<PAGE>

            Person's name and address.  If the information provided in this 
            statement changes, the Foreign Person must provide a new Form W-8 
            within 30 days.  The Form W-8 is generally effective for three 
            years. If such interest were not portfolio interest, then it 
            would be subject to United States federal income and withholding 
            tax at a rate of 30 percent unless reduced or eliminated pursuant 
            to an applicable income tax treaty.  To qualify for any reduction 
            as the result of an income tax treaty, the Foreign Person must 
            provide the paying agent with Form 1001.  This form is also 
            effective for three years.

     (b)    Any capital gain realized on the sale or other taxable
            disposition of a Note by a Foreign Person will be exempt
            from United States federal income and withholding tax,
            PROVIDED that (i) the gain is not effectively connected with
            the conduct of a trade or business in the United States by
            the Foreign Person, and (ii) in the case of an individual
            Foreign Person, the Foreign Person is not present in the
            United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year.  If
            an individual Foreign Person is present in the U.S. for 183
            days or more during the taxable year, the gain on the
            disposition of the Notes could be subject to a 30%
            withholding tax unless reduced by treaty.

     (c)    If the interest, gain or income on a Note held by a Foreign
            Person is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade
            or business in the United States by the Foreign Person, the
            holder (although exempt from the withholding tax previously
            discussed if an appropriate statement (Form 4224) is
            furnished to the paying agent) generally will be subject to
            United States federal income tax on the interest, gain or
            income at regular federal income tax rates.  Form 4224 is
            effective for only one calendar year.  In addition, if the
            Foreign Person is a foreign corporation, it may be subject
            to a branch profits tax equal to 30 percent of its
            "EFFECTIVELY CONNECTED EARNINGS AND PROFITS" within the
            meaning of the Code for the taxable year, as adjusted for
            certain items, unless it qualifies for a lower rate under an
            applicable tax treaty.

CERTAIN STATE AND LOCAL TAX CONSEQUENCES

     Because of the differences in state and local tax laws and their 
applicability to different investors, it is not possible to summarize the 
potential state and local tax consequences of holding the Notes.  
ACCORDINGLY, PURCHASERS OF NOTES SHOULD CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISERS 
REGARDING THE STATE AND LOCAL TAX CONSEQUENCES OF PURCHASING ANY NOTES.


                             ERISA CONSIDERATIONS

     The Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended 
("ERISA"), imposes certain requirements on employee benefit plans subject to 
ERISA ("ERISA PLANS") and prohibits certain transactions between ERISA Plans 
and persons who are "PARTIES IN INTEREST" (as defined under ERISA) with 
respect to assets of such Plans.  Section 4975 of the Code prohibits a 
similar set of transactions between certain plans or individual retirement 
accounts ("CODE PLANS," and together with ERISA Plans, "PLANS") and persons 
who are "DISQUALIFIED PERSONS" (as defined in the Code) with respect to Code 
Plans.  Certain employee benefit plans, such as governmental plans and  
church plans (if no election has been made under Section 410(d) of the Code), 
are not subject to the requirements of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code, and 
assets of such plans may be invested in the Notes, subject to the provisions 
of other applicable federal and state law. Any such plan which is qualified 
under Section 401(a) of the Code and exempt from taxation under Section 501(a) 
of the Code is, however, subject to the prohibited transaction rules set forth 
in Section 503 of the Code.

     Investments by ERISA Plans are subject to ERISA's general fiduciary 
requirements, including the requirement of investment prudence and 
diversification and the requirement that investments be made in accordance 
with the documents governing the ERISA Plan.  Before investing in the Notes, 
an ERISA Plan fiduciary should consider, among other factors, whether to do 
so is appropriate in view of the overall investment policy and liquidity 
needs of the ERISA Plan.

PROHIBITED TRANSACTIONS

     In addition, Section 406 of ERISA and Section 4975 of the Code prohibit 
parties in interest and disqualified persons with respect to ERISA Plans and 
Code Plans from engaging in certain transactions involving such Plans or 
"PLAN ASSETS" of such Plans, unless a statutory or administrative exemption 
applies to the transaction.  Section 4975 of the Code and Sections 502(i) and 
502(1) of ERISA provide for the imposition of certain excise taxes and civil 
penalties on certain persons that engage or participate in such prohibited 
transactions.  The Trust Depositor, the Underwriter, the Servicer, the 
Indenture 


                                       96

<PAGE>

Trustee or the Owner Trustee or certain affiliates thereof may be considered 
or may become parties in interest or disqualified persons with respect to a 
Plan.  If so, the acquisition or holding of the Notes by, on behalf of or 
with "PLAN ASSETS" of such Plan may be considered to give rise to a 
"PROHIBITED TRANSACTION" within the meaning of ERISA and/or Section 4975 of 
the Code, unless an administrative exemption described below or some other 
exemption is available.

     The Notes may not be purchased with the assets of a Plan if the Trust 
Depositor, the Underwriter, the Servicer, the Indenture Trustee, or the Owner 
Trustee or an affiliate thereof either (a) has discretionary authority or 
control with respect to the investment or management of such assets or (b) has 
authority or responsibility to give, or regularly gives, investment advice 
with respect to such assets pursuant to an agreement or understanding that 
such advice will serve as a primary basis for investment decisions with 
respect to such assets and that such advice will be based on the particular 
needs of the Plan or (c) is an employer of employees covered under the Plan 
unless such investment is made through an insurance company general or pooled 
separate account or a bank collective investment fund and an exemption is 
available.

     Depending on the relevant facts and circumstances, certain prohibited 
transaction exemptions may apply to the purchase or holding of the Notes - 
for example, Prohibited Transaction Class Exemption ("PTCE") 96-23, which 
exempts certain transactions effected on behalf of a Plan by an "IN-HOUSE 
ASSET MANAGER;" PTCE 95-60, which exempts certain transactions between 
insurance company general accounts and parties in interest; PTCE 91-38, which 
exempts certain transactions between bank collective investment funds and 
parties in interest; PTCE 90-1, which exempts certain transactions between 
insurance company pooled separate accounts and parties in interest; or 
PTCE 84-14, which exempts certain transactions effected on behalf of a Plan 
by a "QUALIFIED PROFESSIONAL ASSET MANAGER."  There can be no assurance that 
any of these exemptions will apply with respect to any Plan's investment in 
the Notes or, even if an exemption were deemed to apply, that any exemption 
would apply to all prohibited transactions that may occur in connection with 
such investment.

     Due to the complexity of these rules and the penalties imposed, any 
fiduciary or other Plan investor who proposes to invest assets of a Plan in 
the Notes should consult with its counsel with respect to the potential 
consequences under ERISA and Section 4975 of the Code of doing so.


                             PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

GENERAL

     Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in an underwriting 
agreement dated [          ], 1998 for the sale of the  Notes, the Trust 
Depositor has agreed to sell to First Union Capital Markets, and [         ] 
(the "Underwriters") and the Underwriters have separately agreed to purchase 
from the Trust Depositor, the principal amount of the Notes set forth 
opposite each of their names below:


                                       97

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

<S>                                  <C>
                                                Aggregate Principal Amount
                                                     to be Purchased
                                                --------------------------
                                     Class A-1 Receivable-Backed Notes, Series 1998-1
                                     ------------------------------------------------
First Union Capital Markets
[           ]


                                                Aggregate Principal Amount
                                                     to be Purchased
                                                --------------------------
                                     Class A-2 Receivable-Backed Notes, Series 1998-1
                                     ------------------------------------------------
First Union Capital Markets
[           ]


                                                Aggregate Principal Amount
                                                     to be Purchased
                                                --------------------------
                                     Class A-3 Receivable-Backed Notes, Series 1998-1
                                     ------------------------------------------------
First Union Capital Markets
[           ]


                                                Aggregate Principal Amount
                                                     to be Purchased
                                                --------------------------
                                     Class A-4 Receivable-Backed Notes, Series 1998-1
                                     ------------------------------------------------
First Union Capital Markets
[           ]


                                               Aggregate Principal Amount
                                                    to be Purchased
                                               --------------------------
                                     Class B Receivable-Backed Notes, Series 1998-1
                                     ----------------------------------------------
First Union Capital Markets
[           ]


                                               Aggregate Principal Amount
                                                    to be Purchased
                                               --------------------------
                                     Class C Receivable-Backed Notes, Series 1998-1
                                     ----------------------------------------------
First Union Capital Markets
[           ]

</TABLE>

     In the underwriting agreement, the Underwriters have agreed, subject to 
the terms and conditions set forth therein, to purchase all the Notes offered 
hereby if any of such Notes are purchased.

     The Underwriters have advised the Issuer that the Underwriters propose 
initially to offer the Class A Notes to the public at the price set forth on 
the cover page hereof and to certain dealers at such price less a selling 
concession not in excess of [      ]% of the initial principal amount of the 
Notes.  The Underwriters may allow and such dealers may reallow a concession 
not in excess of [      ]% of the initial principal amount of the Class A 
Notes.  After the initial public offering, the public offering price and such 
concessions may be changed.


                                       98

<PAGE>

     The Underwriters have advised the Issuer that the Underwriters proposes 
initially to offer the Class B and the Class C Notes to the public at the 
price set forth on the cover page hereof and to certain dealers at such price 
less a selling concession not in excess of [     ]% and [     ]% of the 
initial principal amount of the Class B Notes and Class C Notes, respectively.  
The Underwriters may allow and such dealers may reallow a concession not in 
excess of [     ]% of the initial principal amount of the Class B Notes and 
[     ]% of the initial principal amount of the Class C Notes.

     The Underwriting Agreement provides that Newcourt, Newcourt USA and the 
Trust Depositor, jointly and severally, will indemnify the Underwriters 
against certain civil liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities 
Act of 1933, as amended, or contribute to payments the respective 
Underwriters may be required to make in respect thereof.

     In addition, [      ] will act as the private placement agent for the 
Trust Depositor in connection with the sale of the Subordinated Notes and 
will receive compensation therefor.

     First Union Capital Markets is the Administrator of VFCC, a special 
purpose company the business of which is limited, generally, to the purchase 
of, or the making of loans against receivables or interests in financial 
assets.  The Seller has previously sold certain lease and finance contracts 
to the Trust Depositor which has resold them (or interests therein) to VFCC.  
It is expected that these contracts will be repurchased from VFCC by the 
Trust Depositor and from the Trust Depositor by the Seller simultaneously 
with (and with the proceeds of) the issuance of the Notes and the 
Subordinated Securities contemplated hereby and that certain of such 
contracts will be included in the Contract Portfolio.  See "USE OF PROCEEDS." 
In addition, an affiliate of First Union Capital Markets provides liquidity 
and enhancement to VFCC in connection with its funding obligations of such 
contracts.  VFCC is not affiliated with First Union Corporation, First Union 
Capital Markets or any of their respective affiliates.

     In the ordinary course of its business, the Underwriters and their 
affiliates have engaged and may engage in commercial banking and investment 
banking transactions with Newcourt USA and its affiliates, including the 
Trust Depositor.


                              RATING OF THE NOTES

     It is a condition to the issuance of the Notes that the Class A-1 Notes 
be rated at least "[   ]" and "[   ]" , that the Class A-2 Notes be rated at 
least "[   ]" and "[   ]" , that the Class A-3 Notes be rated at least "[   ]" 
and "[   ]", that the Class A-4 Notes be rated at least "[   ]" and "[   ]",  
that the Class B Notes be rated at least "[   ]" and "[   ]" , and that the 
Class C Notes be rated at least "[   ]" and "[   ]", by Standard & Poor's and 
Moody's Investors Service, respectively.

     Such rating will reflect only the views of the Rating Agency and will be 
based primarily on the subordination of the Class A-2 Notes, Class A-3 Notes, 
Class A-4 Notes, Class B Notes, Class C Notes and the Subordinated Securities 
(in the case of the Class A-1 Notes), the subordination of the Class A-3 
Notes, Class A-4 Notes, Class B Notes, Class C Notes and the Subordinated 
Securities (in the case of the Class A-2 Notes), the subordination of the 
Class A-4 Notes, Class B Notes, Class C Notes and the Subordinated Securities 
(in the case of the Class A-3 Notes), the subordination of the Class B Notes, 
Class C Notes and the Subordinated Securities (in the case of the Class A-4 
Notes), the subordination of the Class C Notes and the Subordinated 
Securities (in the case of the Class B Notes) and the subordination of the 
Subordinated Securities (in the case of the Class C Notes), as well as the 
value and creditworthiness of the Contracts and Equipment.  The ratings are 
not a recommendation to purchase, hold or sell the Notes, inasmuch as such 
ratings do not comment as to market price or suitability for a particular 
investor.  Each rating may be subject to revision or withdrawal at any time 
by the assigning Rating Agency.  There is no assurance that any such rating 
will continue for any period of time or that it will not be lowered or 
withdrawn entirely by the Rating Agency if, in its judgment, circumstances so 
warrant.  A revision or withdrawal of such rating may have an adverse effect 
on the market price of the Notes.  The rating of the Notes addresses the 
likelihood of the timely payment of interest and the ultimate payment of 
principal on the Notes pursuant to their terms.  The rating does not address 
the rate of Prepayments that may be experienced on the Contracts and, 
therefore, does not address the effect of the rate of Prepayments on the 
return of principal to the Noteholders.


                                 LEGAL MATTERS

     Certain legal matters relating to the Notes, including certain federal 
income tax matters, as well as other matters, will be passed upon for the 
Trust, the Trust Depositor, the Seller/Servicer and the Administrator by 
Winston & Strawn, Chicago, Illinois.  Certain legal matters for the 
Underwriter will be passed upon by Cadwalader, Wickersham & Taft, New York, 
New York.


                                       99

<PAGE>


                                    INDEX OF TERMS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Term(s)                                                                       Page(s)
<S>                                                                         <C>
 ADCB. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17, 56
Accrual Period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13, 55
Additional Contract. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10, 47
Additional Contract Cutoff Date. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5
Additional Principal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Adjusted Contract. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Administration Fee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Administrator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Aggregate Discounted Contract Balance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17, 56
Aggregate Principal Amount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Applicable Class Percentage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Article 2A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27, 90
Available Amount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Available Amounts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Bankruptcy Code. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25, 88
Business Day . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6
Calculation Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6
Cede . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4
Cedel Participants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Certificates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2, 7, 71
Class A Notes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2, 6, 57
Class A Percentage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Class A Target Principal Amount. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Class A-1 Interest Rate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Class A-1 Noteholder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Class A-1 Noteholders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Class A-1 Notes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3, 6
Class A-1 Notes Maturity Date. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Class A-1 Principal  Payment Amount. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Class A-1 Principal Payment Amount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Class A-2 Interest Rate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Class A-2 Noteholder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Class A-2 Noteholders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Class A-2 Notes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2, 6
Class A-2 Notes Maturity Date. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Class A-2 Principal  Payment Amount. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Class A-2 Principal Payment Amount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Class A-3 Interest Rate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Class A-3 Noteholders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Class A-3 Notes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2, 6
Class A-3 Notes Maturity Date. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Class A-3 Principal Payment Amount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57, 78
Class A-4 Interest Rate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Class A-4 Noteholders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Class A-4 Notes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
Class A-4 Principal Payment Amount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57, 78
Class B Interest Rate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Class B Noteholder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Class B Noteholders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13, 81
Class B Notes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2, 6
Class B Percentage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Class B Principal Payment Amount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57, 78
Class B Target Principal Amount. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Class C Interest Rate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Class C Noteholder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Class C Noteholders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Class C Notes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2, 6


                                      100
<PAGE>

Class C Percentage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Class C Principal Payment Amount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57, 78
Class D Interest Rate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Class D Notes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2, 71
Class D Percentage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Class D Principal Payment Amount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58, 78
Class E Interest Rate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Class E Notes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2, 71
Class E Percentage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Class E Principal Payment Amount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Cleanup Call Condition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17, 67
Closing Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5
Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Code Plans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Collection Account . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12, 65
Collection Period. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6
Commission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4
Conditional Payment Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Contract Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Contracts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
Contracts Pool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8
Cooperative. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
CPR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
CSA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8
Cutoff Date. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2, 5
Defaulted Contract . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Definitive Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Depositaries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Depository . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Determination Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Discount Rate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18, 73
Discounted Contract Balance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17, 59, 78
Distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Distribution Date. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3, 6
DTC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4
Early Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Early Termination Contract . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Eligible Contract. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73, 74
Eligible Investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Eligible Secondary Contract. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Eligible Secondary Contracts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
End-User . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2, 74
End-User Contracts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
Equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2, 43
ERISA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
ERISA Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
ERISA Plans. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Euroclear. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4
Euroclear Operator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Euroclear Participants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Event of Default . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Events of Default. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Excess Concentration Amount. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Excess Contract. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Exchange Act . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4
Excluded Amounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Excluded Residual Investment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
FDIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Financed Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2, 43


                                      101
<PAGE>

Financing Agreement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8
First Union. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Foreign Person . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Guaranteed Residual Investment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Holders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Indemnitees. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Indenture. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2, 6
Indenture Trustee. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2, 5
Indirect Participants. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Ineligible Contract. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Initial Class A-1 Note Principal Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6
Initial Class A-2 Note Principal Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6
Initial Class A-3 Note Principal Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6
Initial Class A-4 Note Principal Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6
Initial Class B Note Principal Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6
Initial Class C Note Principal Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6
Initial Class D Note Principal Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7
Initial Class E Note Principal Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7
Insolvency Event . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Insolvency Laws. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Insurance Proceeds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
investment company . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
IPA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8
IRS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Issuer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3, 5
Late Charges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8, 61
Lease. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8
Lessee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8
lessor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Majority in Interest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Maturity Date. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Minimum Value Filing Exception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
MLA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
MLA Supplement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Monthly Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Newcourt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3, 5
Newcourt Entity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Newcourt USA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2, 5
Note Owners. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6
Noteholders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Notes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2, 6
NRC II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
Obligor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12, 74
Operative Documents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Optional Prepayment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Owner Trustee. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3, 5
Participants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Permitted Liens. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Plans. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Prepaid Contract . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Prepayment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Prepayment Amount. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Principal Amount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59, 78
Program Agreement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Program Assignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
PTCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Qualified Institution. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Rating Agencies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Record Date. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3, 6


                                      102
<PAGE>

Recoveries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Redemption Price . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Registration Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4
Required Holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Reserve Fund . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Reserve Fund Amount. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Residual Assignee. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Residual Investment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
S&P. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Sale and Servicing Agreement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
Scheduled Payments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18, 59
Secondary Contracts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
Secured Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8, 43
Securities Act . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4
Seller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2, 5
Service Transfer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Servicer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2, 5
Servicer Advance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19, 76
Servicer Default . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2, 12, 43
Servicing Charges. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Servicing Fee. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19, 66
Servicing Fee Percentage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Servicing Fee Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2, 12, 43
Statistical Discount Rate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9
Subject Contracts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Subordinated Noteholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Subordinated Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2, 71
Subordinated Residual Interest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Subordinated Securities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2, 7
Substitute Contract. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10, 47
Substitute Contract Cutoff Date. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5
Tax Counsel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Termination Notice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Terms and Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Third-Party Servicer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
TIA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Title Registry Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Total Principal Payment Amount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Transfer and Sale Agreement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2, 29, 71
Transfer Deposit Amount. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Transferred Assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Transferred Contracts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8
Transferred Property . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
True Leases. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Trust. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3, 5
Trust Agreement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5
Trust Assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2, 7
Trust Company. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Trust Depositor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3, 5
Trust Termination Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Trustees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
UCC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Underwriter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Underwriting Agreement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
UNL Pool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Vendor Agreements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Vendor Assignment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13


                                      103
<PAGE>

Vendor Loans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2, 44
Vendors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12, 44
VFCC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Warranty Contract. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11, 75
</TABLE>
















                                      104
<PAGE>

       No dealer, salesman or other person is authorized to give any 
information or to make any representation not contained in this Prospectus 
and, if given or made, such information or representation must not be relied 
upon as having been  authorized by the Trust Depositor or the Underwriters.  
This Prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of any 
offer to buy any security other than the Securities offered hereby, nor 
does it constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any 
of the Securities to any person in any jurisdiction in which the person 
making such offer or solicitation is not qualified to do so or to anyone whom 
it is unlawful to make such an offer or solicitation to such person.  Neither 
the delivery of this Prospectus nor any sale made hereunder shall under any 
circumstance create any implication that the information contained herein is 
correct as of any date subsequent to the date hereof.

           -----------------

           TABLE OF CONTENTS             
                                         

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                     Page
                                     ----
<S>                                  <C>
AVAILABLE INFORMATION . . . . . . . . 4
SUMMARY OF TERMS  . . . . . . . . . . 5
RISK FACTORS  . . . . . . . . . . .  20
USE OF PROCEEDS . . . . . . . . . .  28
THE TRUST . . . . . . . . . . . . .  29
THE CONTRACT POOL . . . . . . . . .  29
THE CONTRACTS  GENERALLY  . . . . .  41
PREPAYMENT AND YIELD CONSIDERATIONS  47
NEWCOURT CREDIT GROUP INC.
FIRST UNION CAPITAL MARKETS
NEWCOURT FINANCIAL USA INC  . . . .  50
THE TRUST DEPOSITOR . . . . . . . .  53
DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES  . . . . .  54
THE SUBORDINATED NOTES  . . . . . .  71
THE CERTIFICATE . . . . . . . . . .  71
Certain Other Matters Regarding the
Servicer  . . . . . . . . . . . . .  76
CERTAIN LEGAL ASPECTS OF THE 
  CONTRACTS . . . . . . . . . . . .  84
CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX 
  CONSEQUENCES  . . . . . . . . . .  91
ERISA CONSIDERATIONS  . . . . . . .  93
PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION  . . . . . . .  94
RATING OF THE NOTES . . . . . . . .  96
LEGAL MATTERS . . . . . . . . . . .  96
</TABLE>

UNTIL [            ], 1998, ALL DEALERS EFFECTING TRANSACTIONS IN THE 
REGISTERED SECURITIES, WHETHER OR NOT PARTICIPATING IN THIS DISTRIBUTION, MAY 
BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS. THIS IS IN ADDITION TO THE OBLIGATIONS 
OF DEALERS TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS WHEN ACTING AS UNDERWRITERS AND WITH 
RESPECT




   NEWCOURT RECEIVABLES ASSET                
           TRUST 1998-1                      
                                             
                                             
                                             
       NEWCOURT RECEIVABLES               
         CORPORATION II                    

          -----------

       ----------------

    ----------------------
                                             
           PROSPECTUS                        
                                             
    ----------------------

                                             
                                             
         [           ]
                                             
                                             




   FIRST UNION CAPITAL MARKETS

                                             
   [                     ], 1998             

<PAGE>

                                    PART II


                    INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13.    Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution*

The following is an itemized list of the estimated expenses to be incurred in
connection with the offering of the securities being offered hereunder other
than underwriting discounts and commissions.

<TABLE>
     <S>                                         <C>
     SEC Registration Fee                        $      1,770.00
     Printing and Engraving Expenses                   45,000.00
     Trustee's Fees and Expenses                        8,000.00
     Legal Fees and Expenses                          275,000.00
     Blue Sky Fees and Expenses                         8,000.00
     Accountants' Fees and Expenses                    25,000.00
     Rating Agency Fees                                30,000.00
     Miscellaneous Fees                                30,000.00

     Total                                           $422,770.00
</TABLE>

- -----------------------------
*    All amounts except the SEC Registration Fee are estimates of expenses
     incurred or to be incurred in connection with the issuance and
     distribution of the Notes in an aggregate principal amount assumed for
     these purposes to be equal to $6,000,000 of Notes registered hereby.



Item 14.    Indemnification of Directors and Officers

The General Corporation Law of Delaware (Section 145) gives Delaware
corporations broad powers to indemnify their present and former directors and
officers and those affiliated corporations against expenses incurred in the
defense of any lawsuit to which they are made parties by reason of being or
having been such directors or officers, subject to specified conditions and
exclusions; gives a director or officer who successfully defends an action the
right to be so indemnified; and authorizes said corporation to buy director's
and officers' liability insurance.  Such indemnification is not exclusive of any
other right to which those indemnified may be entitled under any bylaw,
agreement, vote of stockholders or otherwise.

Newcourt has also purchased liability policies which indemnify the Registrant's
officers and directors against loss arising from claims by reason of their legal
liability for acts as officers and directors, subject to limitations and
conditions as set forth in the policies.

Pursuant to agreements which the Registrant may enter into with underwriters or
agents (forms of which will be included as exhibits to this Registration
Statement), officers and directors of the Registrant, and affiliates thereof,
may be entitled to indemnification by such underwriters or agents against
certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933,
arising from information which has been or will be furnished to the Registrant
by such underwriters or agents that appears in the Registration Statement or any
Prospectus.


Item 15.  Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities


                 None

<PAGE>

Item 16.  Exhibits and Financial Statements

            Exhibits
1.1*        Form of Underwriting Agreement
3.1*        Certificate of Incorporation of the Company
3.2*        Bylaws of the Company
4.1*        Form of Trust Agreement (including form of Certificates)
4.2*        Form of Indenture (including form of Notes)
5.1*        Opinion of Winston & Strawn with respect to legality
8.1*        Opinion of Winston & Strawn with respect to tax matters
10.1*       Form of Sale and Servicing Agreement
10.2*       Form of Administration Agreement
10.3*       Form of Transfer and Sale Agreement
23.1*       Consent of Winston & Strawn (included in Exhibit 5.1)
24.1        Power of Attorney (included on signature page)
25.1*       Statement of Eligibility and Qualification under the Trust
            Indenture Act of 1939 of Indenture Trustee

- -------------------------------------
*    To be filed by amendment at a later date.




Item 17.  Undertakings

     The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes:

     (a)    That insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the
Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling
persons of the Registrant pursuant to the provisions described under Item 14
above, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the
Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy
as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and is, therefore, unenforceable.  In
the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than
the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director,
officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any
action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling
person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will,
unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling
precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether
such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the act and
will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

     (b)    That, for purposes of determining any liability under the
Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus
filed as part of this Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and
contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule
424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act of 1933 shall be deemed to
be part of this Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective.

     (c)    That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the
Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of
prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the
securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time
shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.


                                     II-2

<PAGE>

                                      SIGNATURES

     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the
Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its
behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Chicago, 
State of Illinois, on June 30, 1998.

                                   NEWCOURT RECEIVABLES CORPORATION II, 
                                    as Trust Depositor for
                                   NEWCOURT RECEIVABLES ASSET TRUST 1998-1


                                   By:        /s/   Bradley D. Nullmeyer      
                                      ----------------------------------------

                                   Name:   Bradley D. Nullmeyer            
                                        --------------------------------------

                                   Title: Principal Executive Officer


                               POWER OF ATTORNEY

     KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature 
appears below constitutes and appoints Glen J. DuMont and Glenn Votek and 
each of them his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power 
of substitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all 
capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective 
amendments) to this Registration Statement, and to sign any Registration 
Statement for the same offering covered by this Registration Statement that 
is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) promulgated under the 
Securities Act of 1933, and all post-effective amendments thereto, and to 
file the same, with all exhibits thereto and all documents in connection 
therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said 
attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and perform each 
and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the 
premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in 
person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact and 
agent, or his substitute, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue 
hereof.

     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the
capacities and on the dates indicated:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
              Signature                                     Title                               Date
              ---------                                     -----                               ----
<S>                                   <C>                                                  <C>

 /s/ Bradley D. Nullmeyer             Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal      June 30, 1998
- ----------------------------          Executive Officer) 
      Bradley D. Nullmeyer            

 /s/ Michel Beland                    Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and     June 30, 1998
- ----------------------------          Accounting Officer) 
      Michel Beland                   

 /s/  Daniel A. Jauernig              Director                                             June 30, 1998
- ----------------------------
       Daniel A. Jauernig

 /s/  Robert J. Hicks                 Director                                             June 30, 1998
- ----------------------------
       Robert J. Hicks

 /s/  Peter H. Sorensen               Director                                             June 30, 1998
- ----------------------------
       Peter H. Sorensen
</TABLE>

<PAGE>

Registration No. [                 ]


- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                         SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                              Washington, D.C.  20549
                                          

                               ---------------------
                                          
                                      FORM S-1
                               REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                       UNDER
                             THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                                          
                                          
                               ---------------------
                                          
                                          
                                          
                        NEWCOURT RECEIVABLES CORPORATION II
               (Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
                                          

                               ---------------------
                                          
                                    EXHIBIT VOLUME



- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------


<PAGE>


                                    EXHIBIT INDEX


1.1*         Form of Underwriting Agreement
3.1*         Certificate of Incorporation of the Company
3.2*         Bylaws of the Company
4.1*         Form of Trust Agreement (including form of Certificates)
4.2*         Form of Indenture (including form of Notes)
5.1*         Opinion of Winston & Strawn with respect to legality
8.1*         Opinion of Winston & Strawn with respect to tax matters
10.1*        Form of Sale and Servicing Agreement
10.2*        Form of Administration Agreement
10.3*        Form of Transfer and Sale Agreement 
23.1*        Consent of Winston & Strawn (included in Exhibit 5.1)
24.1         Power of Attorney (included on signature page)
25.1*        Statement of Eligibility and Qualification under the Trust
             Indenture Act of 1939 of Indenture Trustee
- ----------------------
* To be filed by Amendment at a later date.


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission